This is a modern-English version of Nicolo Paganini: His Life and Work, originally written by Stratton, Stephen S. (Stephen Samuel). It has been thoroughly updated, including changes to sentence structure, words, spelling, and grammar—to ensure clarity for contemporary readers, while preserving the original spirit and nuance. If you click on a paragraph, you will see the original text that we modified, and you can toggle between the two versions.

Scroll to the bottom of this page and you will find a free ePUB download link for this book.




NICOLO PAGANINI:
HIS LIFE AND WORK.

PRINTED BY E. SHORE AND CO.,
3, GREEN TERRACE, ROSEBERY AVENUE, LONDON, E.C.

PRINTED BY E. SHORE AND CO.,
3, GREEN TERRACE, ROSEBERY AVENUE, LONDON, E.C.

Plate I.—See Appendix.
Portrait of Nicolo Paganini by Maurin.

"THE STRAD" LIBRARY, No. XVII.

"THE STRAD" LIBRARY, No. 17.

NICOLO PAGANINI:
HIS LIFE AND WORK,

BY
STEPHEN S. STRATTON.

BY
STEPHEN S. STRATTON.

"Natura il fece, e poi ruppe la stampa."
Ariosto.

"Nature made it and then broke the mold."
Ariosto.

WITH TWENTY-SEVEN ILLUSTRATIONS.

WITH 27 ILLUSTRATIONS.

London:
"THE STRAD" Office, 3, Green Terrace, Rosebery Avenue, E.C.
J. LENG & CO., 186, Fleet Street, E.C.

New York:
CHARLES SCRIBNER'S SONS, 153-157, Fifth Avenue.

1907.

London:
"THE STRAD" Office, 3, Green Terrace, Rosebery Avenue, E.C.
J. LENG & CO., 186, Fleet Street, E.C.

New York:
CHARLES SCRIBNER'S SONS, 153-157, Fifth Ave.

1907.

PREFACE.

The author of this work did not live to see the final sheets in print. Although it has not received his revision, yet the book has had careful editing. Mr. Stratton did not undertake the Life of Paganini without adequate preparation. He had during many years thoughtfully studied the artist and his attributes, and became an acknowledged authority on the subject. He gathered from all available sources the most reliable information. Almost his last journey was a pilgrimage to Paganini's birthplace. This volume will exhibit his versatility, particularly the chapter giving the analyses of Paganini's compositions. It is therefore the most complete account of the greatest virtuoso recorded in the annals of music. Those who peruse this most interesting biography of Paganini, will naturally desire to learn something of the writer.

The author of this work did not live to see the final pages in print. Although it hasn't been reviewed by him, the book has gone through careful editing. Mr. Stratton didn't take on the Life of Paganini without proper preparation. For many years, he thoughtfully studied the artist and his qualities, becoming an acknowledged expert on the subject. He gathered the most reliable information from all available sources. Almost his last journey was a trip to Paganini's birthplace. This volume will showcase his versatility, especially the chapter analyzing Paganini's compositions. It is therefore the most complete account of the greatest virtuoso in music history. Those who read this fascinating biography of Paganini will naturally want to learn more about the author.

Stephen Samuel Stratton was born in London on December 19th, 1840. He began his career as a chorister of St. Mary's Church, Ealing. He studied harmony and composition under Charles Lucas. As an organist, he held these appointments—St. Mary the Virgin, Soho; and St. James's Church, Friern Barnet. On his removal to Birmingham in 1866, he was organist at St. Barnabas Church; Edgbaston Old Parish Church; St. John's,[ix] Harborne; and the Church of the Saviour (1878-1882). In 1879 he commenced a series of chamber concerts in Birmingham.

Stephen Samuel Stratton was born in London on December 19, 1840. He started his career as a choir member at St. Mary's Church, Ealing. He studied harmony and composition with Charles Lucas. As an organist, he held positions at St. Mary the Virgin in Soho and St. James's Church in Friern Barnet. After moving to Birmingham in 1866, he served as organist at St. Barnabas Church, Edgbaston Old Parish Church, St. John's, Harborne, and the Church of the Saviour (1878-1882). In 1879, he began a series of chamber concerts in Birmingham.

From 1877 until the day of his death, Mr. Stratton was the musical critic of the "Birmingham Daily Post." In that position his influence was decidedly beneficial. He was also a contributor to the London Musical Press. He will be remembered as the joint author (with Mr. James D. Brown) of "British Musical Biography." His "Life of Mendelssohn" was written for Messrs. Dent's "Master Musicians." Among other items may be mentioned "Musical Curiosities," and valuable papers read before the "Incorporated Society of Musicians."

From 1877 until his death, Mr. Stratton was the music critic for the "Birmingham Daily Post." In that role, his influence was clearly positive. He also contributed to the London Musical Press. He will be remembered as the co-author (with Mr. James D. Brown) of "British Musical Biography." His "Life of Mendelssohn" was written for Messrs. Dent's "Master Musicians." Other notable works include "Musical Curiosities" and important papers presented to the "Incorporated Society of Musicians."

In private life he was highly esteemed—an honorable citizen—a genial, kind hearted man, with a genuine love of his profession. He died, after a short illness, in Birmingham, on June 25th, 1906.

In his personal life, he was greatly respected—an honorable citizen—a friendly, kind-hearted man who truly loved his profession. He passed away after a brief illness in Birmingham on June 25th, 1906.

R. H.

R. H.

CONTENTS.

CHAPTER I.
 Page
Childhood1
CHAPTER II.
Early Wins9
CHAPTER III.
Italy Tours22
CHAPTER IV.
Tours in Europe35
CHAPTER V.
First Trip to England50
CHAPTER VI.
Last Tour61
CHAPTER VII.
Death73
CHAPTER VIII.
Paganini, the Legend85
CHAPTER IX.
[xi]The Artist and His Peers107
CHAPTER X.
His Playing Techniques128
CHAPTER XI.
His Works148
CHAPTER XII.
Tributes191
 
APPENDIX.—Illustration Notes195
BIBLIOGRAPHY201

NICOLO PAGANINI:
HIS LIFE AND WORK.

CHAPTER I.

There are some names, the mere mention or thought of which conjure up distinct personalities; such are Handel, Bach, Beethoven, Wagner; but not one has the extraordinary individuality of that of Paganini. Though few can be living who ever saw the man, though his portraits are not now commonly to be met with, the name of Paganini at once calls up a picture—weird, uncanny, demoniacal; brings back the faint echo of performances long lost in the corridors of time; and excites the imagination in a manner altogether unique. The last few years have witnessed the appearance of an unprecedented number of wonderful young violinists, whose achievements culminate in the marvellous playing of the boy Franz von Vecsey. These manifestations are almost enough to induce belief in the theory or doctrine of reincarnation, and to make one fancy that the great Genoese is once again in the flesh. These violinists, too, are all playing Paganini's music; they seem to glory in it, and so do the audiences, although[2] to many serious and worthy folk it is mere clap-trap stuff. This revived interest in Paganini and his music seems to render the present an appropriate time to restate the case of the man and the artist, notwithstanding the extensive literature already associated with his name.

There are some names that, when mentioned or thought of, instantly bring to mind vivid personalities; like Handel, Bach, Beethoven, and Wagner; but none have the unique individuality of Paganini. Although few people who actually saw him are still alive, and his portraits aren't commonly found anymore, the name Paganini immediately evokes a picture—strange, unsettling, almost demonic; it stirs the faint echoes of performances long lost to time and ignites the imagination in a truly special way. In recent years, we’ve seen an unprecedented number of amazing young violinists, with the astounding playing of the young Franz von Vecsey being the highlight. These performances nearly make one believe in reincarnation, suggesting that the great genius from Genoa has returned. These violinists all play Paganini's music; they seem to revel in it, and so do the audiences, even though to many serious and respectable people, it’s just trivial stuff. This renewed interest in Paganini and his work makes now a fitting time to revisit the story of the man and the artist, despite the wealth of literature already written about him.

It is a curious fact that nearly every distinguished musician, composer or executant, has his namesakes. There was a constant succession of Bachs in Thuringia for nearly two centuries; Beethoven's father and grand-father were musicians; there were four Mozarts, musicians; and more than twenty Wagners of some standing in the musical world. No one seems to have traced the pedigree of Paganini, but he was preceded and followed by others bearing the same name, and such particulars as can be gleaned concerning these Paganinis may not be without interest, and at least may serve by way of introduction to the greatest of them all.

It’s an interesting fact that almost every famous musician, composer, or performer has namesakes. For nearly two centuries, there was a continuous line of Bachs in Thuringia; Beethoven's father and grandfather were musicians; there were four Mozarts who were musicians; and over twenty Wagners with some recognition in the music world. While no one seems to have traced Paganini's family line, he was both preceded and followed by others with the same name, and the details that can be gathered about these Paganinis may be interesting and could at least serve as an introduction to the greatest of them all.

Dr. Burney, in his account of Italian Opera in London during the last half of the eighteenth century, names a Signor and Signora Paganini as engaged for the season of 1760-61. They came from Berlin, and the Doctor is ungallant enough to say that the lady, known as "The Paganini," was not young. She made her début on November 22, 1760, in Galuppi's "Il Mondo della Luna," in a buffa part, and was very captivating. At her benefit, when another opera by Galuppi was given—"Il Filosofo di Campagna,"—such a crowd assembled as had never been seen on any other occasion. Not one third of those who presented themselves at the Opera-house were able[3] to obtain admission. "Caps were lost, and gowns torn to pieces, without number or mercy, in the struggle to get in. Ladies in full dress, who had sent away their carriages, were obliged to appear in the streets and walk home without caps or attendants." "Luckily the weather was fine," adds the Doctor, who witnessed this uncommon spectacle. "The Paganini" thus anticipated the extraordinary triumphs of the more famous artist of half a century later. Signor Paganini, the husband, was only "a coarse first man," and sang almost without a voice. Next comes Ercole Paganini, born at Ferrara, about 1770, the composer of several operas, produced at La Scala, Milan, and at Florence, from 1804 to 1810. A tenor singer named Paganini appeared in opera at Florence in 1830, was decidedly successful and became highly popular in Genoa in 1836. After Francesco Lamperti was appointed (in 1850) professor of singing at the Conservatorio, Milan, among the good pupils he turned out was one named Paganini, of whom, however, no particulars are forthcoming. In 1865, Cesare Paganini, a theoretical writer, published a treatise at Florence; and in November, 1898, Signora Franceschati-Paganini was the Brünnhilde in a performance of "Götterdämmerung," at Bologna. Then there was Dr. Paganini, who was perhaps the brother in whose charge young Nicolo was allowed to go to Lucca in 1798. Whomsoever he may have been, this Dr. Paganini died in 1835, which event gave rise to a rumour that the great violinist was dead—a rumour happily untrue. This Dr. Paganini was not a fiddle-player, but a fiddle-fancier.[4] He possessed a violin ornamented with mother-o'-pearl and ebony, which had belonged to a Shah of Persia, the favourite violin of Lord Byron (so it was said), one that had belonged to Stanislaus of Poland, father-in-law of Louis XV., one that had been played upon by Charles IV. of Spain (the enthusiast who had quartet performances at six in the morning, and who scorned to "keep time,") and another, once the property of that monarch's favourite, Don Manuel de Godoy, Duke of Alcudia.

Dr. Burney, in his account of Italian Opera in London during the last half of the eighteenth century, mentions Signor and Signora Paganini as being engaged for the 1760-61 season. They came from Berlin, and the Doctor is not very chivalrous in saying that the lady, known as "The Paganini," was not young. She made her debut on November 22, 1760, in Galuppi's "Il Mondo della Luna," in a comedic role, and was very charming. At her benefit performance, when another opera by Galuppi, "Il Filosofo di Campagna," was staged, a crowd gathered that had never been seen before. Less than a third of those who showed up at the Opera house could get in. "Caps were lost and gowns were torn to shreds, without restraint or mercy, in the scramble to get inside. Ladies dressed formally, who had sent away their carriages, were forced to walk home in the streets without caps or escorts." "Fortunately, the weather was nice," adds the Doctor, who witnessed this unusual scene. "The Paganini" foreshadowed the remarkable success of the more famous artist from half a century later. Signor Paganini, her husband, was just "a rough first man" and sang almost without a voice. Next is Ercole Paganini, who was born in Ferrara around 1770 and composed several operas produced at La Scala, Milan, and in Florence from 1804 to 1810. A tenor named Paganini appeared in opera in Florence in 1830, found considerable success, and became quite popular in Genoa in 1836. After Francesco Lamperti was appointed professor of singing at the Conservatorio in Milan in 1850, one of the promising students he produced was named Paganini, though no details about him are available. In 1865, Cesare Paganini, a theoretical writer, published a treatise in Florence; and in November 1898, Signora Franceschati-Paganini performed as Brünnhilde in a production of "Götterdämmerung" in Bologna. Then there was Dr. Paganini, who may have been the brother who took young Nicolo to Lucca in 1798. Whoever he was, this Dr. Paganini died in 1835, which led to rumors that the great violinist had passed away—a rumor that turned out to be untrue. This Dr. Paganini was not a violin player but a violin enthusiast. He owned a violin decorated with mother-of-pearl and ebony that had belonged to a Shah of Persia, which was supposedly the favorite violin of Lord Byron, one that had been owned by Stanislaus of Poland, father-in-law to Louis XV, one that had been played by Charles IV of Spain (the enthusiast who held quartet performances at six in the morning and who refused to "keep time"), and another that once belonged to that monarch's favorite, Don Manuel de Godoy, Duke of Alcudia.

All the Paganinis mentioned above were eclipsed by the Paganini (pace Dr. Burney), the artist who stood alone, whose life was full of strange vicissitudes, who was worshipped and calumniated, who was applauded as perhaps never artist was before nor since, yet who was laughed at, hissed—only once—brought before the law-courts—threatened with imprisonment and mobbed within an ace of being lynched. As a child of four, Paganini narrowly escaped being buried alive; from youth up he was a constant sufferer from physical disorders; he had no real home till he was fifty-two; after death his remains were refused burial for five years; and when his body had rested in the grave for half a century it was exhumed, apparently in order that his features might once more be gazed upon. Truly, Paganini's story is a romance, a drama, a tragedy. We may not look upon his like again, nor is it desirable that we should; for his life conveys a moral that few can fail to discern.

All the Paganinis mentioned earlier were overshadowed by the Paganini (pace Dr. Burney), the unique artist whose life was full of strange twists and turns. He was both idolized and slandered, celebrated like no other artist before or since, yet he faced ridicule, was booed—only once—taken to court, threatened with jail, and nearly lynched. As a four-year-old, Paganini narrowly escaped being buried alive; from a young age, he dealt with ongoing physical issues; he didn’t have a real home until he was fifty-two; after his death, his body was denied burial for five years; and when his remains were finally laid to rest for fifty years, they were dug up again, seemingly so people could once again see his features. Paganini's story is truly a romance, a drama, a tragedy. We may never see someone like him again, nor is it necessarily a good thing that we do; his life tells a lesson that few can overlook.

The artist is the child of his age. What kind of age was it that produced Paganini? A few years before he was born there came into the world one who was to set[5] Europe aflame. The age was the age of revolution. Thrones tottered; armies devastated the Continent, and Italy became a mere appanage of the French Empire. The political upheaval was accompanied by a revolution in art. The romantic school in music arose, and Beethoven, Schubert, Berlioz, Chopin, Schumann, Liszt, and Wagner, were the psychic results of the turmoil into which the world was thrown. Into such a world, already feeling the premonitory tremors of the great Revolution, was Nicolo Paganini born, at Genoa, on October 27th, 1782.[1]

The artist is a product of his time. What kind of time produced Paganini? A few years before he was born, someone came into the world who would ignite Europe. This was the era of revolution. Thrones were unstable; armies ravaged the continent, and Italy became just a part of the French Empire. The political turmoil was matched by a revolution in art. The romantic movement in music emerged, with Beethoven, Schubert, Berlioz, Chopin, Schumann, Liszt, and Wagner being the emotional responses to the chaos engulfing the world. Nicolo Paganini was born into such a world, already feeling the tremors of the coming Revolution, in Genoa on October 27th, 1782.[1]

Plate II.—See Appendix.
Paganini's Birthplace.

The Genoese—thrifty and industrious—bore no very good moral character at that time; but they were then perhaps not alone in that respect. Little information is available concerning the family of Paganini. The father, Antonio Paganini, kept a small shop in the vicinity of the port; he is described as a man of extraordinarily avaricious character, hard and brutal, but possessing the redeeming quality of a love for music, and showing some skill in the art; his instrument was the mandoline, though Laphaléque says he was a violinist. The mother must have been of a lovable disposition, from what little has been recorded of her. The family consisted of two sons and two daughters. Of the elder son, mention is made but once; of the daughters, nothing seems to be known. Little Nicolo must have given[6] evidence of musical talent very early, but ere he was put to his studies he was attacked by the measles, and that so severely that he remained for a whole day in a state of catalepsy. He was given up for dead and was wrapped in a shroud, and only a slight movement at the last, showing symptoms of life, saved him from the horror of premature burial. Scarcely had he recovered, when his father began his lessons in violin playing. The child's evident disposition for the art excited the father's avarice, which found little scope for gratification in his small business undertakings. He indulged in golden dreams of the future, and to hasten their realisation was unremitting in his work of instruction. His method was cruel in the extreme. The poor child was kept to his task from morn till night; slight faults were punished with rigour, even blows and starvation being resorted to in order to force the talent which nature had bestowed. This unnatural treatment must have wrung the heart of the gentle mother, and doubtless by way of encouragement she told the poor little fellow of her wonderful dream. An Angel had appeared to her, and promised her the fulfilment of any desire. She asked that her son might become the greatest of violinists, and her prayer was to be granted. This disclosure may have fired the ambition of the child, for he was the hardest of workers, and needed no spur. Already, at six years of age, he was a tolerable player, and was even beginning to find out new paths. His performances excited the admiration and amazement of the neighbours, and even the Maestro Francesco Gnecco visited the little house by the[7] harbour to listen to the wonder-child. He introduced the boy to the circle of his own friends, and made the father understand that he had long outgrown his training. In short, the germ of the virtuoso of later days was already manifesting itself. Nicolo was now placed under Giovanni Servetto, leader of the theatre band—a man of slight attainments, with whom the boy did not stay long. His next master was Giacomo Costa, the foremost violinist in Genoa and maestro di capella of the Cathedral, a genial man, who took a lively interest in the boy. Under Costa, Nicolo made rapid progress, and was introduced to a new world, though the pedantry of the master frequently came into collision with the peculiarities of the pupil. Young Paganini now had to play a new concerto each week at one of the churches: that was one of the conditions Costa imposed when taking him as a pupil. Paganini's extraordinary powers as a player at sight were in great measure due to this early experience. The father still exercised stern oversight, and there was little relaxation or youthful pleasure for Nicolo. His health was already undermined, and, as Dubourg touchingly puts it:—"the sickly child, incapable of attaining a healthy maturity, was merged into the suffering man."

The Genoese—frugal and hard-working—didn't have the best reputation for morality at that time; but they probably weren’t alone in that regard. There isn’t much information available about Paganini's family. His father, Antonio Paganini, ran a small shop near the port; he was described as extremely greedy, harsh, and brutal, yet he had a redeeming love for music and showed some skill in it; his instrument was the mandolin, though Laphaléque claims he was a violinist. The mother must have had a lovable personality, based on the little that's been recorded about her. The family had two sons and two daughters. The older son is only mentioned once, and nothing seems to be known about the daughters. Little Nicolo must have shown musical talent very early, but before he started his studies, he contracted measles so severely that he fell into a cataleptic state for a whole day. He was thought to be dead and was wrapped in a shroud, but a slight movement at the last moment showed he was alive, saving him from being buried alive. As soon as he recovered, his father began giving him violin lessons. The child's obvious talent excited his father's greed, which had little outlet in his small business. He indulged in dreams of a bright future and worked tirelessly to make those dreams a reality. His method was extremely harsh. The poor child was made to practice from morning until night; even small mistakes were punished harshly, sometimes with blows or starvation to force out the talent that nature had given him. This cruel treatment must have broken the gentle mother's heart, and to encourage her son, she likely shared her wonderful dream with him. An Angel had appeared to her, promising to grant any wish. She requested that her son become the greatest violinist, and her prayer was to be answered. This may have stirred the child's ambition, as he was already an intense worker with no need for motivation. By the age of six, he was a capable player and was even starting to explore new techniques. His performances amazed the neighbors, and even Maestro Francesco Gnecco visited their small house by the harbor to hear the wonder-child. He introduced the boy to his circle of friends and helped the father realize that Nicolo had outgrown his training. In short, the potential of the later virtuoso was already showing. Nicolo was then placed under Giovanni Servetto, the leader of the theater band—a man of limited skill, with whom the boy didn't stay long. His next teacher was Giacomo Costa, the top violinist in Genoa and maestro di capella of the Cathedral, a friendly man who took a strong interest in the boy. Under Costa, Nicolo made quick progress and was exposed to a new world, although the master’s pedantic style often clashed with the pupil's individuality. Young Paganini had to perform a new concerto each week at one of the churches, which was one of the conditions Costa set when he agreed to teach him. Paganini’s exceptional sight-reading abilities were largely due to this early experience. The father still maintained strict control, leaving little room for relaxation or youthful enjoyment for Nicolo. His health was already deteriorating, and, as Dubourg poignantly puts it:—"the sickly child, incapable of achieving a healthy maturity, was merged into the suffering man."

In his eighth year Nicolo composed a sonata for the violin—since, with other works, lost. About that time a very vivid, almost shamefaced, impression was made upon him by hearing that Mozart, at the age of six, had composed a pianoforte concerto, with parts for orchestra, and so difficult that only a virtuoso could execute it. For[8] long Nicolo tormented himself with the thought of this musical superiority, and strove day and night to remedy his own imperfection in the art.

In his eighth year, Nicolo wrote a sonata for the violin—along with other pieces, it has since been lost. Around that time, hearing that Mozart, at the age of six, had composed a piano concerto with parts for an orchestra, so complex that only a virtuoso could play it, left a strong, almost shamefaced impression on him. For[8] a long time, Nicolo tortured himself with thoughts of this musical excellence and worked tirelessly to improve his own skills in the art.


CHAPTER II.

In 1793 Paganini made his début in the great Theatre of Genoa (the Carlo Felice?). He was in his eleventh year, and his reputation must have been considerable, for the occasion was of some importance, being the benefit concert of two singers of repute, Luigi Marchesi and Teresa Bertinotti.[2] Marchesi was second only to Pacchierotti among the male soprani of the time, and sang at the King's Theatre, London, during the season of 1788; in the "Musical Reminiscences" of the Earl of Mount Edgcumbe he is highly praised as the most brilliant singer of his day. It was a great compliment to the talent of the young Nicolo that these singers should apply for his assistance. Moreover, they promised to sing for him when he should give a concert. Both functions duly took place, and the boy-artist at each played a set of variations of his own composition on "La Carmagnole"; an air then greatly in vogue. That old melody "Malbrough s'en-va-t-en guerre,"[10] pressed into the service of the French Revolution, was appropriately associated with the young artist, himself a revolutionist. His success was phenomenal, performers and audience being thrown into transports of admiration.

In 1793, Paganini made his debut at the great Theatre of Genoa (the Carlo Felice?). He was just eleven years old, and he must have had quite a reputation, as this event was significant, being a benefit concert for two well-known singers, Luigi Marchesi and Teresa Bertinotti.[2] Marchesi was considered the second-best male soprano of the time, right after Pacchierotti, and performed at the King's Theatre in London during the 1788 season; the "Musical Reminiscences" of the Earl of Mount Edgcumbe praises him highly as the brightest singer of his era. It was a huge compliment to the young Nicolo that these singers sought his help. They even promised to sing for him when he held a concert. Both occasions happened as planned, and the young artist performed a set of variations of his own composition on "The Carmagnole"; a tune that was very popular at the time. That classic melody "Malbrough went off to war,"[10] co-opted by the French Revolution, was fittingly linked to the young artist, who was himself quite the revolutionary. His success was extraordinary, thrilling both performers and the audience with admiration.

It would appear that young Paganini studied with Giacomo Costa for a period of six months only. He must then have continued to work by himself, for it was not until about 1795 that his father took him to Parma, to place him under the "Pride of Italy," Alessandro Rolla, to whom the boy had been recommended by Costa. There was an affecting farewell between Nicolo and his mother, for they were tenderly attached to each other. Paganini has himself related the story of his interview with Rolla, which, for the sake of completeness, must be summarised here.

It seems that young Paganini studied with Giacomo Costa for only six months. After that, he must have continued practicing on his own because it wasn't until around 1795 that his father took him to Parma to study with the "Pride of Italy," Alessandro Rolla, who had been recommended to him by Costa. There was an emotional goodbye between Nicolo and his mother, as they were very close to each other. Paganini himself shared the story of his meeting with Rolla, which needs to be summarized here for completeness.

When Nicolo with his father arrived at Rolla's house, the famous violinist was ill in bed. His wife showed the visitors into an apartment adjoining, and went to inform her husband of their arrival, but he was disinclined to receive the strangers. On a table in the room where they were waiting lay a violin, and a composition in manuscript—Rolla's latest concerto. Paganini, prompted by his father, took up the violin, and played the concerto through. Astonished at the performance, Rolla asked what virtuoso was in the next room, and on being told it was only a boy he had heard, would not credit the statement without the evidence of his own eyes. To the father's entreaty Rolla replied that he could teach the boy nothing; it would waste his time[11] to remain with him. He must go to Ferdinando Paer, who would teach him composition.

When Nicolo and his dad arrived at Rolla's house, the famous violinist was sick in bed. His wife showed them into a nearby room and went to tell her husband they were there, but he wasn’t in the mood to meet strangers. On the table in the waiting room was a violin and a handwritten score—Rolla's latest concerto. Encouraged by his father, Paganini picked up the violin and played the concerto from start to finish. Amazed by the performance, Rolla asked who the talented musician was in the next room and, when told it was just a boy he had heard, couldn’t believe it without seeing for himself. When Rolla was urged by Nicolo to give the boy lessons, he replied that he couldn’t teach him anything; it would be a waste of time for him to stay. He should go to Ferdinando Paer, who could teach him composition.[11]

There are several versions of this story, and much uncertainty respecting some points. Rolla was chamber virtuoso, and director of the concerts at the Court of Parma. Paer, whose first opera was produced in 1789, was at this time in great request at Venice, where he brought out a succession of operas. In 1796 he may have been in Parma, for his "Griselda" was produced there that year. Paganini, at some time or other, doubtless did profit by Paer's friendly assistance; but his real teacher was Gasparo Ghiretti, chamber musician to Prince Ferdinand of Parma, and the master of Paer. Ghiretti was a violinist, as were nearly all the Italian composers of that period. Under Ghiretti, Paganini went through a systematic course of study in counterpoint and composition, devoting himself to the instrumental style. He must, about the same time, have received violin lessons from Rolla, though he afterwards refused to acknowledge that he had been his pupil. Fétis tells of discussions between Rolla and Paganini concerning the innovations the latter was attempting, for he was always striving after new effects. As he could but imperfectly execute what he aimed at, these eccentric flights did not commend themselves to Rolla, whose taste and style were of a more severe order. Of Paganini's work in composition little appears to be known. Anders states that Paer when in Parma devoted several hours daily to Paganini; and at the end of the fourth month entrusted him with a composition of a duo, in which[12] Nicolo succeeded to the complete satisfaction of his master. Paganini may also at that time have sketched, if he did not complete, the Studies, or Caprices, Op. 1.

There are several versions of this story, and a lot of uncertainty about some details. Rolla was a chamber musician and the director of concerts at the Court of Parma. Paer, whose first opera premiered in 1789, was very popular in Venice at this time, where he produced a series of operas. In 1796, he may have been in Parma, since his "Griselda" was staged there that year. Paganini likely benefited from Paer's helpfulness at some point, but his actual teacher was Gasparo Ghiretti, a chamber musician for Prince Ferdinand of Parma and Paer's mentor. Ghiretti was a violinist, like almost all Italian composers from that era. Under Ghiretti's guidance, Paganini went through a structured study program in counterpoint and composition, focusing on instrumental music. He probably also took violin lessons from Rolla around the same time, though he later denied being his student. Fétis mentions conversations between Rolla and Paganini about the innovative techniques Paganini was trying, as he was always looking for new effects. Since he couldn't perfectly execute his ideas, these eccentric attempts didn't resonate with Rolla, whose taste and style were more traditional. Little is known about Paganini's compositional work. Anders notes that while in Parma, Paer spent several hours a day teaching Paganini, and after four months, he entrusted him with a composition of a duo, which Nicolo completed to the full satisfaction of his teacher. Paganini may have also sketched, if not finished, the Studies, or Caprices, Op. 1, during that time.

In 1797 the father took the boy from Parma, and set out with him on a tour through Lombardy. Concerts were given in Milan, Bologna, Florence, Pisa, and Leghorn.

In 1797, the father took the boy from Parma and started a trip through Lombardy with him. They attended concerts in Milan, Bologna, Florence, Pisa, and Leghorn.

The young artist achieved an extraordinary reputation; the father took possession of the more material rewards of art. The "golden dreams" were in process of realisation! Returning to Genoa, young Paganini finished the composition of his Twenty-four Studies, which were of such excessive difficulty that he could not play them. He would try a single passage over in a hundred ways, working for ten or eleven hours at a stretch, and then would come the inevitable collapse. He was still under the stern domination of his father, and his spirit must have chafed under the bondage. His own ardour was sufficient to carry his labours to the verge of exhaustion, and he needed no spur as an incentive to exertion. In all directions save that of music his education was utterly neglected. The moral side of his nature was allowed to grow wild. There was the restraining influence of a mother's love, but there was little else. It might indeed be said that, musically, Paganini was self-educated; but that one of the world's great geniuses should lack the intellectual and moral training that go to make the complete man was sad in the extreme. Paganini's was a nature warped; on the one side phenomenal power, on the other bodily suffering, intellectual and spiritual[13] atrophy. But more of this when we turn from his career to the man himself.

The young artist gained an incredible reputation, while his father enjoyed the more tangible rewards of his art. The "golden dreams" were coming to life! After returning to Genoa, young Paganini completed his Twenty-four Studies, which were so extremely difficult that he couldn’t even play them. He would practice a single passage in countless ways, putting in ten or eleven hours at a time, and then he would inevitably crash. He was still under his father’s strict control, and he must have felt stifled. His own passion was enough to push him to the brink of exhaustion, and he didn’t need any extra motivation to work hard. His education was completely lacking in all areas except music. The moral side of his character was allowed to run wild. Although there was the comforting influence of a mother’s love, that was pretty much it. It could be said that Paganini was self-taught musically, but it was tragic that one of the world's great geniuses was deprived of the intellectual and moral upbringing that shapes a well-rounded person. Paganini’s nature was distorted; on one side, extraordinary talent, and on the other, physical pain and intellectual and spiritual deterioration. But we’ll discuss this more when we shift our focus from his career to the man himself.

As the youth grew older the spirit of revolt arose. He must and would escape from the tyranny of his avaricious father. But how? A way soon offered itself. At Lucca, the festival of St. Martin, held each November, was an event of such importance, musically, that it drew visitors from all parts of Italy. As the November of 1798 drew near, young Paganini besought his father's permission to attend the festival, but his request was met by a point-blank refusal. The importunities of the youth, aided by the prayers of the mother, at length prevailed, and in care of the elder brother afterwards Dr. Paganini (?)—Nicolo was allowed to leave home.

As the young man got older, he felt the urge to rebel. He had to escape from his greedy father's control. But how? A solution soon appeared. In Lucca, the St. Martin's festival, held every November, was such an important musical event that people traveled from all over Italy to attend. As November 1798 approached, young Paganini begged his father for permission to go to the festival, but his request was flatly denied. After persistent pleas from the young man, along with his mother's support, they ultimately succeeded, and under the care of his older brother, later known as Dr. Paganini, Nicolo was allowed to leave home.

Free at last, the youth, now in his seventeenth year, went on his way, his whole being thrilled with dreams of success and happiness. At Lucca he was most enthusiastically received, and, elated by his good fortune, Paganini extended his tour, playing in Pisa and other towns. Enabled now to earn his own living, Paganini determined never to return to the home where he had suffered so much. His father must have obtained information as to the youth's whereabouts, for it has been stated that he managed to obtain a large part of the young artist's earnings. The money was freely yielded to a certain extent, and the residue was obtained by threats. But no threat or entreaty could induce Nicolo to return to his paternal home. The bird had escaped, and liberty was sweet. But young Paganini was scarcely fitted for an independent, uncontrolled career. He had no[14] moral ballast, and much would depend upon what kind of company he kept.

Free at last, the young man, now seventeen, set off on his journey, filled with dreams of success and happiness. In Lucca, he received an incredibly warm welcome, and buoyed by his good fortune, Paganini decided to extend his tour, performing in Pisa and other towns. Now able to support himself, Paganini was determined never to go back to the home where he had endured so much suffering. His father must have found out where he was, as it's been said that he managed to take a large portion of the young artist's earnings. The money was given up somewhat willingly, but the rest was obtained through threats. Still, no threat or plea could convince Nicolo to return to his father's house. The bird had flown, and freedom was exhilarating. However, young Paganini was hardly ready for an independent, uncontrolled lifestyle. He lacked a moral compass, and a lot would depend on the company he chose to keep.

One has to bear in mind that at the period now under notice—1798—Europe was in a very unsettled state. The very pillars of society were shaken, and there were many dangers in the path of the young and inexperienced. But that is a very trite observation, for it applies to all times and places. However, Paganini seems to have become acquainted with what Fétis terms "artists of another kind," who encouraged "play" of a more exciting, if less exalted order, than the young musician had hitherto devoted himself to. With his ardent southern temperament Paganini threw himself with the greatest zest into the vortex of gambling, and frequently lost at a sitting the earnings of several concerts and was reduced to the greatest embarrassment. Soon his talent provided fresh resources, and his days ran on in alternations of good and evil fortune. Tall, slight, delicate and handsome,[3] Paganini, despite his frail constitution, was an object of attraction to the fair sex. Incidents in his early manhood probably formed the foundation for some of the stories told of him later. As Fétis puts it; the enthusiasm for art, love and "play," reigned by turns in his soul. He ought to have been careful of himself, but he went to excess in everything. Then came a period of enforced repose, of absolute exhaustion, lasting sometimes for weeks. This would be followed by a display[15] of extraordinary energy, when his marvellous talent took its highest flights, and he plunged once more into the wildest bohemianism. Such a course of life was enough to wreck the artist, and no friend seemed to be at hand to save him from himself. Frequently he had to part with his violin in order to raise money to pay his debts of honour, and it was upon one such occasion that he met with the greatest good fortune he had yet experienced, and acquired a violin which became the instrument of his conversion from the fatal passion for gambling.

One has to remember that during the time in question—1798—Europe was in a very unstable situation. The very foundations of society were being shaken, and there were many dangers facing the young and inexperienced. But that's a pretty obvious point, as it applies to all times and places. However, Paganini seems to have come into contact with what Fétis calls "artists of another kind," who encouraged a "play" that was more exciting, albeit less refined, than what the young musician had previously dedicated himself to. With his passionate southern temperament, Paganini threw himself eagerly into the world of gambling, often losing the earnings from several concerts in one go, which led to major embarrassments. Fortunately, his talent provided new opportunities, and his life oscillated between good and bad luck. Tall, slim, delicate, and handsome, Paganini, despite his fragile health, was very appealing to women. Events from his early adulthood likely contributed to some of the stories that would be told about him later. As Fétis describes, the enthusiasm for art, love, and "play" alternated within him. He should’ve been more cautious, but he indulged in excess in everything. Then came a time of enforced rest, where he was utterly exhausted, lasting sometimes for weeks. This would be followed by bursts of extraordinary energy, during which his incredible talent soared to great heights, and he once again plunged into the wildest bohemian lifestyle. Such a way of life was bound to destroy the artist, and no friend seemed available to save him from himself. Often, he had to part with his violin to gather money to pay his debts of honor, and it was during one of those times that he encountered a stroke of good luck, acquiring a violin that led him to turn away from his destructive gambling habits.

Plate III.—See Appendix.
Paganini's Violin in the Municipal Museum in Genoa.

Arriving at Leghorn, where he was to give a concert, Paganini yielded to his weakness for the other kind of play and lost his money and his violin. He was in a dilemma indeed, but was fortunate in meeting with an enthusiastic musical amateur, M. Livron, a French merchant, the owner of a superb Guarnerius violin. This instrument M. Livron lent to the young artist, and attended the concert. When Paganini went to return the violin to its owner, M. Livron at once exclaimed, "I shall take care never to profane the strings your fingers have touched. It is to you now that my violin belongs." A noble benefactor, that M. Livron. The Guarnerius became Paganini's inseparable companion; he played upon it throughout all his tours, and its subsequent history will be duly related.

Arriving in Livorno for a concert, Paganini succumbed to his weakness for gambling and lost both his money and his violin. He found himself in quite a predicament but was lucky to meet an enthusiastic music lover, M. Livron, a French merchant who owned a beautiful Guarnerius violin. M. Livron lent this instrument to the young artist and attended the concert. When Paganini returned the violin, M. Livron immediately exclaimed, "I will make sure to never touch the strings your fingers have played. This violin now belongs to you." What a generous benefactor M. Livron was. The Guarnerius became Paganini's constant companion; he played it during all his tours, and its later story will be told in due time.

Paganini acquired another instrument on the same easy terms, but attended by different circumstances. Signor Pasini, of Parma, a painter of some distinction, and an amateur violinist, had heard of Paganini's wonderful powers as a reader of music at sight, but refused to[16] credit the statements. Pasini one day placed before Paganini a manuscript concerto, in which difficulties of all kinds were brought together, and putting into the artist's hands a splendid Stradivari violin, said: "This instrument is yours if you can play that at sight, like a master, without studying its difficulties in advance." "If that is so," replied Paganini, "You may bid farewell to it at once." His terrific[4] execution made the music seem as if it played itself as his eye fell upon it. Pasini was petrified with astonishment.

Paganini got another instrument on similarly easy terms, but under different circumstances. Signor Pasini, a painter from Parma with some reputation and an amateur violinist, had heard about Paganini's incredible skill at sight-reading music, but he didn’t believe the claims. One day, Pasini presented Paganini with a manuscript concerto that contained all sorts of challenges, and handed him a magnificent Stradivari violin, saying, "This instrument is yours if you can play that at sight, like an expert, without practicing the difficult parts beforehand." "If that’s the case," Paganini replied, "You might as well say goodbye to it right now." His amazing execution made the music sound as if it played itself as his eyes glanced over it. Pasini was left utterly speechless with amazement.

The abandonment of the vice of gambling came about in this way, his own words being quoted. "I shall never forget," said he, "one day placing myself in a position which was to decide my whole career. The Prince De * * * * * had long desired to possess my excellent violin (the Guarnerius), the only one I then had, and which I still possess. One day he desired me to fix a price; but, unwilling to part from my instrument, I declared I would not sell it for less than 250 gold Napoleons. A short time after, the Prince remarked that I was probably indulging in banter in asking so high a price, and added that he was disposed to give 2,000 francs for it. Precisely that very day I found myself in great want of money, in consequence of a heavy loss at play, and I almost resolved to yield my violin for the sum he had offered, when a friend came in to invite me to a party that evening. My capital then consisted of thirty francs, and I had already deprived[17] myself of my jewels, watch, rings, pins, etc. I instantly formed the resolve to risk this last resource, and if fortune went against me, to sell the violin and to set out for St. Petersburg, without instrument and without funds, with the object of retrieving my position. Soon my thirty francs were reduced to three, and I saw myself on the road to the great city, when fortune, changing in the twinkling of an eye, gained me one hundred francs with the little that yet remained. That moment saved my violin and set me up again. From that day I withdrew from play, to which I had sacrificed a portion of my youth: and convinced that a gambler is universally despised, I renounced for ever that fatal passion."

The decision to give up gambling happened like this, quoting his own words. "I will never forget," he said, "one day when I put myself in a position that would define my entire career. The Prince De * * * * * had long wanted to own my amazing violin (the Guarnerius), the only one I had at the time and still have. One day he asked me to set a price, but not wanting to part with my instrument, I said I wouldn’t sell it for less than 250 gold Napoleons. Soon after, the Prince suggested that I might be joking about such a high price and said he would be willing to pay 2,000 francs for it. That very day, I found myself in desperate need of money due to a heavy loss in gambling, and I almost decided to sell my violin for the price he offered when a friend came over to invite me to a party that evening. At that moment, I only had thirty francs left, having already given up my jewels, watch, rings, pins, and so on. I immediately decided to risk my last resource, and if luck didn’t turn in my favor, I would sell the violin and head to St. Petersburg, without an instrument and without money, to try and recover my situation. Soon my thirty francs dwindled to three, and I was on my way to the big city when, in the blink of an eye, luck changed and I won one hundred francs with the little I had left. That moment saved my violin and got me back on my feet. From that day on, I stopped gambling, to which I had sacrificed part of my youth; and convinced that gamblers are universally looked down upon, I permanently gave up that dangerous passion."

It would be interesting to know when these things occurred, but dates are wanting; it is sufficient to find the artist triumphant in one great crisis in his life. Gambling, to which, however, he was not a party, was destined to trouble the last years of his life, as will be seen further on.

It would be interesting to know when these things happened, but dates are missing; it’s enough to see the artist succeed in one major turning point in his life. Gambling, which he wasn't involved in, was set to cause issues in the later years of his life, as will be seen later.

Paganini's career, gambling apart, was by no means of a conventional character. His irregular habits, fits of extraordinary energy followed by langour and depression, led to frequent disappearances from public view. One such disappearance lasted for about four years, and only the romantic aspect of it has been described; the prime cause may have been overlooked. Here is one view of the matter. Enter Napoleon; exit Paganini. In 1800 Napoleon crossed the Alps; in 1804, he proclaimed himself Emperor. He parcelled out Europe, providing for his brothers and sisters, creating sovereigns at his own[18] sweet will. Italy, invaded by a foreign foe, shaken with wars, "alarums and excursions," was not a happy hunting ground for a travelling virtuoso. Paganini vanished from view. In absolute retirement he lived for over three years at the chateau of a Tuscan lady of rank, who was a performer upon the guitar. Paganini threw himself with ardour into the study of that instrument, and became as great a virtuoso upon it as upon the violin. He composed a number of pieces for guitar and violin. According to Fétis, Paganini also devoted himself to the study of agriculture.

Paganini's career, aside from his gambling, was definitely unconventional. His erratic habits, bursts of incredible energy followed by laziness and depression, led to him frequently going unnoticed by the public. One of these absences lasted about four years, and while the romantic side of it has been discussed, the main reason may have been ignored. Here’s one perspective: when Napoleon entered the scene, Paganini exited. In 1800, Napoleon crossed the Alps; by 1804, he declared himself Emperor. He divided up Europe, providing for his family and creating rulers at his own[18] discretion. Italy, invaded by foreign enemies and shaken by wars, “alarums and excursions,” was not a great place for a traveling virtuoso. Paganini disappeared from the public eye. He lived in complete seclusion for over three years at the chateau of a noble Tuscan woman who played the guitar. Paganini passionately dedicated himself to mastering that instrument and became just as skilled on it as he was on the violin. He composed several pieces for guitar and violin. According to Fétis, Paganini also focused on studying agriculture.

But eventually he tired of a life of indolence and dalliance, and in 1804—the country settled now under French government—Paganini returned to Genoa, but whether to the paternal roof is not clear. He was doubtless invigorated by his long rest, and now resumed his arduous course of study. It has been remarked that it was only after Paganini had attained an almost perfect mastery over his instrument that he began to investigate the methods of other virtuosi[5]; even so, he had formed his own style of composition before studying the works of others. Now, he busied himself with the studies of Locatelli, whose extravagances almost equalled his own. It is said that he even gave lessons while in Genoa, and mention is made of one pupil, Catarina Calcagno, who had a brilliant, but brief career.

But eventually, he got tired of a life of laziness and casual fun, and in 1804—now that the country was under French rule—Paganini returned to Genoa, though it’s unclear if he went back to his family home. He was definitely recharged by his long break and started up his intense study schedule again. It’s been noted that it was only after Paganini had gained almost perfect control of his instrument that he began to explore the techniques of other virtuosos[5]; even so, he had developed his own style of composition before diving into the works of others. Now, he focused on the studies of Locatelli, whose flamboyance was nearly on par with his own. It’s said that he even taught lessons while in Genoa, and there’s mention of one student, Catarina Calcagno, who had a bright but short-lived career.

In 1805, Paganini resumed his artistic tours, and arriving at Lucca, played a concerto at an evening festival in a convent church. So great was the enthusiasm of the[19] audience (or congregation), that the monks had to leave their stalls to put a stop to the applause. At that time, Maria Anna (Elise), sister of Napoleon, was Princess of Lucca, and the Tuscan court was held in that Capital. The fame of Paganini could not fail to have reached the ears of the Princess, and it was but natural that the first virtuoso of Italy should receive an official appointment. So it happened that in the year 1805 he was offered, and accepted, the post of leader of the Court orchestra, and solo violinist. He also gave violin lessons to Prince Bacciochi, the husband of Maria Anna. It was during this period that Paganini began his experiments of employing less than the four strings of his violin. He gave an account of the origin of the practice to a friend at Prague many years later.[6] "It fell to my lot," he said, "to direct the opera whenever the reigning family visited it, as well as to perform at Court three times a week, and to get up a public concert for the higher circles every fortnight. Whenever these were visited by the Princess, she never remained to the close, because the flageolet tones of my violin were too much for her nerves. On the other hand there was another fascinating creature ... who, I flattered myself, felt a penchant for me, and was never absent from my performances; on my own side, I had long been her admirer (Paganini was now twenty-three years of age, susceptible, and possibly himself fascinating.) Our mutual fondness became gradually stronger and stronger; but we were forced to conceal it, and by this means its strength and fervour were sensibly enhanced.[20] One day I promised to surprise her at the next concert, with a musical joke, which should convey an allusion to our attachment; and I accordingly gave notice at Court that I should bring forward a musical novelty, under the title of 'A Love Scene.' The whole world was on tiptoe at the tidings; and on the evening appointed, I made my appearance, violin in hand; I had previously robbed it of the two middle strings, so that none but E and G remained. The first string being designed to play the maiden's part, and the second (fourth) the youth's, I began with a species of dialogue, in which I attempted to introduce movements analogous to transient bickerings and reconciliations between the lovers. Now my strings growled, and then sighed; and anon they lisped, hesitated, joked and joyed, till at last they sported with merry jubilee. In the course of time, both souls joined once more in harmony, and the appeased lovers' quarrel led to a pas de deux, which terminated in a brilliant coda. This musical fantasia of mine was greeted with loud applause. The lady, to whom every scene referred, rewarded me by looks full of delight and sweetness, and the Princess was charmed into such amiable condescension, that she loaded me with encomiums—asking me, whether, since I could produce so much with two strings, it would not be possible for me to gratify them by playing on one. I yielded instant assent—the idea tickled my fancy—and, as the Emperor's birthday occurred some weeks afterwards (August 15th,) I composed a sonata for the G string, which I entitled 'Napoleon,' and played before the Court to so much effect, that a cantata, by Cimarosa, given the same evening, fell through without[21] producing any impression on its hearers.[7] This is the genuine and original cause of my prejudice in favour for the G string. People were afterwards importunate to hear more of this performance, and in this way I became day by day a greater adept at it, and acquired constantly increasing confidence in this peculiar mystery of handling the bow." More of the "Napoleon Sonata" later.

In 1805, Paganini resumed his performance tours and, upon arriving in Lucca, played a concerto at an evening festival in a convent church. The audience's enthusiasm was so overwhelming that the monks had to leave their stalls to quiet the applause. At that time, Maria Anna (Elise), Napoleon's sister, was the Princess of Lucca, and the Tuscan court was based in that capital. It was only natural for the most famous musician in Italy to be recognized by the Princess. So, in 1805, he was offered and accepted the position of leader of the Court orchestra and solo violinist. He also taught violin to Prince Bacciochi, Maria Anna's husband. During this time, Paganini began experimenting with using fewer than four strings on his violin. Years later, he explained the origin of this practice to a friend in Prague. "It was my role," he said, "to direct the opera whenever the royal family attended and to perform at Court three times a week, in addition to organizing a public concert for the elite every two weeks. Whenever these events were attended by the Princess, she never stayed until the end because the high notes from my violin were too intense for her nerves. However, there was another enchanting person ... whom I believed was fond of me, and she never missed my performances; on my part, I had long admired her (Paganini was now twenty-three, impressionable, and possibly charming in his own right). Our mutual affection gradually grew stronger but had to be kept hidden, intensifying its strength and passion. One day, I promised to surprise her at the next concert with a musical joke that would hint at our bond; so I informed the Court that I would present a musical novelty called 'A Love Scene.' The whole world was buzzing with excitement, and on the appointed evening, I appeared with my violin in hand. I had previously removed the two middle strings, leaving only the E and G strings. The first string represented the girl, while the second (fourth) represented the young man. I began with a kind of dialogue that attempted to capture the fleeting arguments and reconciliations between the lovers. My strings would growl, sigh, stutter, joke, and celebrate until they finally burst into joyful revelry. Eventually, both souls reunited in harmony, and the resolved lovers' quarrel led to a duet that concluded with a brilliant finale. My musical fantasy received loud applause. The woman to whom every scene alluded rewarded me with looks full of delight and sweetness, and the Princess was so charmed that she heaped praises on me, asking if, since I could create so much with two strings, I could not impress them by playing with one. I immediately agreed—the idea amused me—and since the Emperor's birthday was coming up (August 15th), I composed a sonata for the G string, which I named 'Napoleon,' and played it for the Court with such success that a cantata by Cimarosa, performed that same evening, failed to make any impact on the audience. This is the genuine origin of my preference for the G string. People kept asking to hear more of that piece, and as a result, I became more skilled at it day by day, gaining increasing confidence in this unique technique of bowing." More on the "Napoleon Sonata" later.

Plate IV.—See Appendix. Caricature of Paganini published 1831. Plate IV.—See Appendix.
Caricature published 1831.

When the Princess became Grand Duchess of Tuscany, the Court removed to Florence, and Paganini, as a matter of course, was in the retinue. His official career, however, came to an abrupt termination in the early part of 1813. When appointed Court Musical Director, Paganini was accorded the rank of Captain in the Royal Guard, and, as such, was permitted to wear a brilliant uniform. Appearing in this garb at a State function at Florence, in 1813, the artist was "commanded" to change it for the ordinary dress suit. This request Paganini construed as an insult, and refused compliance; whereupon there was a sudden rupture, and instant resignation of office. Paganini, at different times, obtained leave of absence, and undertook various professional tours; and as he met with some strange experiences, we will follow him in his wanderings.

When the Princess became Grand Duchess of Tuscany, the Court moved to Florence, and Paganini was naturally part of the entourage. However, his official career came to an abrupt end in early 1813. When he was appointed Court Musical Director, Paganini was given the rank of Captain in the Royal Guard and was allowed to wear a striking uniform. At a State event in Florence in 1813, the artist was "ordered" to change into regular formal wear. Paganini saw this request as an insult and refused to comply; as a result, there was an immediate fallout and he resigned from his position. Paganini, at various times, took leaves of absence and went on several professional tours; and since he encountered some unusual experiences, we will follow him on his journeys.


CHAPTER III.

In 1808 occurred the first of these excursions. Paganini went to Leghorn, the scene of his early triumphs. He had not been there for seven years, but his first concert, this visit, was attended with some unpleasant mishaps. He had run a nail into his heel, and came limping on the stage, whereupon the audience set up a titter—an incident quite enough to upset a sensitive artist. Then, just as he was commencing his concerto, the candles fell from his music-stand, and the laughter was unrestrained; after a few bars of his solo, the first string of his violin snapped, and the merriment became uproarious; but he finished the performance upon the three strings, and the artist soon converted the audience to a demonstration of a more grateful character. Thus his "one string" experience served him in good stead.

In 1808, the first of these performances took place. Paganini traveled to Leghorn, the place of his early successes. He hadn’t been there in seven years, but his first concert during this visit came with some unfortunate events. He had stepped on a nail, and hobbled onto the stage, causing the audience to snicker—a moment that could easily rattle a sensitive artist. Then, just as he was starting his concerto, the candles fell off his music stand, and the laughter grew louder; after a few measures of his solo, the first string of his violin broke, and the laughter turned into chaos. However, he completed the performance using just three strings, and soon the audience changed their tune to one of appreciation. Thus, his "one string" experience worked in his favor.

At Ferrara something worse befell. For his concert there, Paganini had engaged a vocalist, Signora Marietta Marcolini; but at the last moment, the lady, either from indisposition or caprice, refused to sing. Paganini went to his hostel boiling with rage, but was somewhat mollified on being told there was a lady occupying an apartment in the same house, who might perhaps take the place of[23] the recalcitrant singer. This was Signora Pallerini, the principal dancer at the theatre, who had a very agreeable voice, but who made no pretension to being a singer, although she was not without training and talent. Paganini lost no time in seeking the young dancer, and by dint of perseverance obtained her consent to his wish.

At Ferrara, something even worse happened. For his concert there, Paganini had booked a singer, Signora Marietta Marcolini; however, at the last minute, she either felt unwell or had a change of heart and refused to perform. Furious, Paganini returned to his hotel but was somewhat calmed when he was informed that a lady staying in the same building might be able to fill in for the difficult singer. This was Signora Pallerini, the lead dancer at the theater, who had a pleasant voice, though she didn’t claim to be a singer, even though she had some training and talent. Paganini wasted no time in finding the young dancer, and through persistence, he managed to get her to agree to his request.

But when the Signora came on to sing she was seized with stage-fright. Her voice failed her, and her song produced no effect. Paganini offered his arm to conduct her behind the scenes, but just before they reached the wing, a shrill whistle was heard—equivalent to a hiss in England. This was too much; the poor débutante lost consciousness, and fell into the arms of her friend. Pale with rage, Paganini promised himself a signal vengeance. The concert was drawing to a close when the angry artist whispered to Signora Pallerini, "Come! Listen!" He rushed on the stage, and announcing to the audience that he would conclude the concert with a musical jest, proceeded to imitate the cries of various animals, the chirping of birds, the howling of dogs, and the crowing of cocks; then, with a stolen glance towards the wing, as if to make known the carrying out of his revenge, he advanced to the footlights, rested his bow on the "chanterelle," close to the bridge, and with a single stroke brought it violently on the "G," producing distinctly the sound of the donkey's hee-haw! "This is for the man who whistled," he exclaimed, with an air of triumph, and for the second time gave his imitation—with added energy. Then he awaited the shouts of laughter that should assail the poor whistler, but something quite different happened. The pit rose to a man,[24] and howling, whistling, and stamping, the audience proceeded to storm the stage; and only precipitate flight by means of a private door, saved the unlucky artist's life.

But when the Signora stepped up to sing, she was hit with stage fright. Her voice betrayed her, and her song fell flat. Paganini offered her his arm to take her backstage, but just before they got to the wing, a sharp whistle was heard—like a hiss in England. That was too much; the poor débutante fainted and fell into her friend’s arms. Pale with anger, Paganini vowed to get back at whoever had whistled. The concert was nearing its end when the furious artist whispered to Signora Pallerini, "Come! Listen!" He rushed onto the stage and announced to the audience that he would finish the concert with a musical joke. He then started imitating the sounds of various animals, like the chirping of birds, the howling of dogs, and the crowing of roosters; then, casting a sly glance toward the wing, as if to signal his revenge, he moved to the front of the stage, rested his bow on the "chanterelle," near the bridge, and with a single stroke slammed it onto the "G," distinctly making the sound of a donkey's bray! "This is for the guy who whistled," he shouted triumphantly, and he did the imitation a second time—with even more energy. He waited for the laughter to target the poor whistler, but something completely different happened. The audience stood up as one,[24] howling, whistling, and stomping, they rushed the stage; only a hasty escape through a private door saved the unfortunate artist's life.

The explanation came to Paganini later. The inhabitants of the villages around Ferrara had from time immemorial a strong prejudice against their Capital. The citizens they alleged were stupid in their nature, and deserved the sobriquet "hee-haw." If a countryman, returning from Ferrara, were asked where he came from, he replied by throwing back his head and braying like an ass! Paganini had no knowledge of local history; he was not a reader, he never even glanced at the papers, except when they contained something concerning himself. His revenge caused quite a tumult, in what way can be well perceived: and the magistrate, to restore quiet, advised Paganini not to give his second concert in the town, so that the offenders were really punished all round.

The explanation came to Paganini later. The people in the villages around Ferrara had long held a strong bias against their Capital. They claimed the citizens were naturally stupid and deserved the nickname "hee-haw." If a farmer returning from Ferrara was asked where he was from, he would tilt his head back and bray like a donkey! Paganini didn’t know the local history; he wasn’t a reader and rarely even looked at the newspapers, except when they had something about him. His revenge caused quite a stir, in ways that were easy to notice; the magistrate, to restore order, advised Paganini not to hold his second concert in the town, effectively punishing the offenders all around.

It is not necessary to enter into details concerning all Paganini's tours. It appears to have been in 1810 that he wrote the "Napoleon Sonata," and he performed it in public at a concert given by him at Parma, August 18th, 1811. His fame was spreading beyond his own country, and Schilling states that from 1812 the German musical journals bestowed much attention upon him. He was at Milan in 1813, and his success there was greater than ever. For that city he appeared to have a predilection, for he was there, with the exception of a short stay at Genoa, until the autumn of 1814. At that time he was by no means a recluse. He visited the theatre, La Scala, and witnessed a performance of Vigano's ballet, "Il Noce di Benevento," to which Süssmayer wrote the music; and[25] from a certain scene he took the theme of his variations known as "Le Streghe." At a theatre he was inspired to write one of his finest movements. He went to hear Demarini, Italy's greatest tragedian, and was so affected by one scene that he could not sleep, and his emotion ultimately found expression in music. This will be dealt with when noticing his compositions.

It’s not necessary to go into details about all of Paganini's tours. It seems that in 1810 he wrote the "Napoleon Sonata," and he performed it publicly at a concert he held in Parma on August 18, 1811. His fame was spreading beyond his home country, and Schilling mentions that starting in 1812, German music journals began to pay him a lot of attention. He was in Milan in 1813, and his success there was greater than ever. He seemed to have a particular fondness for that city, as he stayed there, except for a short visit to Genoa, until the autumn of 1814. During that time, he was definitely not a recluse. He went to the theater, La Scala, and saw a performance of Vigano's ballet, "The Walnut Tree of Benevento," which had music composed by Süssmayer; from one particular scene, he took the theme for his variations known as "The Witches." At a theater, he was inspired to write one of his best movements. He went to listen to Demarini, Italy's greatest tragedian, and was so moved by one scene that he couldn’t sleep, and his feelings eventually turned into music. This will be discussed when looking at his compositions.

In October, 1814, Paganini went to Bologna, and there met Rossini for the first time. Rossini, nine years the junior of Paganini, had already produced a dozen operas—two in Milan that year. By Court favour Rossini had just escaped the conscription, and had hastened away to Bologna. The meeting of these artists was of importance to both. Meyerbeer went to Italy in 1815, and was there for some years, producing several operas. Laphaléque tells a story to this effect: Meyerbeer was on the eve of leaving Florence to proceed to Naples to bring out one of his works. He did not yet know that place, and it offered a double attraction; he wanted to enjoy the beautiful blue sky as well as his artistic triumph. But he went to hear Paganini, and dreamt no more of Naples, nor of his opera. Paganini travelled all through Tuscany, and Meyerbeer followed; and not until he had heard Paganini eighteen times could he tear himself away from him.

In October 1814, Paganini went to Bologna and met Rossini for the first time. Rossini, nine years younger than Paganini, had already written a dozen operas—two of them in Milan that year. Thanks to the favor of the Court, Rossini had just avoided conscription and rushed off to Bologna. The meeting between these artists was significant for both. Meyerbeer went to Italy in 1815 and stayed for several years, producing several operas. Laphaléque shares a story about this: Meyerbeer was about to leave Florence to head to Naples to debut one of his works. He didn’t know Naples yet, and it held a double allure; he wanted to experience the beautiful blue sky as well as his artistic success. But he decided to go hear Paganini instead and forgot all about Naples and his opera. Paganini traveled throughout Tuscany, and Meyerbeer followed him; it wasn’t until he had seen Paganini perform eighteen times that he finally managed to pull himself away.

Within the period of five years, Paganini returned to Milan five times, making a long stay on each occasion, and giving a great number of concerts. He played at Verona, Padua—where the "prison" stories seem to have originated—returned to Milan early in 1816, when he met[26] the French violinist, Charles Lafont, with whom he played and of whom more will be said. Then to Venice, Trieste, and back to Venice in time to hear Spohr (October 18th), on whom he called both before and after the concert. Spohr greatly desired to hear Paganini play, but the latter excused himself.

Within five years, Paganini visited Milan five times, staying for a long time each visit and performing many concerts. He played in Verona and Padua—where the "prison" stories seem to have started—returned to Milan early in 1816, where he met[26] the French violinist, Charles Lafont, with whom he performed and who will be discussed further. Then he went to Venice, Trieste, and back to Venice in time to hear Spohr (October 18th), whom he visited both before and after the concert. Spohr was very eager to hear Paganini play, but Paganini declined.

Paganini must ere this have received invitations to visit other countries, for Spohr in his diary remarks, when referring to Paganini's first visit, that he had apparently abandoned his project of going to Vienna. In 1817, Paganini visited Piacenza, where he met the Polish violinist, Karl Joseph von Lipinski, who had gone to Italy expressly to hear Paganini. The Italian treated his Polish brother artist generously, and played with him at two concerts. Paganini was also again at Milan that year and paid a visit to his mother at Genoa. According to Anders, his father died in 1817. At the close of the same year Paganini was in Rome, where Rossini's opera "La Cenerentola" was produced at the opening of the Carnival season, December 26th. It is related that Meyerbeer was also in Rome at this time, and that Rossini's "Carnovale" was sung in the streets by the composer, Meyerbeer, and Paganini, who disguised themselves for the frolic. Paganini in the Palace of Prince von Kaunitz, the Austrian Ambassador, was introduced to Prince Metternich, who, charmed with his talent, pressed him to visit Vienna. But the violinist's health was in a precarious state. He suffered from an intestinal disorder, aggravated by his addiction to some quack remedy. He gave concerts in Rome, of which Schilling, who gives the date, however,[27] as 1827, gives a very curious account. The first concert, though held in a Palace—such buildings being met with at every step—was in a room like a hay-loft. The orchestra consisted of some half-dozen shabbily dressed players, the singers were mechanics, members of the chorus of the Teatro Argentina, and the audience scarcely numbered fifty. Rome, professedly the first musical city of Italy, and of Europe, was ignorant of Paganini, the greatest violin virtuoso of Italy and the world. But his extraordinary genius kindled coldness into enthusiasm. At his second concert the attendance increased tenfold; at the third the success was even greater.

Paganini must have received invitations to visit other countries by now, as Spohr notes in his diary, mentioning Paganini's first visit and his apparent decision to skip the trip to Vienna. In 1817, Paganini visited Piacenza, where he met the Polish violinist, Karl Joseph von Lipinski, who had traveled to Italy specifically to hear him play. The Italian violinist generously hosted his Polish counterpart and performed with him at two concerts. Paganini also went back to Milan that year and visited his mother in Genoa. According to Anders, his father passed away in 1817. By the end of the year, Paganini was in Rome, where Rossini's opera "Cinderella" premiered at the start of the Carnival season on December 26th. It’s said that Meyerbeer was also in Rome during this time, and that Rossini's "Carnovale" was sung in the streets by the composer himself, Meyerbeer, and Paganini, who all dressed in disguise for the festivities. While at the Palace of Prince von Kaunitz, the Austrian Ambassador, he met Prince Metternich, who, impressed by his talent, urged him to visit Vienna. However, Paganini's health was poor. He was suffering from an intestinal problem, worsened by his reliance on a dubious remedy. He held concerts in Rome, and Schilling, who unfortunately attributes the date as 1827, gives a rather unusual account. The first concert, though held in a palace—common in the area—took place in a room resembling a hayloft. The orchestra had about half a dozen poorly dressed musicians, the singers were local workers from the chorus of the Teatro Argentina, and the audience barely reached fifty people. Rome, supposedly the top musical city in Italy and Europe, was unaware of Paganini, the greatest violinist in Italy and the world. But his incredible talent transformed indifference into excitement. At his second concert, attendance surged tenfold; by the third, the success was even greater.

In 1818, and the following year, he gave concerts at Verona, Turin, Florence, and other towns. At Verona, the conductor of the theatre orchestra, one Valdabrini, persuaded himself that Paganini was little else than a charlatan, one who might play the pieces of his own repertory very well, but who could not execute a work such as a concerto of his, Valdabrini's, composition. Paganini was informed of this estimate of his abilities, and hastened to assure Valdabrini that he would be happy to reproduce the inspirations of the chef d'orchestre of Verona; and as this trial would be a powerful attraction, he would reserve it for his last concert. The day of rehearsal arrived, and Paganini was in his place. Instead of the music of the concerto, however, the artist improvised all kinds of fanciful passages, insomuch that the astonished orchestral players, lost in admiration, forgot to go on with their own work. The disappointed Valdabrini exclaimed: "My friend, this is not my concerto[28] you are playing, I can recognise nothing of what I have written." "Don't distress yourself," replied Paganini, "at the concert you will recognise your work well enough, only now I claim a little indulgence."

In 1818 and the following year, he gave concerts in Verona, Turin, Florence, and other cities. In Verona, the conductor of the theater orchestra, a man named Valdabrini, convinced himself that Paganini was nothing but a fraud—someone who could perform his own pieces exceptionally well but couldn't pull off a work like a concerto composed by Valdabrini himself. Paganini got wind of this opinion about his skills and quickly assured Valdabrini that he would be happy to play the conductor's compositions; since this performance would draw a crowd, he planned to save it for his final concert. The day of rehearsal came, and Paganini took his place. However, instead of playing the concerto, he improvised all kinds of elaborate passages, causing the astonished orchestra members to become so captivated that they forgot to continue with their own parts. A frustrated Valdabrini exclaimed, "My friend, this isn't the concerto I wrote; I can't recognize anything in what you're playing." "Don't worry," Paganini replied, "you'll recognize your work just fine at the concert; right now, I just ask for a bit of patience."

The concert night arrived, and Paganini commenced with pieces of his own choice, reserving the concerto for the end. All were attention for the great event. Paganini came on at last, holding in his hand a Malacca walking cane. Everyone asked himself: What will he do with that? Suddenly he seized his violin, and, employing the cane as a bow, played the concerto (thought by the composer to be practicable only after long study) from beginning to end, not only rendering the most difficult passages, but introducing charming variations, never failing for an instant to display the purity, grace and verve that characterised his art.[8] This pleasantry was not to the taste of Valdabrini, we may be sure; but it was a rebuke to his presumption. Such amenities are scarcely possible now-a-days.

The concert night arrived, and Paganini started with pieces of his own choosing, saving the concerto for last. Everyone was eager for the big event. Finally, Paganini appeared, holding a Malacca walking cane. Everyone wondered: What will he do with that? Suddenly, he grabbed his violin, and using the cane as a bow, played the concerto (which the composer thought could only be mastered after extensive practice) from start to finish. Not only did he tackle the most challenging sections, but he also added delightful variations, never compromising the purity, grace, and energy that defined his art.[8] We can be sure that Valdabrini did not appreciate this joke; however, it served as a reminder of his arrogance. Such playful moments are hardly seen nowadays.

Paganini visited Naples in 1819 for the first time. When he arrived he found the local musicians badly disposed towards him, and he had something like a repetition of his experience at Verona, only he used the cane no more! These musicians affected to doubt the reality of the marvels fame attributed to Paganini, and proposed to amuse themselves at his expense. They engaged a young composer, Danna (Dana?)[9] fresh from the Conservatorio, to write a string quartet, filled with difficulties[29] of every kind—for the first violin—persuading themselves that the great violinist could not overcome them. When all was ready—no doubt the other parts had been well practised—Paganini was invited to a musical réunion, where he found the violinists Onorio de Vito, Giuseppe Mario Festa, the violoncellist Ciandelli, and the composer Danna. Hardly had he arrived, when they placed the music before him, and invited him to play it at sight. Perceiving that they had set a trap for him, Paganini cast a hurried glance at the music, and played it off as though it had long been familiar to him. Confounded by what they heard, his assistants were prodigal in their admiration, and declared him incomparable.

Paganini visited Naples for the first time in 1819. When he arrived, he found the local musicians unfriendly towards him, and it felt a lot like his experience in Verona, except he didn’t use his cane anymore! These musicians pretended to doubt the reality of the incredible talents that fame attributed to Paganini, and they planned to have some fun at his expense. They hired a young composer, Danna (or Dana?)[9] fresh from the Conservatorio, to write a string quartet filled with all sorts of difficulties for the first violin, thinking that the great violinist wouldn’t be able to handle it. When everything was ready—no doubt the other parts had been well rehearsed—Paganini was invited to a musical gathering, where he found the violinists Onorio de Vito, Giuseppe Mario Festa, the cellist Ciandelli, and the composer Danna. Just after he arrived, they put the music in front of him and challenged him to play it on sight. Realizing they had set a trap, Paganini took a quick look at the music and played it as if he had known it for a long time. Amazed by what they heard, his fellow musicians couldn’t help but lavish him with admiration, declaring him incomparable.

Paganini's health now gave way to an alarming degree, and his landlord, fearing the malady was consumption—infectious, according to current opinion—proceeded to turn the violinist and his belongings into the street. Medical science has confirmed the views of the Neapolitans in respect to the contagious character of consumption, and the open-air treatment is now considered the proper method to adopt; but the landlord's rough and ready application of the remedy was highly objectionable, and so thought Ciandelli, who chanced to be passing at the time. He gave the landlord a severe thrashing, and conveyed Paganini to more comfortable lodgings, where he was carefully tended. Paganini repaid this act of kindness, as will be seen. These little scenes throw curious side-lights on life in Naples at that period.

Paganini's health took a serious turn for the worse, and his landlord, worried that he had tuberculosis—believed to be contagious at the time—decided to throw the violinist and his belongings out onto the street. Medical science has since confirmed the Neapolitans' concerns about the contagious nature of tuberculosis, and fresh air treatment is now regarded as the appropriate method to use; however, the landlord's hasty and harsh approach to the situation was highly questionable, a sentiment shared by Ciandelli, who happened to be passing by at that moment. He gave the landlord a good beating and took Paganini to a more comfortable place, where he received proper care. Paganini later repaid this kindness, as will be revealed. These little moments provide interesting insights into life in Naples during that time.

In 1820, Paganini returned to Milan, where he founded an Amateur Society, Gli Orfei, and conducted its concerts[30] for a time; but the roving habits he had acquired rendered a settled life irksome, and he was soon again on the move. The winter found him once more in Rome, where he must have stayed on and off for another year; for he was there in December, 1821, when Rossini was about to produce his opera, "Matilda di Sabran," at the opening of the Carnival season. On the day of the last rehearsal the conductor fell ill, and Rossini was in despair to replace him. Paganini, hearing of his friend's dilemma, offered to conduct the rehearsal and the first performance—his operatic experience at Lucca must not be forgotten—an offer Rossini gratefully accepted. Without a moment's preparation, Paganini set to work to communicate to an unskilled orchestra—it was at the Teatro d'Apollone—the composer's intentions and the manner in which they should be interpreted. Having no time for verbal explanation, he did everything by example, playing the first violin part an octave higher than it was written, and making himself heard above the strongest fortissimo. At a glance he penetrated the meaning of every movement, and he so worked upon the executants that they obeyed him as if by enchantment. This single rehearsal sufficed to bring about an irreproachable performance, the orchestra undergoing a veritable metamorphosis, to the astonishment of everyone, Rossini included. So far Laphaléque. Sutherland Edwards[10] says Paganini conducted the first three performances, adding, "Never, it is said, did the band of the 'Apollo' play with so much spirit before."

In 1820, Paganini returned to Milan, where he started an Amateur Society, The Orpheus, and led its concerts for a while; but the wandering lifestyle he had adopted made a settled life feel bothersome, and he was soon on the move again. The winter found him back in Rome, where he must have spent on and off for another year; he was there in December 1821 when Rossini was about to premiere his opera, "Matilda di Sabran," to kick off the Carnival season. On the day of the final rehearsal, the conductor fell ill, and Rossini was desperate to find a replacement. Paganini, hearing of his friend's predicament, offered to conduct the rehearsal and the first performance—his experience with opera in Lucca should not be overlooked—an offer Rossini gratefully accepted. Without any preparation, Paganini began to communicate to an inexperienced orchestra—it was at the Teatro d'Apollone—the composer's intentions and how they should be interpreted. With no time for verbal explanations, he demonstrated everything by playing the first violin part an octave higher than written and ensuring he could be heard above the loudest fortissimo. In an instant, he grasped the meaning of every movement, and he influenced the players so they followed him as if under a spell. This single rehearsal was enough to ensure a flawless performance, the orchestra undergoing a genuine transformation, much to the surprise of everyone, including Rossini. So far Laphaléque. Sutherland Edwards[10] says Paganini conducted the first three performances, adding, "Never, it is said, did the band of the 'Apollo' play with so much spirit before."

For the next two years Paganini was constantly travelling,[31] and in the year 1823 we have the first glimpse of him through the medium of an English musical journal.[11] This first reference is quite incidental. Giuseppe Rastrelli was playing in Naples in 1822 (or 1823), and was well received, "although his predecessor, the celebrated Paganini," was still fresh in the public remembrance. This assumes that Paganini was well known to English readers. He had indeed been mentioned in books published before this date. On his way to Pavia in 1823, Paganini was attacked with illness, and his life was despaired of. At that time he had again intended going to Austria, but a long rest was needed to restore his health. This repose he enjoyed at Genoa, and recovered sufficiently to give two concerts in the Teatro da Sant'Agostino, in 1824. The second concert introduced two youthful claimants to public favour. The first was a Signora Bianchi, under twenty years of age, who was characterised in the bills as the little virtuosa forestiera, and who sang three airs; the other was a Signora Barette, who played a Pezzo Cantabile and a Sonatina upon the violoncello. They both experienced a flattering reception.[12] The young violoncellist was not more than fourteen years old, and there is no reason to suppose that she was the first of her sex to appear in public as a violoncellist.[32] The other "little guest" or stranger was to play an important part in Paganini's history.

For the next two years, Paganini traveled constantly,[31] and in 1823, we got our first glimpse of him through an English music journal.[11] This first mention is quite casual. Giuseppe Rastrelli was performing in Naples in 1822 (or 1823) and was well-received, "even though his predecessor, the famous Paganini," was still fresh in the public's mind. This suggests that Paganini was already a well-known figure among English readers. He had indeed been referenced in books published before this time. On his way to Pavia in 1823, Paganini fell ill, and there were serious concerns for his life. At that time, he had once again planned to go to Austria, but he needed a long break to recover his health. He took this rest in Genoa and recovered enough to give two concerts at the Teatro da Sant'Agostino in 1824. The second concert featured two young performers vying for public attention. The first was a Signora Bianchi, under twenty, who was described in the programs as the little foreign virtuoso and sang three songs; the second was a Signora Barette, who played a Pezzo Cantabile and a Sonatina on the cello. Both received a warm reception.[12] The young cellist was no older than fourteen, and there is no reason to believe she was the first woman to appear in public as a cellist.[32] The other "young guest" or stranger was about to play an important role in Paganini's story.

This concert afforded another proof of Paganini's power of attraction. A certain M. Bergman, a (Swedish?) traveller and passionate lover of music, reading accidentally the evening before in the journal at Leghorn, an announcement of Paganini's concert, lost no time, but instantly set out for Genoa, a distance of a hundred miles, and luckily reached the spot just half an hour before the concert began. He went with his expectations raised to the utmost, but, to use his own expression, the reality was as far above his anticipations as the heavens are above the earth. Nor could this enthusiastic amateur rest content with once hearing Paganini, but actually followed him to Milan, in order to hear him exercise his talents a second time. Now-a-days the enthusiasts are young ladies, who mob their favourites in the artists' room!

This concert was another testament to Paganini's magnetic appeal. A man named M. Bergman, a passionate music lover and possibly Swedish, came across an announcement for Paganini's concert while reading a journal in Leghorn the night before. Without wasting any time, he immediately set off for Genoa, a hundred miles away, and miraculously arrived just half an hour before the concert started. He had high hopes, but as he put it, the experience exceeded his wildest dreams, just as the heavens are far above the earth. And this enthusiastic fan couldn't just settle for hearing Paganini once; he actually followed him to Milan to experience his talents a second time. Nowadays, the fans are young women who swarm their favorites in the artists' room!

In 1824 Paganini gave two concerts in La Scala, Milan, which was crowded to excess. At the first he played a concerto, and three airs with variations—all on the fourth string, so said the report. A surfeit, this, even for his fervent admirers. In the same year at Pavia, he gave two concerts, the bills being headed:

In 1824, Paganini performed two concerts at La Scala in Milan, which were packed to capacity. At the first concert, he played a concerto and three pieces with variations—all on the fourth string, according to the report. This was too much, even for his devoted fans. Later that year in Pavia, he held two concerts, with the posters reading:

PAGANINI

PAGANINI

Farà sentire il suo Violino.

He'll showcase his Violin.

(Paganini will cause his violin to be heard.) He was received with no less enthusiasm than at Milan. Paganini then returned to Genoa, but soon left for Venice.[33] There he formed an union with Antonia Bianchi, the young singer he introduced at Genoa, who became his companion, sang at his concerts, and shared his triumphs.

(Paganini will make his violin heard.) He was welcomed with just as much enthusiasm as in Milan. Paganini then went back to Genoa but soon left for Venice.[33] There, he formed a partnership with Antonia Bianchi, the young singer he had introduced in Genoa, who became his companion, sang at his concerts, and celebrated his successes.

In 1825, Paganini was again at Naples, where he gave a concert, causing his name to be announced in the bills as—

In 1825, Paganini was back in Naples, where he performed a concert, leading to his name being featured in the advertisements as—

Filarmonico,

Orchestra,

a term which gave rise to much discussion, some considering it as indicating modesty, others just the reverse; but at all events it savoured of affectation. In the summer of 1825, Paganini went to Palermo, where he also gave a concert. The delicious climate of Sicily had a great charm for him, and he remained there for nearly a year, giving concerts at different places, but enjoying prolonged intervals of repose. His health strengthened, Paganini again entertained the idea of leaving Italy, but determined upon one more tour before carrying out his intention. In 1826, he visited Trieste, Venice, and finally Rome, where he gave five concerts. In April, 1827, Pope Leo XII. invested Paganini with the order of the Golden Spur, a distinction so rare that it afforded a topic for conversation for some time. From Rome Paganini went to Florence, and as "Il Cavaliere Paganini" gave a concert at the Teatro Pergola, which was attended by all the rank and fashion of the place. He was detained for some time at Florence owing to a disease breaking out in one of his legs. As soon as he was able to travel he set out for Milan, where he was received with every demonstration of affection. He gave four musical soirées at the close of 1827, and in[34] the early part of 1828, two concerts in La Scala, when he appears to have played for the first time the concerto with the "Rondo ad un Campanello;" the piece created a great effect. Paganini had now traversed the whole of Italy at least three times, giving hundreds of concerts, building up an ever growing reputation and exciting universal admiration, despite those detractors whose machinations have been exposed. At last, on the 2nd of March, 1828, Paganini started on his long projected visit to Vienna.

a term that sparked a lot of debate, with some seeing it as a sign of modesty and others thinking quite the opposite; but either way, it seemed somewhat pretentious. In the summer of 1825, Paganini went to Palermo, where he also held a concert. The lovely climate of Sicily captivated him, and he stayed there for almost a year, performing concerts at various locations while enjoying long breaks of relaxation. His health improved, and Paganini began to consider leaving Italy, but decided to take one more tour before fulfilling that intention. In 1826, he traveled to Trieste, Venice, and finally Rome, where he performed five concerts. In April 1827, Pope Leo XII awarded Paganini the order of the Golden Spur, a rare distinction that sparked conversation for a while. From Rome, Paganini headed to Florence, where he performed at the Teatro Pergola as "Il Cavaliere Paganini," attended by the city's elite. He had to stay in Florence for a while due to an illness in one of his legs. Once he was well enough to travel, he set out for Milan, where he received a warm welcome. At the end of 1827, he held four musical soirées, and in the early part of 1828, he performed two concerts at La Scala, where he apparently played the concerto with the "Rondo ad un Campanello" for the first time; the piece made a big impression. Paganini had now traveled across all of Italy at least three times, giving hundreds of concerts, building an ever-growing reputation and stirring widespread admiration, despite the critics whose schemes had been revealed. Finally, on March 2, 1828, Paganini embarked on his long-planned trip to Vienna.


CHAPTER IV.

Paganini arrived at Vienna, March 16th, 1828, and gave his first concert in the Redouten-Saal[13] on the 29th of the same month, creating a furore the like of which had never been witnessed. It must be borne in mind that Paganini was now no romantic-looking youth to move the feelings of sentimental or hysterical young ladies. He was in his forty-sixth year, and his face bore the marks of suffering; he wore his long hair in ringlets falling over his shoulders, but physically he was a wreck. Yet no youthful artist of to-day has made a more sensational début than that of Paganini in the Austrian Capital in 1828. To repeat the oft-quoted account given by Schilling: "At the first stroke of the bow on his Guarnerius, one might almost say at the first step he took into the hall, his reputation was decided in Germany. Kindled as by an electric flash, he suddenly shone and sparkled like a miraculous apparition in the domain of art."

Paganini arrived in Vienna on March 16, 1828, and gave his first concert in the Redouten-Saal[13] on the 29th of the same month, creating a sensation like never before. It's important to remember that Paganini was no longer a romantic-looking young man who could stir the emotions of sentimental or hysterical young ladies. He was forty-six years old, and his face showed signs of suffering; he wore his long hair in ringlets that fell over his shoulders, but he was physically in poor shape. However, no young artist today has made a more sensational debut than Paganini did in the Austrian capital in 1828. To quote the often-cited account by Schilling: "At the first stroke of the bow on his Guarnerius, one might almost say at the first step he took into the hall, his reputation was sealed in Germany. Sparked like an electric flash, he suddenly shone and sparkled like a miraculous apparition in the world of art."

Another account, if less familiar, is equally interesting. In a letter from Vienna, addressed to the Literary Gazette, the writer says:—"The great novelty and prodigy of the[36] day is one M. Paganini, an Italian performer on the violin.

Another account, though less well-known, is just as fascinating. In a letter from Vienna, sent to the Literary Gazette, the author states:—"The big new thing and marvel of the[36] day is a man named M. Paganini, an Italian violinist.

"This is the first time he has left Italy; but I heard him previously, about five years ago, at Milan, in competition with M. Lafont, whom he beat fairly.[14] He is, without contradiction, not only the finest player on the violin, but no other performer, upon what instrument soever, can be styled his equal: Kalkbrenner, Rode, Romberg, Moscheles, Jew and Gentile, are his inferiors by at least some thousand degrees; they are not fit, as we say in Germany, to reach him water. He is Mathews of the violin, performs a whole concert on a single string, where you are sure to hear, besides his own instrument, a harp, a guitar, and a flute. In one word, he is a necromancer, and bids fair to beat la Giraffe. We have here hats, shawls, gloves and nonsense of every description, à la Giraffe; but yesterday I actually ate Auflaufy—a very innocent, rather insipid sweetmeat—à la Paganini.... He has already performed twice to crowded houses in our great masquerade-hall. The beginning of the concert was, as usual, advertised for half-past eleven [in the morning]: at eleven o'clock not a pin dropping from the roof would have reached the ground; people were already there at nine o'clock. He came hither with six florins in his pocket; now you may style him a warm man. From Vienna he intends to proceed to Paris, and thence to London."[15]

"This is the first time he has left Italy; but I heard him before, about five years ago, in Milan, competing against M. Lafont, whom he beat fair and square.[14] He is, without a doubt, not only the best violinist, but no other performer on any instrument can be considered his equal: Kalkbrenner, Rode, Romberg, Moscheles, Jew and Gentile, are all significantly beneath him; they aren't even fit, as we say in Germany, to fetch him water. He is the Mathews of the violin, performing a whole concert on a single string, where you can also hear, alongside his instrument, a harp, a guitar, and a flute. In short, he is like a wizard, and he's likely to outshine la Giraffe. We have hats, shawls, gloves, and all sorts of nonsense, à la Giraffe; but yesterday I actually had Auflaufy—a very innocent, somewhat bland sweet—à la Paganini.... He has already performed twice to sold-out crowds in our big masquerade hall. The concert was, as usual, advertised for half-past eleven [in the morning]: at eleven o'clock, not a pin dropping from the roof would have made a sound; people were already there by nine o'clock. He arrived here with six florins in his pocket; now you can call him a well-off man. From Vienna, he plans to go to Paris, and then to London."[15]

Here a brief digression is pardonable. The Pasha of[37] Egypt, a short time before Paganini's visit, had presented to the Emperor of Austria a Giraffe, an animal then new to Europe. That interesting quadruped, a superb specimen of its kind, created such a sensation, and so completely absorbed public attention, that as seen in the letter just quoted, everything was à la Giraffe.[16] Paganini's phenomenal success gained him a popularity that quite eclipsed the poor Giraffe, and now the mode was à la Paganini. All kinds of articles were named after him; a good stroke at billiards was a coup à la Paganini; his bust in butter and crystallised sugar figured on every banquet table; and portraits, more or less faithful, adorned snuff-boxes, cigar-boxes, or were carved on the canes carried by the fops. Paganini himself went into a shop one day to buy gloves. "A la Giraffe?" asked the salesman. "No, no, some other animal," said the maestro, whereupon he was handed a pair à la Paganini! It is said that a certain driver, whom Paganini had once engaged, obtained permission to paint on his vehicle the words Cabriolet de Paganini, by which means he gained notoriety and enough money to set up as a hotel-keeper. Paganini was much sought after by the leaders of society and fashion; but Prince Metternich alone received the favour of a visit.

Here a quick digression is acceptable. The Pasha of[37] Egypt, shortly before Paganini's visit, had given the Emperor of Austria a Giraffe, an animal that was new to Europe at the time. That fascinating quadruped, an outstanding example of its species, caused such a stir and completely captured public interest that, as noted in the previously mentioned letter, everything was à la Giraffe.[16] Paganini's incredible success earned him a fame that overshadowed the poor Giraffe, and now the trend was à la Paganini. All sorts of items were named after him; a good shot in billiards was called a coup à la Paganini; his bust made of butter and crystallized sugar appeared on every banquet table; and portraits, varying in accuracy, decorated snuff-boxes, cigar boxes, or were carved on the canes carried by the fashionable people. One day, Paganini walked into a store to buy gloves. "A la Giraffe?" asked the salesman. "No, no, something else," replied the maestro, and he was given a pair à la Paganini! It's said that a certain driver, who had once worked for Paganini, got permission to paint the words Cabriolet de Paganini on his carriage, which brought him fame and enough money to open a hotel. Paganini was in high demand among the leaders of society and fashion, but only Prince Metternich was favored with a visit.

It may be remembered that Franz Schubert gave his first, and as it turned out, his only concert, in the hall of the Musik-Verein, Vienna, on the 26th of March, three[38] days before that of Paganini. Schubert cleared over £30—the first piece of luck that came to the poor composer. The money flowed freely; he paid his five Gulden (something over six shillings) to hear Paganini, and went a second time, not so much for his own sake, as to take his friend Bauernfeld,[17] who had not five farthings, while with him (Schubert) "money was as plentiful as black-berries." Generous, simple Schubert! Did he and Paganini ever meet? What a pair they would have made!

It may be remembered that Franz Schubert gave his first and, as it turned out, only concert in the hall of the Musik-Verein in Vienna on March 26, just three days before Paganini's performance. Schubert earned over £30—the first bit of luck that came to the struggling composer. The money came easily; he paid his five Gulden (just over six shillings) to see Paganini and went a second time, not just for himself, but to bring his friend Bauernfeld, who didn't have a penny to his name, while with Schubert, “money was as plentiful as blackberries.” Generous, simple Schubert! Did he and Paganini ever meet? What a pair they would have made!

Paganini's Vienna concerts were so successful that he increased the number from six to twelve. It is said that poor musicians actually sold their clothes to raise the needful in order to hear him; and that no halls were large enough to contain all who wished to attend his concerts. Paganini's last concert was given by express command of the Emperor of Austria, who honoured the occasion by his presence. Among other things, Paganini introduced the National hymn "God preserve the Emperor," which he performed with a truth and fervour of expression that seemed to impart a novelty even to so familiar a theme. He did some wonderful things on the G string, astonishing and delighting all present, especially rivetting the attention of the Emperor, who led the applause.

Paganini's concerts in Vienna were so popular that he doubled the number from six to twelve. It’s said that some struggling musicians even sold their clothes just to afford a ticket to see him, and no venue was big enough to fit everyone who wanted to attend his performances. Paganini's final concert was held at the express request of the Emperor of Austria, who honored the event with his presence. Among other pieces, Paganini played the national anthem "God Save the Emperor," performing it with a sincerity and passion that gave a fresh take on such a well-known piece. He did some incredible things on the G string, amazing and delighting everyone there, especially capturing the attention of the Emperor, who led the applause.

The Court Gazette announced that His Majesty, as a testimony of his admiration, had sent Paganini a diploma, appointing him one of the Emperor's chamber musicians, and exempting him from the usual fees of office; this was accompanied by a splendid gold snuff-box set with[39] brilliants. The chief magistrate of Vienna presented Paganini with the gold medal of San Salvador; and, to crown all, a medal was struck in Paganini's honour. This, the work of J. Lang, has on the face a portrait in relief of the violinist, with the inscription:—

The Court Gazette announced that His Majesty, as a sign of his admiration, had sent Paganini a diploma, naming him one of the Emperor's chamber musicians, and waiving the usual fees for the position; this was accompanied by a beautiful gold snuff-box studded with[39] diamonds. The chief magistrate of Vienna awarded Paganini the gold medal of San Salvador; and, to top it all off, a medal was created in Paganini's honor. This medal, made by J. Lang, features a raised portrait of the violinist, along with the inscription:—

NICOLAO PAGANINI Vindobona

NICOLAO PAGANINI Vienna

MDCCCXXVIII.

1828.

and on the back the words:—

and on the back the words:—

Perituris Sonis non Peritura Gloria.

Sounds will perish, but glory won't.

surrounding an open music book with the theme of the "Bell Rondo," upon which lies the famous Guarnerius wreathed with laurel. This was the city's parting gift to the great artist.

surrounding an open music book with the theme of the "Bell Rondo," upon which lies the famous Guarnerius wreathed with laurel. This was the city’s farewell gift to the great artist.

These doings were too good to escape the notice of the caricaturist, and a two-act piece was produced at the Theater an der Wien, entitled "The Counterfeit Virtuoso; or, the Concerto on the G string," the music by Kapellmeister Franz Gläser. The overture was ingeniously made up of the principal subjects of Paganini's concertos, ludicrously contrasted with counter subjects of a popular kind. Several of the quodlibets were full of humour, and, with the bon mots and anecdotes, tended to make it a very amusing production for the moment.

These events were too noteworthy to go unnoticed by the caricaturist, leading to the creation of a two-act play at the Theater an der Wien, titled "The Counterfeit Virtuoso; or, the Concerto on the G string," with music by Kapellmeister Franz Gläser. The overture cleverly blended the main themes from Paganini's concertos with comical counter-themes of a popular nature. Several of the quodlibets were filled with humor and, along with the bon mots and anecdotes, made it a very entertaining show for the time.

It was at Vienna that the rumour spread abroad of Paganini being in league with the Devil, which accounted for his marvellous performances. The great violinist was much disturbed and annoyed by these calumnies, and had to appeal to the press for aid in refuting them. It may be that his estrangement from the world, his[40] love of solitude, morose temper, and the avarice which displayed itself, all had their origin in the hostile attitude assumed by a section of the public during his foreign tours, for when in Italy Paganini seems to have lived much as others did. Paganini was accompanied by his companion Signora Bianchi, and the son born to them, when he visited Vienna.

It was in Vienna that the rumor spread that Paganini was in league with the Devil, which explained his incredible performances. The great violinist was very troubled and annoyed by these lies, and had to turn to the press for help in disproving them. It’s possible that his withdrawal from society, his love of solitude, his gloomy demeanor, and the greed he displayed all stemmed from the hostile attitude of a部分 of the public during his tours abroad, since when he was in Italy, Paganini seemed to live much like everyone else. Paganini was accompanied by his companion Signora Bianchi and their son when he visited Vienna.

It was in May the little party left Vienna. The concerts had quite prostrated Paganini, and the family went to Carlsbad. After resting there some time Paganini departed for Prague, but an abscess in the face kept him a prisoner for three weeks. Here is a contemporary account which is interesting. Paganini was obliged to place himself under the care of two celebrated medical men, Krumblholz and Nusshardt, and they were the only visitors he received during his lonely residence up three pair of stairs. After a successful operation on the jaw-bone, one of his physicians expressed a desire which was cherished in vain by the whole city—that of hearing some notes from the hitherto silent instrument of the great master; and he entreated him to try if he could rest his violin on his hardly healed chin. Paganini confirmed what has long been said, that even before friends he was very niggardly in the display of his talents. He took his instrument, played one stroke with his bow, and said, "Es geht schon" (that will do). "For eight days before the first concert," continues the writer, "every place was engaged. When I reached the theatre at four o'clock in the afternoon, it appeared as if the house was about to be stormed, so great was the throng on the outside. Many[41] magistrates and people of the first rank were amongst the crowd, and shared my anxious expectation. At last I found myself, I scarcely know how, in the pit, and there awaited for two hours and a half the opening of the concert." The writer then goes on to describe the violinist, his appearance, his smile that made everyone shudder, and the extraordinary performance which roused the audience to the wildest enthusiasm. He then quotes the saying of a Vienna critic: "Paganini has nothing in common with other players but the violin and the bow," and regrets that his friend will not for some time have the opportunity of hearing the superb performer, for he learns that Paganini does not yet intend to visit Paris or London.[18]

It was in May when the small group left Vienna. The concerts had really worn Paganini out, so the family went to Carlsbad. After resting there for a while, Paganini set off for Prague, but an abscess on his face kept him stuck for three weeks. Here’s an interesting account from that time. Paganini had to rely on the care of two famous doctors, Krumblholz and Nusshardt, who were the only visitors he had during his lonely stay up three flights of stairs. After a successful jaw surgery, one of the doctors expressed a wish that the entire city shared—that of hearing some notes from the previously silent instrument of the great master; he urged Paganini to try resting his violin on his barely healed chin. Paganini confirmed something that had long been said, that even in front of friends, he was very stingy with showcasing his talent. He took his instrument, played a single stroke with his bow, and said, "It's fine now" (that will do). "For eight days before the first concert," the writer continues, "every seat was booked. When I arrived at the theater at four o'clock in the afternoon, it looked like the place was about to be stormed due to the massive crowd outside. Many magistrates and prominent people were among the crowd, sharing my anxious anticipation. Finally, I somehow found myself in the pit and waited for two and a half hours for the concert to start." The writer then describes the violinist, his appearance, the smile that made everyone shudder, and the incredible performance that drove the audience wild with enthusiasm. He quotes a Viennese critic’s remark: "Paganini has nothing in common with other players except for the violin and the bow," and laments that his friend won’t have the chance to hear the amazing performer for a while since he learns that Paganini doesn’t plan to visit Paris or London anytime soon.[18]

Plate V.—See Appendix. Portrait of Paganini from a contemporary German picture. Plate V.—See Appendix.
From a Modern German Artwork.

Paganini's first concert only was well attended. There was then a reaction. Some attributed the falling off to the high prices charged for admission, but there was, in fact, a traditional hostility in art matters between Prague and Vienna; that which was praised in Vienna must be condemned in Prague, and what was approved in Prague must not be tolerated in Vienna. It was at Prague that Paganini actually published this letter from his mother as proof that he was not the son of the devil!

Paganini's first concert had a great turnout. After that, there was a drop in attendance. Some people blamed the decline on the expensive ticket prices, but the truth was that there was a longstanding rivalry in art between Prague and Vienna; whatever was celebrated in Vienna had to be criticized in Prague, and vice versa. It was in Prague that Paganini published this letter from his mother as evidence that he was not the son of the devil!

Dearest Son,—At last, after seven months have elapsed since I wrote to you at Milan, I had the happiness of receiving your letter of the 9th current, through the intermediary of Signor Agnino, and was much rejoiced to find that you were in the enjoyment of good health. I am also delighted to find that, after your travels to Paris and London, you purpose visiting Genoa expressly to embrace[42] me. I assure you, my prayers are daily offered up to the Most High, that my health may be sustained, also yours, so that my desire may be realised.

Dear Son,—Finally, after seven months since I last wrote to you in Milan, I was so happy to receive your letter dated the 9th, sent through Signor Agnino. It brought me great joy to hear that you are in good health. I'm also glad to learn that, after your trips to Paris and London, you plan to visit Genoa just to see[42] me. I promise I pray every day to the Most High for both our good health, so that my wish may come true.

My dream has been fulfilled, and that which God promised me has been accomplished. Your name is great, and art, with the help of God, has placed you in a position of independence. Beloved, esteemed by your fellow citizens, you will find in my bosom and those of your friends, that repose which your health demands.

My dream has come true, and what God promised me has been fulfilled. Your name is well-known, and with God's help, art has given you independence. My dear, respected by your fellow citizens, you will find in my heart and among your friends the peace that your health needs.

The portraits which accompanied your letter have given me great pleasure. I had seen in the papers all the accounts you give me of yourself. You may imagine, as your mother, what an infinite source of joy it was to me. Dear son, I entreat you to continue to inform me of all that concerns you, for with this assurance I shall feel that it will prolong my days, and be convinced that I shall still have the happiness of embracing you.

The portraits you sent with your letter have brought me so much joy. I had read everything you wrote about yourself in the papers. As your mother, you can imagine how happy that made me. Dear son, I urge you to keep me updated on everything happening in your life, because knowing this will help me live longer and make me believe that I will still have the happiness of holding you in my arms.

We are all well. In the name of your relations, I thank you for the sums of money you have sent. Omit nothing that will render your name immortal. Eschew the vices of great cities, remembering that you have a mother who loves you affectionately, and whose fondest aspirations are your health and happiness. She will never cease her supplications to the All-powerful for your preservation.

We are all doing well. On behalf of your family, I want to thank you for the money you’ve sent. Don’t hold back anything that will make your name unforgettable. Stay away from the bad habits of big cities, remembering that you have a mother who loves you deeply and whose greatest hopes are for your health and happiness. She will always pray to the Almighty for your safety.

Embrace your amiable companion for me, and kiss little Achille. Love me as I love you.

Give your friendly companion a hug for me, and give little Achille a kiss. Love me as I love you.

Your ever affectionate mother,

Your ever affectionate mother,

21st July, 1828. TERESA PAGANINI.

21st July, 1828. TERESA PAGANINI.

From Prague, Paganini went to Berlin, where he remained four months. He was received with the utmost enthusiasm, and on the evening of his first concert he exclaimed: "I have found my Vienna public again." Wherever Paganini stayed for any length of time it suddenly became the fashion to learn to play the violin; and the fair members of the aristocratic families were among the most eager to become pupils of the famous man. Paganini made a great deal of money in Berlin. The critics were divided in opinion as to his merits; but[43] Rellstab, whom Schumann once called "Wretched Berlinese reviewer," was favourably impressed. Paganini is said to have received a challenge from Baron Sigismond von Praun, to a public contest for supremacy in performance, but as the would-be opponent was a youth of seventeen, Paganini disdained him. Perhaps he thought of his own presumption in his young days!

From Prague, Paganini traveled to Berlin, where he stayed for four months. He was welcomed with incredible enthusiasm, and on the night of his first concert, he said, "I’ve found my Vienna audience again." Wherever Paganini spent a significant amount of time, it quickly became trendy to learn the violin; and the young women from aristocratic families were among the most eager to become his students. Paganini made a lot of money in Berlin. Critics had mixed opinions on his talent; however, Rellstab, whom Schumann once referred to as the "Wretched Berlinese reviewer," was impressed. It's said that Paganini received a challenge from Baron Sigismond von Praun for a public contest to determine who was the better performer, but since the would-be opponent was only seventeen, Paganini dismissed him. Perhaps he thought about his own arrogance back in his youth!

Paganini's tour was one continual triumphal progress. At Königsberg his first concert realised about £330, an unprecedented sum in that place; at Frankfort his four concerts produced something like £1,000. A critic wrote of him: "One striking peculiarity of his playing is the extraordinary effect it produces on persons wholly devoid of musical cultivation. Most virtuosi play only for the learned; not so Paganini. His performance is alike appreciated by men of business and connoisseurs, by children and grown persons—it is felt and understood by all. This is the distinctive characteristic of all that is great in art."

Paganini's tour was one big triumph. In Königsberg, his first concert brought in about £330, an unprecedented amount for the area; in Frankfort, his four concerts generated around £1,000. One critic commented, "One notable feature of his playing is the amazing impact it has on people who have no musical training. Most virtuosos perform only for those who are knowledgeable; Paganini is different. His performance is appreciated by businesspeople and experts alike, by children and adults—it resonates with and is understood by everyone. This is the hallmark of all that is truly great in art."

He was at Leipzig in 1829, and was among the visitors at the house of Abraham Mendelssohn—the pleasant garden-house in the Leipziger Strasse—and his portrait figures in Hensel's collection. In June, 1830, Paganini was in Cassel, when Spohr heard him for the first time—of which more later. In Hamburg the same year Heine heard him, and his vivid and extraordinary notice of the artist must be briefly quoted. "I believe," said Heine, "that only one man has succeeded in putting Paganini's true physiognomy upon paper—a deaf painter, Lyser by name, who in a frenzy full of genius has with a few[44] strokes of chalk so well hit the great violinist's head that one is at the same time amused and terrified at the truth of the drawing. 'The devil guided my hand,' the deaf painter said to me, chuckling mysteriously, and nodding his head with a good-natured irony in the way he generally accompanied his genial witticisms.... The Hamburg Opera House was the scene of this concert, and the art-loving public had flocked there so early, and in such numbers, that I only just succeeded in obtaining a little place in the orchestra." Then he goes on to describe the audience and the entrance of Paganini. "Is that a man brought into the arena at the moment of death, like a dying gladiator, to delight the public with his convulsions? Or is it one risen from the dead, a vampire with a violin, who, if not the blood out of our hearts, at any rate sucks the gold out of our pockets? Such questions crossed our minds while Paganini was performing his strange bows, but all those thoughts were at once still when the wonderful master placed his violin under his chin and began to play. As for me, you already know my musical second-sight, my gift of seeing at each tone a figure equivalent to the sound, and so Paganini with each stroke of his bow brought visible forms and situations before my eyes; he told me in melodious hieroglyphics all kinds of brilliant tales; he, as it were, made a magic lantern play its coloured antics before me, he himself being chief actor.... A holy, ineffable ardour dwelt in the sounds, which often trembled, scarce audibly, in mysterious whisper on the water, then swelled out again with a shuddering sweetness, like a bugle's[45] notes heard by moonlight, and then finally poured forth in unrestrained jubilee, as if a thousand bards had struck their harps and raised their voices in a song of victory." Thus, a poet on a poet in tones.

He was in Leipzig in 1829 and visited the home of Abraham Mendelssohn—the charming garden house on Leipziger Strasse—and his portrait appears in Hensel's collection. In June 1830, Paganini was in Cassel, where Spohr saw him perform for the first time—more on that later. That same year in Hamburg, Heine experienced his performance, and his vivid and extraordinary review of the artist is worth quoting. "I believe," Heine said, "that only one person has managed to capture Paganini's true likeness on paper—a deaf painter named Lyser, who in a burst of genius has, with a few strokes of chalk, so accurately captured the great violinist's head that one is both amused and terrified by the truth of the drawing. 'The devil guided my hand,' the deaf painter told me, chuckling mysteriously, nodding his head with a good-natured irony that he typically infused into his witty comments... The Hamburg Opera House was the venue for this concert, and the art-loving crowd had arrived so early and in such large numbers that I barely managed to get a small spot in the orchestra." He then goes on to describe the audience and Paganini's entrance. "Is this a man brought out into the arena at the moment of death, like a dying gladiator, to entertain the audience with his convulsions? Or is he someone risen from the dead, a vampire with a violin, who, if he’s not draining the blood from our hearts, is at least siphoning the gold from our pockets? Such questions crossed our minds while Paganini performed his strange bows, but all those thoughts vanished the moment the remarkable master placed his violin under his chin and began to play. As for me, you already know about my musical intuition, my ability to visualize a figure for each sound, and so Paganini, with every stroke of his bow, conjured up visible forms and scenes before my eyes; he narrated dazzling stories in melodious symbols; he, in a sense, turned a magic lantern loose to perform its colorful antics before me, he himself being the main actor... A holy, indescribable passion filled the sounds, which often trembled, almost inaudibly, in mysterious whispers on the water, then swelled with a quivering sweetness, like the notes of a bugle heard under the moonlight, and finally erupted in unrestrained jubilation, as if a thousand bards had struck their harps and raised their voices in a victorious song." Thus, a poet reflects on a poet through music.

In 1829 Paganini was in Warsaw, and Chopin was among those who heard him. As he was leaving, in July, he was stopped some distance from the city by a numerous company who had met together in a garden. They drank the health of the artist, and Joseph Xaver Elsner, Director of the Conservatoire, handed him a costly snuff box, bearing this inscription: "Al Cavaliere Nicolo Paganini, gli ammiratori del suo talento, Varsovia 19 Luglio 1829." Paganini pressed it to his lips, speechless with surprise, and affected almost to tears. At Munich he gave three concerts in November of the same year; and at the close of the last soirée the artist was crowned by Stunz, the Kapellmeister, while thousands of laudatory poems were showered from different parts of the hall. At Stuttgart, the King of Würtemberg presented him with 100 louis d'or, and it is said that before leaving Germany Paganini sent over £6,000 to the Bank of England for safe custody, a proceeding which showed his good sense, and perhaps revealed a mistrust of his continental friends.

In 1829, Paganini was in Warsaw, and Chopin was among those who heard him perform. As he was leaving the city in July, a large group gathered in a garden to greet him. They toasted to the artist, and Joseph Xaver Elsner, the Director of the Conservatoire, presented him with an expensive snuff box that had an inscription: "To Cavaliere Nicolo Paganini, admirers of his talent, Warsaw, July 19, 1829." Paganini brought it to his lips, speechless with surprise and nearly in tears. In November of the same year, he gave three concerts in Munich; at the end of the last performance, he was crowned by Stunz, the Kapellmeister, while thousands of complimentary poems were thrown from various parts of the hall. In Stuttgart, the King of Würtemberg awarded him 100 louis d'or, and it’s reported that before leaving Germany, Paganini deposited over £6,000 with the Bank of England for safekeeping, showing his good judgment and perhaps some mistrust of his friends on the continent.

Paganini's tours, extending over three years, embraced Bohemia, Poland, Saxony, Bavaria, Prussia, and the Rhine provinces. Many more details might be given, but they are really needless: it was always the same story of the artist's success, excepting, indeed, at Augsburg, where the criticisms were adverse, as at Prague.[46] An anecdote may fitly close the narration of Paganini's long stay in Germany, as it reveals an interesting trait in the character of the peasantry. Paganini, in the autumn of 1829, was summoned to appear before the Queen Dowager of Bavaria, at the Castle of Tegernsee, a magnificent residence of the Kings of Bavaria, situated on the banks of a lake of the same name. At the moment the concert was about to begin, a great bustle was heard outside. The Queen, having enquired the cause, was informed that about sixty of the neighbouring peasantry, having been told of the arrival of the famous Italian violinist, were come with the hope of hearing some of his notes, and requested that the windows should be opened, in order that they also might enjoy his talent. The Queen went beyond their wishes, and with truly Royal good-nature, gave orders that they should all be admitted into the saloon, where she had the pleasure of remarking their discernment, and the judicious manner in which they applauded the most striking parts of the distinguished artist's performance.

Paganini's tours, spanning three years, included Bohemia, Poland, Saxony, Bavaria, Prussia, and the Rhine provinces. Many more details could be shared, but they're really unnecessary: it was always the same story of the artist's success, except for Augsburg, where the reviews were negative, as they were in Prague.[46] An anecdote nicely wraps up the account of Paganini's lengthy stay in Germany, as it reveals an interesting aspect of the local peasantry. In the autumn of 1829, Paganini was called to perform for the Queen Dowager of Bavaria at the Castle of Tegernsee, a magnificent residence of the Bavarian kings, located on the shores of a lake of the same name. Just as the concert was about to start, there was a commotion outside. When the Queen asked what was happening, she was told that about sixty locals, having heard of the famous Italian violinist's arrival, came hoping to hear him play and requested that the windows be opened so they could enjoy his talent. The Queen exceeded their wishes and, with truly royal kindness, ordered that they all be let into the hall, where she took pleasure in noticing their discernment and the thoughtful way they applauded the most impressive parts of the distinguished artist's performance.

Frankfort seems to have been a favourite stopping place with Paganini, and from there, at last, he quitted the fatherland, and arrived at Strasburg, where he gave two concerts, and thence proceeded direct to Paris.

Frankfort seems to have been a favorite stop for Paganini, and from there, he finally left his homeland and arrived in Strasburg, where he gave two concerts, and then headed straight to Paris.

It has to be observed that France had just been through another Revolution, and the turmoil, social and political, had not subsided. To a populace seething in this fevered atmosphere anything by way of diversion would be welcome. The man of the hour was Paganini, for in a sense he combined within himself the surrounding[47] elements and influences. At the moment the public was just in the mood for Paganini, and the artist met the craving for excitement. He gave his first concert in the Opera House on March 9th, 1831, and notwithstanding that the prices of admission were tripled, the house was crammed. It would be impossible, says Fétis, to describe the enthusiasm with which the audience were seized when listening to the extraordinary artist, an enthusiasm approaching delirium, frenzy. Paganini's Studies had long been known to Parisian violinists, but they remained enigmas impossible of solution. At his third concert, March 25th, Paganini introduced a new concerto, in D minor, which, like so much of his music, is lost. In Paris the infamous persecution of the artist seems to have reached its climax. Fétis states that Paris was above all places hostile to Paganini, although that city had contributed more than any other place to the éclat of his success. His portrait was on every wall, and exhibited in the windows of print shops. Paganini himself stopped to look at one representing him in prison; and while scanning it with some amusement, found he was being surrounded by a crowd who were scrutinising him with close interest, evidently comparing his features with those of the lithograph. This was too much, and Paganini sought his friend Fétis, and confided to him his troubles, seeking his aid for their amelioration. Fétis requested Paganini to supply him with particulars, and then indited a long epistle, which, signed by Paganini, appeared in the Revue Musicale. Quotation may be deferred until the narration of Paganini's public career[48] is completed, and a more detailed consideration of the character of the man and the artist is entered upon.

It should be noted that France had just experienced another Revolution, and the social and political unrest had not calmed down. In a population stirred up by this chaotic atmosphere, anything that offered some distraction would be welcome. The star at that moment was Paganini, as he embodied the surrounding elements and influences. The public was in the perfect mood for Paganini, and the artist satisfied their craving for excitement. He held his first concert at the Opera House on March 9, 1831, and even though ticket prices were tripled, the venue was packed. It would be impossible, says Fétis, to describe the excitement that gripped the audience listening to this extraordinary artist, an enthusiasm bordering on delirium and frenzy. Paganini's Studies had long been known among Parisian violinists, but they remained unsolvable enigmas. At his third concert, on March 25, Paganini introduced a new concerto in D minor, which, like much of his music, is now lost. In Paris, the infamous persecution of the artist seemed to have peaked. Fétis claimed that Paris was particularly hostile to Paganini, despite the fact that the city had contributed more than any other place to the excitement surrounding his success. His portrait was displayed on every wall and in print shop windows. Paganini himself paused to look at one that depicted him in prison; while examining it with some amusement, he noticed a crowd gathering around him, clearly comparing his face to that of the lithograph. This was too much for him, and he sought out his friend Fétis, confiding his troubles and asking for help in resolving them. Fétis asked Paganini for details, and then wrote a long letter, which, signed by Paganini, was published in the Musical Review. Quotations may be postponed until the account of Paganini's public career is complete, followed by a more in-depth look at the character of the man and the artist.

One incident that occurred during Paganini's visit to Paris may be related. The officers of the different legions of the National Guard combined to organise a grand ball to be held in the Opera House for the benefit of the poor. They thought it would add greatly to the attractions of the function if they could prevail upon Paganini to attend and play a few pieces. To ask for violin solos in a place prepared for a ball, and among an assemblage met for dancing, argued a very curious taste, or want of it. Paganini owed it to his dignity as an artist to refuse the invitation, which he did. For this he was bitterly assailed by a section of the press, and was compelled to publish a letter justifying himself.[19] He explained that he had already given up the Opera House, which was at his disposal, for the preparations for the ball, and that involved the loss of receipts for one concert—from 15,000 to 20,000 francs. He added that in Berlin, Vienna, and all the towns where he had continued any time, he made it a duty to perform for the benefit of the unfortunate; and he certainly should not leave Paris without devoting the proceeds of one of his soirées to the relief of the poor of that capital. He kept his word; gave the promised concert, and the poor profited by a refusal that was attributed to him as a crime.

One incident that happened during Paganini's visit to Paris is worth mentioning. The leaders of the different National Guard legions came together to organize a grand ball at the Opera House to raise funds for the needy. They thought it would greatly enhance the event if they could convince Paganini to attend and play a few pieces. Asking for violin solos in a venue set up for a ball, among people there to dance, showed either a strange taste or a lack of it. Paganini felt it was his duty as an artist to decline the invitation, which he did. For this, he faced harsh criticism from some in the press and was forced to publish a letter explaining himself.[19] He clarified that he had already given up the Opera House, which was available to him, for the ball preparations, resulting in a loss of income from one concert—between 15,000 and 20,000 francs. He added that in Berlin, Vienna, and all the cities where he had stayed for a while, he made it a point to perform for the benefit of those less fortunate; and he definitely would not leave Paris without donating the proceeds from one of his soirées to help the poor in that city. He kept his promise, held the concert as promised, and the needy benefitted from a refusal that some criticized him for.

Berlioz, then in Italy—he had just won the Grand Prix de Rome—passing through a crisis in his life,[49] stayed a few days in Genoa. In his autobiography he wrote: "All Paris was raving about Paganini, while I, with my usual luck, was kicking my heels in his native town instead of listening to him. I tried to gather some information about their distinguished townsman from the Genoese, but found that, like other people engaged in commerce, they cared little for the fine arts, and spoke quite indifferently of the genius whom Germany, France and England had received with open arms. They could not even show me his father's house." So quickly and easily can one be forgotten! England had not yet received Paganini, but it was many years after this time that Berlioz penned his autobiography.

Berlioz, who was in Italy—having just won the Grand Prix de Rome—was going through a tough time in his life,[49] and spent a few days in Genoa. In his autobiography, he wrote: "Everyone in Paris was crazy about Paganini, while I, as usual, was stuck in his hometown instead of watching him perform. I tried to find out more about their famous local hero from the people of Genoa, but like many others involved in business, they didn’t care much for the arts and spoke quite casually about the genius who had been welcomed with open arms in Germany, France, and England. They couldn’t even show me his father’s house." It's amazing how quickly and easily someone can be forgotten! England hadn’t yet embraced Paganini, but it would be many years after this that Berlioz wrote his autobiography.

Liszt, in Paris, his first dream of love cruelly dispelled, shunned the world and buried himself in seclusion. For the time the artist within him was dead, and his thoughts turned to the priesthood. The revolution of 1830 awoke him. The Magyar blood was aroused, and sympathising with the people's struggles Liszt planned a Symphonie révolutionnaire. But it was Paganini who, the next year, touched Liszt as it were with a magic wand, and gave the direction to the genius and energy of the young artist. Of this more in its proper place. Early in May, 1831, Paganini left Paris for London.

Liszt, in Paris, had his first experience of love brutally shattered, so he avoided the world and isolated himself. For a while, the artist inside him felt dead, and he started to think about becoming a priest. The revolution of 1830 sparked something in him. His Hungarian roots were stirred, and feeling a connection with the people's struggles, Liszt planned a Revolutionary Symphony. But it was Paganini, who arrived the following year, that inspired Liszt like a magic wand, redirecting the genius and energy of the young artist. More on this later. In early May 1831, Paganini left Paris for London.


CHAPTER V.

Fétis stated that Paganini's visit to London excited the most lively curiosity, but did not awake that intelligent interest which welcomed him in the Capital of France. This does not sound complimentary to London, but perhaps Fétis read some of the introductory comments of the press when Paganini was about to reach our shores. This is a specimen: "We shall talk of Paganini very much till he comes. When he arrives nobody will speak or think of anything else for nine, perhaps eighteen, days: he will be everywhere: all other violinists will be utterly forgotten: it will be agreed that the instrument was never before heard; that his predecessors were all tyros; all other fiddles mere kits. There will be Paganini rondos and waltzes; variations, long, short, hard, easy, all à la Paganini. We shall have Paganini hats, caps, etc., and the hair of all the beaux patronised by beauty, will be after his curious pattern. His influence will extend to our tables, and there will be Paganini puffs served up daily. Then, all at once, his very name will cease to be pronounced by persons of ton; and, as a matter of course, people not of ton—not of the Devonshire circle, not of Almack's—will imitate those who are: and the Italian player, like the penultimate fashion, will be utterly forgotten!—in good society. I will even allow him to flourish here two whole months, provided no new chin-chopper[20] arrive in the interim, no danseuse with a miraculous toe, to contest the supremacy of his wonderful bow: should any such rival enter the lists with him, his glory will set in less than a moon, and never blaze again above our fashionable horizon."[21]

Fétis said that Paganini's visit to London sparked a lot of curiosity, but didn’t create the kind of intelligent interest that he received in the Capital of France. This might sound unflattering to London, but maybe Fétis noticed some of the early comments from the press just before Paganini arrived here. Here's an example: "We’ll be talking about Paganini a lot until he gets here. When he arrives, no one will talk or think about anything else for nine, maybe even eighteen, days: he’ll be everywhere; all other violinists will be completely forgotten; everyone will agree that the instrument has never been played like this before; that his predecessors were all amateurs; all other fiddles will seem like toys. There will be Paganini rondos and waltzes; variations—long, short, tough, easy—all à la Paganini. We’ll have Paganini hats, caps, and so on, and the hairstyles of all the dashing guys loved by beautiful women will follow his quirky style. His influence will reach our dining tables, and we’ll have Paganini puffs served up daily. Then, suddenly, his very name will start to fade from the lips of the fashionable; and, of course, those not in the loop—not from the Devonshire circle, not from Almack's—will start to mimic those who are: and the Italian performer, like the last trend, will be completely forgotten!—in good society. I’ll even let him enjoy the spotlight here for a full two months, as long as no new trendsetter[20] arrives in the meantime, no dancer with an incredible toe, to challenge the supremacy of his amazing bow: if any such rival steps up against him, his glory will set in less than a month, and never shine again over our fashionable scene."[21]

Plate VI.—See Appendix. Cartoon of Paganini frm the title-page of a comic Song, 1831. Plate VI.—See Appendix.Title Page of Comic Song, 1831.

Here is another from The Examiner:—"There cannot be a more inoffensive creature. His sole propensity is to gain money by his art, and his passion to lose it at the gambling table. Paganini's bow (Scotticé, boo) is almost as wonderful as his bow (Anglicé, fiddle-stick)—the craw-fish would attempt something like it were he on the stage, but not so well."

Here is another from The Examiner:—"There can't be a more harmless creature. His only desire is to make money through his art, and his passion is to lose it at the gambling table. Paganini's bow (Scotticé, boo) is almost as amazing as his bow (Anglicé, fiddle-stick)—the crawfish would try something similar if he were on stage, but not as well."

Well, we've improved in manners somewhat since 1831. No respectable paper would publish now such notices in advance of any distinguished artist, however eccentric he might be. Paganini duly arrived in London in May, 1831. His first concert was announced for the 21st in this manner:

Well, we've gotten a bit better in terms of manners since 1831. No respectable newspaper would publish advance notices for any famous artist now, no matter how eccentric they might be. Paganini arrived in London in May 1831. His first concert was scheduled for the 21st in this way:

The King's Theatre.

The King's Theatre.

Signor Paganini respectfully informs the Nobility, Subscribers, and Frequenters of the Opera, and the public, that he will give a Grand Miscellaneous[51]
[52]
CONCERT of Vocal and Instrumemtal Music, at this theatre, To-morrow Evening.

Signor Paganini respectfully informs the Nobility, Subscribers, and Regular attendees of the Opera, as well as the public, that he will host a Grand Miscellaneous[51]
[52]
CONCERT of Vocal and Instrumental Music at this theatre, Tomorrow Evening.

Prices of Boxes:—Pit Tier, 8 Guineas; Grand Tier, 10 Guineas; One Pair, 9 Guineas; Two Pair, 6 Guineas; Three Pair, 4 Guineas; Stalls, 2 Guineas; Orchestra, 1-1/2 Guineas; Admission to the Pit, 1 Guinea; Ditto to the Gallery, Half a Guinea.

Ticket Prices:—Pit Tier, 8 Guineas; Grand Tier, 10 Guineas; One Pair, 9 Guineas; Two Pair, 6 Guineas; Three Pair, 4 Guineas; Stalls, 2 Guineas; Orchestra, 1.5 Guineas; Admission to the Pit, 1 Guinea; Admission to the Gallery, 0.5 Guinea.

This announcement produced a storm of indignation. Articles appeared in The Times, The Courier, The Observer, The Chronicle, and correspondence of a heated character was carried on. The editor of The Harmonicon, calculated that a full house at the prices would realise more than 3,000 guineas, and M. Laporte, the manager of the King's Theatre, was virtually accused of conspiring to rob the public. It must be explained that Laporte "farmed" Paganini; and as the latter invariably doubled the ordinary prices of admission, his impressario naturally desired to share in the golden harvest. Laporte wrote to The Times a hurried note on May 19th, at eleven p.m., stating that at some future time he would refute the charges brought against him; and the next day a letter from Paganini to Laporte, and advertised in the newspaper, gave pause to the wordy warfare. It was as follows:—

This announcement caused a huge uproar. Articles appeared in The Times, The Courier, The Observer, The Chronicle, and heated correspondence was exchanged. The editor of The Harmonicon estimated that a full house at the ticket prices would bring in over 3,000 guineas, and M. Laporte, the manager of the King's Theatre, was practically accused of conspiring to take advantage of the public. It's important to note that Laporte "farmed" Paganini; since Paganini always charged double the usual ticket prices, his impresario naturally wanted a cut of the profits. Laporte sent a quick note to The Times on May 19th at 11 p.m., saying he would refute the accusations against him at some point in the future; the next day, a letter from Paganini to Laporte, which was published in the newspaper, put a temporary halt to the argument. It read as follows:—

Sir, Friday, 29th May.

Dear Sir, Friday, May 29th.

Finding myself too unwell, I request you will respectfully inform the public that the Concert announced for to-morrow will not take place.

I'm feeling too unwell, so I kindly ask you to let the public know that the concert planned for tomorrow is canceled.

Your obedient Servant,

Your obedient servant,

Nicolo Paganini.

Nicolo Paganini.

To M. Laporte.

To M. Laporte.

Paganini was in a wretched state of health when he reached London, and his condition was not improved by the turmoil his announcement had created. The terms of his contract with Laporte were published in The Observer, and it was shown that Paganini had practically surrendered his freedom of action. This may be illustrated by a story that I have not met with in any English publication, though it may be true all the same. It is from the notice of Paganini in Mendel's "Musikalisches Conversations-Lexikon." His Majesty William IV. sent to enquire what honorarium Paganini required to play at the Court. Paganini answered: £100, a mere bagatelle. As the messenger tendered him one half that sum, Paganini haughtily replied, "His Majesty can hear me at a much cheaper rate if he will attend my concert. But my terms are not left for me to settle."

Paganini was in terrible health when he arrived in London, and his condition didn’t improve due to the chaos his announcement had caused. The details of his contract with Laporte were published in The Observer, revealing that Paganini had essentially given up his freedom to make decisions. This is illustrated by a story I haven't seen in any English publication, though it might still be true. It comes from the notice of Paganini in Mendel's "Musikalisches Conversations-Lexikon." His Majesty William IV sent a message to ask what fee Paganini needed to play at the Court. Paganini replied: £100, a mere trifle. When the messenger offered him half of that amount, Paganini arrogantly responded, "His Majesty can hear me at a much cheaper rate if he attends my concert. But my terms are not for me to decide."

The concert postponed from May 21st was then announced for June 3rd, but the question of the high prices had yet to be disposed of. Conflicting statements were made—one to the effect that Paganini expressed his regret that they had not been fixed still higher! Be that as it may, that was not the time to trifle with an angry public. There was not a moment to be lost, and some one must give way. The matter was soon decided. On June 2nd, appeared in The Courier and The Globe the translation of a letter from Paganini, which may be reproduced for the sake of its contents:

The concert that was rescheduled from May 21st was then set for June 3rd, but the issue of the high prices still needed to be addressed. There were conflicting statements—one claimed that Paganini regretted that the prices hadn’t been set even higher! Regardless, that wasn't the time to mess with an upset audience. There was no time to waste, and someone had to compromise. The matter was quickly resolved. On June 2nd, a translation of a letter from Paganini appeared in The Courier and The Globe, which we can share for its content:

"The time appointed for my first Concert at the King's Theatre so nearly approaches, that I feel it my duty to announce it myself, and to claim the favour of the English[54] nation, which honours the arts as much as I respect her. Having been accustomed in all the towns of the Continent to double the usual prices at the theatres where I have given my Concerts, and, but little acquainted with the customs of this Capital, where I present myself for the first time, I thought I might do the same here. But having been informed by several papers that the existing prices here are higher than those on the Continent, and having myself ascertained that the statement was correct, I willingly second the wish of a public whose esteem and protection I desire as my greatest recompense.

"The date for my first concert at the King's Theatre is approaching fast, so I feel it's important to announce it myself and ask for the support of the English[54] nation, which values the arts as much as I do. Having been used to charging double the usual prices in theaters across the Continent where I've performed, and being unfamiliar with the customs in this Capital where I am playing for the first time, I thought I could do the same here. However, after learning from several sources that the prices here are actually higher than those on the Continent, and after confirming this myself, I am happy to agree to the wishes of a public whose respect and support I see as my greatest reward."

(Signed)

(Signed)

NICOLO PAGANINI.

NICOLO PAGANINI.

London, June 1st, 1831."

London, June 1st, 1831."

At last the concert took place in the King's Theatre, June 3rd, 1831. There was an orchestra erected on the stage. Many musicians have left a record of the extraordinary impression made by Paganini on that occasion, and have attempted to describe the man. In the present place quotation may be limited to the remarks of the editor of The Harmonicon, William Ayrton, a cultivated musician, and a sober-minded critic. He wrote thus: "The long, laboured, reiterated articles relative to Paganini, in all the foreign journals for years past, have spoken of his powers as so astonishing, that we were quite prepared to find them fall far short of report; but his performances at his first concert, on the 3rd of last month, convinced us that it is possible to exceed the most sanguine expectation, and to surpass what the most eulogistic writers have asserted. We speak, however, let it be understood, in reference to his powers of execution solely. These are little less than marvellous, and such as we could only have believed on the evidence of our own senses; they imply a strong natural propensity to music, with an industry, a perseverance, a devotedness, and also a skill in inventing means, without any parallel in the history of his instrument."

At last, the concert happened at the King's Theatre on June 3rd, 1831. An orchestra was set up on the stage. Many musicians have documented the incredible impact Paganini made that day and have tried to describe him. For now, we can quote the comments of the editor of The Harmonicon, William Ayrton, a refined musician and a level-headed critic. He wrote: "The long, detailed articles about Paganini in foreign journals over the past few years have claimed his abilities are so amazing that we were prepared to find them fall far short of expectations. However, his performance at his first concert last month proved that it’s possible to exceed even the most optimistic hopes and to go beyond what the most praising writers have said. That said, let it be clear that we’re only discussing his performance abilities. These are nothing short of astonishing, and we could only believe them by experiencing them ourselves. They show a strong natural talent for music, along with dedication, persistence, devotion, and an unparalleled skill in coming up with techniques for his instrument."

Plate VII.—See Appendix. Sketch of Paganini by D. Maclise, R.A. Plate VII.—See Appendix.
Sketch by D. Maclise, R.A.

So far, the musician. The critics on the press may also have been musicians, though at that time it was not usual to have a musical department, if such a term may pass, in the daily or weekly papers. The Athenæum, in its notice, does not reveal the polished style of a high-class literary journal. This is how it deals with the concert:—"At length all differences have been arranged, and the mighty wonder has come forth—a very Zamiel in appearance, and certainly a very devil in performance! He is, beyond rivalry, the bow ideal of fiddling faculty! He possesses a demon-like influence over his instrument, and makes it utter sounds almost superhuman.... The arrival of this magician is quite enough to make the greater part of the fiddling tribe commit suicide."

So far, the musician. The critics in the press might have been musicians too, although back then, it wasn’t common for daily or weekly newspapers to have any kind of music department, if that's the right term. The Athenæum, in its review, doesn’t show the refined style of a top literary magazine. Here’s how it talks about the concert:—"Finally, all disagreements have been settled, and the mighty wonder has appeared—a real Zamiel in looks, and definitely a devil in the performance! He is, without comparison, the bow ideal of fiddling skill! He has a demonic control over his instrument, making it produce sounds that are almost superhuman.... The arrival of this magician is enough to drive most of the fiddling crowd to despair."

And now let us turn to the concert itself. The fashionable world did not rush to the theatre, and only two boxes were let. The stalls and orchestra were full, and also the pit, but not crowded. The audience consisted in great part of musicians; and even those engaged in the orchestra were listeners for the first time, as Paganini at rehearsal only played such passages as served for "cues," and in nowise revealed his powers.

And now let's focus on the concert itself. The trendy crowd didn’t hurry to the theater, and only two boxes were rented. The stalls and orchestra were packed, as well as the pit, though it wasn’t overcrowded. The audience was mostly made up of musicians; even those in the orchestra were hearing him for the first time, since Paganini only played sections that served as "cues" during rehearsal and didn’t show off his skills at all.

The object of a great virtuoso would naturally be an exhibition of his own talent, but Paganini was not[55]
[56]
prodigal of his playing at the first concert. He had engaged the orchestra of the Philharmonic Society, then probably the finest in Europe, and his programme opened with Beethoven's Symphony, No. 2, in D. It will be shown later that Paganini had a great veneration for Beethoven. Then Signor Lablache was the solo vocalist, so Paganini was in the best of company. His first piece was the Concerto in E flat[22], and his second solo the Military Sonata for the G string, the theme being Mozart's "Non più andrai." The receipts were £700. Paganini had a most flattering reception, and his performances were greeted with acclamations, and waving of hats and handkerchiefs. The members of the orchestra were astounded. Mori avowed that if he could not sell, he would at least burn, his fiddle; Lindley, who stammered terribly, said that "it was the d-d-devil"; and Dragonetti (whose "he's were she's") growled out, "She's mighty esprit!" Cramer thanked heaven that he was not a violinist. A striking feature of Paganini's performance was his playing from memory. The Athenæum remarked, "He plays without a reading desk or book stand; this gives an air of improvising to his performance, which we hope to see imitated, if any one be found hardy enough to undertake a violin solo for the next seven years." No violinist would venture to play a concerto now with the music before him, but he may not be aware that it was Paganini who set the fashion of playing without book.

The goal of a great virtuoso would naturally be to showcase his talent, but Paganini didn’t show off his playing at the first concert. He had hired the orchestra of the Philharmonic Society, which was likely the best in Europe at the time, and his program opened with Beethoven's Symphony No. 2 in D. It will be revealed later that Paganini had immense respect for Beethoven. At that time, Signor Lablache was the solo vocalist, so Paganini was in excellent company. His first piece was the Concerto in E flat[22], and his second solo was the Military Sonata for the G string, with the theme being Mozart's "No more will you go." The proceeds were £700. Paganini received an extremely flattering reception, and his performances were met with cheers, along with the waving of hats and handkerchiefs. The orchestra members were stunned. Mori declared that if he couldn’t sell it, he would at least burn his violin; Lindley, who stuttered badly, said it was "the d-d-devil"; and Dragonetti (whose "he's were she's") grumbled, "She's got a lot of spirit!" Cramer was thankful that he wasn’t a violinist. A notable aspect of Paganini's performance was that he played from memory. The Athenæum noted, "He plays without a music stand or book, which adds an air of improvisation to his performance, and we hope to see this copied, if anyone is bold enough to take on a violin solo for the next seven years." Nowadays, no violinist would dare to play a concerto with the music in front of him, but he might not know that it was Paganini who popularized playing without sheet music.

The public now forgot all about the trouble of the high prices, and the second concert, given in the same place on the 10th, was so well attended that the receipts were about £1,200. On this occasion Paganini played his Concerto in B minor, and Lablache struck the little silver bell in the Rondo. He also gave his variations on "The Carnival of Venice," and a Sonata on the fourth string, in which the Prayer from Mosé in Egitto was introduced. The third concert took place on the 13th, when Paganini brought out another new Concerto. Something like £900 was realised. At the fourth concert, on the 16th, Paganini played a Cantabile on two strings, a Rondo Scherzoso, by Rodolphe Kreutzer—a detail to be noticed,—a Larghetto gajo, the Military Sonata, and the variations on "Non più mesta," from Rossini's La Cenerentola. The fifth and last Concert was on the 22nd, when the house was crowded to excess, and the enthusiasm greater than ever.

The public has completely forgotten about the issues with high prices, and the second concert, held at the same venue on the 10th, was so well attended that it brought in about £1,200. On this occasion, Paganini performed his Concerto in B minor, and Lablache rang the little silver bell during the Rondo. He also played his variations on "The Carnival of Venice" and a Sonata on the fourth string, which included the Prayer from Moses in Egypt. The third concert took place on the 13th, where Paganini debuted another new Concerto, earning around £900. At the fourth concert on the 16th, Paganini played a Cantabile on two strings, a Rondo Scherzoso by Rodolphe Kreutzer—an important detail—and a Larghetto gajo, the Military Sonata, and the variations on "Non più mesta" from Rossini's Cinderella. The fifth and final concert was on the 22nd, when the venue was packed beyond capacity, and the excitement was greater than ever.

But Paganini, or his astute manager, began to presume a little too much on the good nature of the public. Parting was "such sweet sorrow," that, like another Juliet, Paganini was inclined to prolong that process as long as possible. Final concerts succeeded each other—much like the "Farewells" of popular singers—until the audiences began to dwindle. At one, at the King's Theatre on July 4th, Paganini played a new Concerto in E major, "all expression and grace," and by far the best proof given of his talent since his arrival in London. Paganini gave two concerts at the London Tavern in July. The first was well attended, but at the second there[58] was no orchestra. The concert was a failure—"and no wonder, for the Signor tried an experiment on the forbearance of the citizens, and actually took only a pianist and one or two second-rate singers with him to make up a half-guinea concert! This was too much even for John Bull to submit to."[23]

But Paganini, or his clever manager, started to take advantage of the public's good nature a bit too much. Saying goodbye was "such sweet sorrow," and, like another Juliet, Paganini wanted to drag it out as long as he could. His final concerts came one after another—similar to the "Farewells" of popular singers—until the crowds began to thin out. At one concert, held at the King's Theatre on July 4th, Paganini performed a new Concerto in E major, "full of expression and grace," which was by far the best demonstration of his talent since he arrived in London. He gave two concerts at the London Tavern in July. The first one was well attended, but the second one had no orchestra. The concert was a flop—"and no surprise, because the Signor tried to test the patience of the audience, and only brought along a pianist and a couple of second-rate singers for a half-guinea concert! This was too much for John Bull to handle."

What a curious side-light this shows upon concert matters in the first half of the nineteenth century! Now-a-days the "experiment" is for the virtuoso to engage an orchestra.[24]

What a curious perspective this gives on concert events in the first half of the nineteenth century! Nowadays the "experiment" is for the virtuoso to hire an orchestra.[24]

Paganini played at some of the benefit concerts during the season, taking one-third of the gross receipts. There was evidently ill-feeling on this point, for Lablache and Rubini now refused to sing where Paganini played. It was said, even, that the leader of his orchestra had to sue Paganini for recovery of his fees, but the artist in question, Spagnoletti, put the matter right by publicly stating that his action was against M. Laporte, and that against Signor Paganini he had never had the slightest cause of complaint. Time was found for a few provincial visits. In July Paganini gave two concerts at Cheltenham, and there he got into trouble. It was announced that his engagements would not permit his remaining beyond the second day. His concerts were well supported, and one of the Subscription Balls, at the Rotunda, was relinquished in order that no hindrance[59] should stand in the way of those desirous of hearing the violinist. But when it was given out that Paganini would give a third performance, there was a disturbance. Some leading residents had a handbill printed calling upon the "nobility and gentry" to support the established amusements of the town, by patronizing the Ball, if only as an act of justice to the proprietor. The effect was to secure a thronged attendance at the Rotunda, and so poor an assemblage at the theatre, that Paganini refused to perform. Of course the manager had to communicate this unpleasant piece of information to the audience, at the same time offering to return the admission money; but the people were in no pacific frame of mind, and they marched straightway to the hotel where Paganini was staying, and demanded the fulfilment of his engagement. A mob soon collected, and their demeanour became so threatening that there was nothing left but compliance with their demand. Paganini went to the theatre, played two of his most favourite pieces with great success, and at midnight posted off for London. It appeared that he had agreed to perform for two-thirds of the receipts, but finding the house not half full, demanded two hundred guineas in advance. This the local manager refused, and informed the audience of the fact; and the outbreak was the natural result. The local paper remarked: "We believe this is the only instance as yet upon record of Paganini's playing to empty benches, and himself unpaid." Paganini addressed a letter to the Times, giving another version of the incident, but he did not appear to have come out of the affair very well.[60] His manager's share in the business may be left to conjecture.

Paganini played at several benefit concerts that season, taking one-third of the total earnings. There was clearly some tension about this, as Lablache and Rubini refused to sing wherever Paganini performed. It was even said that the leader of his orchestra had to sue Paganini to get his fees, but the musician in question, Spagnoletti, clarified that his lawsuit was against M. Laporte and that he had never had any reason to complain about Signor Paganini. There was also time for a few regional visits. In July, Paganini gave two concerts in Cheltenham, but he ran into trouble there. It was announced that his schedule wouldn’t allow him to stay beyond the second day. His concerts drew large crowds, and one of the Subscription Balls at the Rotunda was canceled so that nothing would prevent those eager to see the violinist. However, when it was announced that Paganini would perform a third time, a disruption occurred. Some prominent residents had a handbill printed urging the "nobility and gentry" to support the town’s established events by attending the Ball, even if just to be fair to the owner. This led to a packed crowd at the Rotunda and so few people at the theater that Paganini refused to perform. Naturally, the manager had to inform the audience of this unfortunate news while offering to refund their tickets; however, the crowd was not in a good mood and marched straight to the hotel where Paganini was staying, demanding that he fulfill his engagement. A mob quickly gathered, and their behavior became so aggressive that there was no choice but to comply with their demands. Paganini went to the theater, played two of his most popular pieces to great success, and left for London at midnight. It turned out he had agreed to perform for two-thirds of the earnings, but upon finding the house only half full, he demanded two hundred guineas in advance. The local manager refused this and informed the audience of the situation, leading to the uproar. The local newspaper noted, "We believe this is the only recorded instance of Paganini playing to empty seats and not getting paid." Paganini wrote a letter to the Times, giving his side of the story, but he didn’t seem to come out of the situation very well. His manager's involvement in the matter can only be speculated upon.[60]

One other little circumstance seems to have caused a certain amount of irritation. Paganini was engaged for the Lord Mayor's banquet at the Mansion House on July 9th. When the Lord Mayor proposed the toast of the Lord Chancellor, before Lord Brougham's rising to return thanks, Paganini played a solo. He evidently displaced the usual glee party, but in any case it was not the most artistic function to assist at, and money must have been the chief consideration.

One other small detail seems to have caused some irritation. Paganini was booked for the Lord Mayor's banquet at the Mansion House on July 9th. When the Lord Mayor proposed a toast to the Lord Chancellor, before Lord Brougham stood up to respond, Paganini played a solo. He clearly replaced the usual entertainment, but in any case, it wasn't the most artistic event to be at, and money must have been the main consideration.

Paganini carried his London concerts into August, and visited Norwich, where again a third performance took place when only two were announced. The local manager was a heavy loser, as Paganini (or his agent) had arranged for a specific sum, and there was very little in excess for the payment of vocalists, and general expenses. There was also a clashing with an important fixture at the theatre, and feeling ran high, though there was no violent demonstration as at Cheltenham. Towards the end of August, Paganini set out for Dublin, being engaged for the first Musical Festival held in that city.

Paganini extended his London concerts into August and visited Norwich, where a third performance took place despite only two being scheduled. The local manager suffered significant losses, as Paganini (or his agent) had secured a set fee, leaving very little left to cover payments for the vocalists and other expenses. There was also a conflict with an important event at the theater, leading to some tension, though it didn't escalate to the level of violent protests seen in Cheltenham. By the end of August, Paganini headed to Dublin for the city's first Musical Festival.

Plate VIII.—See Appendix. Celebrated Statuette (Caricature) of Paganini by Dainton. Plate VIII.—See Appendix.
The Famous Statuette (Caricature),
by Dainton.

CHAPTER VI.

Dublin held her first Musical Festival from August 30th to September 3rd, 1831, and in connection with this event, it is interesting to note, Henry Fothergill Chorley contributed his first musical criticism to the Athenæum.[25] There was very little about Paganini, but much about the oratorio, "The Triumph of Faith," of Ferdinand Ries. It may be observed, in passing, that in the first half of the nineteenth century musical festivals were more numerous than they are now—there were five in 1831. With the exception of those given in York Minster (1823-1835), they were not on the large scale of the principal present day celebrations; but they were relatively of more importance, inasmuch as there were then fewer musical centres beyond the metropolis, and small towns would have had little music but for those periodic gatherings.

Dublin held its first Musical Festival from August 30 to September 3, 1831, and in connection with this event, it's interesting to note that Henry Fothergill Chorley contributed his first musical criticism to the Athenæum.[25] There was very little about Paganini, but much about the oratorio "The Triumph of Faith" by Ferdinand Ries. It's worth mentioning that in the first half of the nineteenth century, musical festivals were more common than they are today—there were five in 1831. Except for those held at York Minster (1823-1835), they weren't on the large scale of today's main celebrations, but they were relatively more significant since there were fewer musical hubs outside the capital, and small towns would have had little music without these periodic gatherings.

Dublin's scheme was ambitious; for Paganini's fees for the three evening concerts was 500 guineas. Braham and Henry Phillips were among the vocalists engaged, and the latter, in his "Musical Recollections," gives a[62] very interesting and amusing account of Paganini at the festival. No one seemed to know how Paganini arrived in Dublin, which gave rise to a vague idea that he was wafted across by the Flying Dutchman. Where he lodged was equally a mystery. He arrived at the stage door of the Theatre Royal on the evening of the first concert, and immediately ordered an apartment to be got ready, and the room to be perfectly darkened. There he paced up and down, playing snatches of his music until the time for his début before a Dublin audience.

Dublin's plan was ambitious; Paganini's fees for the three evening concerts were 500 guineas. Braham and Henry Phillips were among the singers hired, and the latter, in his "Musical Recollections," provides a[62]very interesting and entertaining account of Paganini at the festival. No one seemed to know how Paganini got to Dublin, which led to the vague idea that he was brought over by the Flying Dutchman. His lodging was equally a mystery. He arrived at the stage door of the Theatre Royal on the night of the first concert and immediately requested that a room be prepared and completely darkened. There he paced back and forth, playing bits of his music until it was time for his début before a Dublin audience.

The Theatre was crammed to suffocation. The Lord Lieutenant and his Suite attended in State, and all the élite of Dublin were in the dress tier. When the Conductor, Sir George Smart, led Paganini to the centre of the stage there was a terrific outburst of applause, followed by breathless silence, as the great artist went through his deliberate process of adjusting his violin, raising his bow, and letting it rest upon the strings before commencing. This was too trying to the mercurial temperament of the occupants of the gallery, and before many seconds there was a stentorian shout, "Well! we're all ready!" The house was convulsed with laughter, peal after peal rang through the theatre. Paganini, stamping with rage, turned to Sir George Smart, and cried, "Qu'est ce que c'est?" The explanation seemed to make matters worse, and Paganini left the orchestra. Some time elapsed before he could be induced to return; but when he did so, and began to play, he created the same effect as elsewhere. The next day everybody was exclaiming: "Ah! sure, have you heard[63] the Paganini; och murther! and his fiddle?" Such is the account Henry Phillips gives, but it is not easy to attach credence to all he has put in his book.

The theater was packed to the brim. The Lord Lieutenant and his entourage attended in style, and all the elite of Dublin filled the dress circle. When the conductor, Sir George Smart, led Paganini to the center of the stage, there was a huge round of applause, followed by a tense silence as the great artist went through his careful routine of adjusting his violin, raising his bow, and resting it on the strings before starting. This was too much for the impatient folks in the gallery, and within moments, a loud voice shouted, "Well! We're all ready!" The audience erupted in laughter, with wave after wave of giggles echoing through the theater. Paganini, furious, turned to Sir George Smart and exclaimed, "What is it?" The explanation made things worse, and Paganini stormed off the stage. It took a while to convince him to come back, but when he finally did and started to play, he had the same impact as before. The next day, everyone was saying, "Ah! Have you heard about Paganini; oh my goodness! His fiddle?" This is the account Henry Phillips provides, but it’s hard to believe everything he wrote in his book.

At one of the concerts Paganini played the concerto in B minor, with the Rondo à la clochette, when an excited Hibernian shouted above the storm of applause, "Arrah now, Signor Paganini, have a drop of whiskey, darling, and ring the bell again!" Paganini's departure from Dublin was as mysterious as his arrival. On his return to London he failed to attract much attention, and seems to have been mostly on tour in the provinces and in Scotland. One incident in London was so singular that it deserves mention. Carlyle was supposed to have taken a walk with Paganini. Fancy "the Sage of Chelsea" in company with "the magician of the bow"! Thomas Carlyle was in London in 1831 vainly negotiating for the publication of "Sartor Resartus." One day his friend, Edward Irving, took him to Belgrave Square to dine with Henry Drummond. They walked along Piccadilly, thronged with fashionable promenaders; and as both men were of pecular personal appearance, they doubtless attracted some attention. This is what Carlyle subsequently wrote:—"Irving, I heard afterward, was judged, from the broad hat, brown skin, and flowing black hair, to be in all probability the one-string fiddler, Paganini—a tall, lean, taciturn abstruse-looking figure—who was then, after his sort, astonishing the idle of mankind."[26] Carlyle has said many true, and many[64] beautiful things about music, but one may search his writings in vain for a good word about musicians!

At one of the concerts, Paganini performed the concerto in B minor, featuring the Rondo like a bell, when an enthusiastic person from Ireland shouted above the thunderous applause, "Hey now, Signor Paganini, have a drink of whiskey, darling, and play that bell again!" Paganini's departure from Dublin was as mysterious as his arrival. When he returned to London, he didn't seem to attract much attention and mostly toured the provinces and Scotland. One event in London was so unusual that it deserves mention. Carlyle was thought to have gone for a walk with Paganini. Imagine "the Sage of Chelsea" with "the magician of the bow"! Thomas Carlyle was in London in 1831 trying unsuccessfully to secure the publication of "Sartor Resartus." One day, his friend Edward Irving took him to Belgrave Square to have dinner with Henry Drummond. They walked along Piccadilly, crowded with fashionable people; and since both men had distinctive looks, they likely drew some attention. Carlyle later wrote: “Irving, I found out afterward, was thought, because of his broad hat, brown skin, and long black hair, to probably be the one-string fiddler, Paganini—a tall, lean, quiet, deep-looking figure—who was then, in his own way, astonishing the idle folks.”[26] Carlyle has said many true and beautiful things about music, but one may search his writings in vain for a kind word about musicians!

In December of this year (1831) Paganini was announced to play in Bristol. The following "squib" or lampoon was issued:—

In December of this year (1831), Paganini was set to perform in Bristol. The following "squib" or satire was released:—

PAGANINI.
To the Citizens of Bristol.

Fellow Citizens,—It is with feelings of unqualified disgust that I witness the announcement of Signor Paganini's Performance to take place in this City: Why at this period of Distress? With the recollection of so many scenes of misery still fresh in our minds, and whilst Subscriptions are required to the extent of our means in order to Feed and Clothe the Poor: why is this Foreign Fiddler now to appear? for the purpose of draining those resources which would be infinitely better applied in the exercise of the best feeling of man—Charity. Do not suffer yourselves to be imposed upon by the Payment of Charges which are well worthy the name of extortion; rather suffer under the imputation of a want of Taste than support any of the tribe of Foreign Music-Monsters, who collect the Cash of this Country and waft it to their own shores, laughing at the infatuation of John Bull.

Dear Citizens,—I am filled with utter disgust at the news of Signor Paganini's performance planned for this city. Why now, during such tough times? With so many fresh and painful memories of suffering in our minds, and while we are expected to give whatever we can to Feed and Clothe the Poor, why is this Foreign Fiddler scheduled to perform? This event will only drain the resources that could be better used to fulfill our basic human instinct—Charity. Don't let yourselves be tricked into paying fees that are nothing less than extortion; it’s better to be called tasteless than to support these Foreign Music-Monsters who take money from our country and send it back to their own, laughing at the folly of John Bull.

December 10th, 1831. PHILADELPHUS.

December 10th, 1831. PHILADELPHUS.

A. Saint. Typ. Castle Printing Office, 54, Castle Street, Bristol.

Paganini's concerts at Leeds, early in 1832, were so well managed that, out of the profits, a liberal donation was presented to the fund for the relief of the poor. At Birmingham, in February of that year, his visit caused such an influx of strangers to the town, that neither lodgings nor stabling could meet the demand made upon them. A popular song was written for the occasion, and the streets rang with it long after the violinist had left the place. Two lines ran thus:—

Paganini's concerts in Leeds, early in 1832, were so well organized that, from the profits, a generous donation was made to the fund for helping the poor. In Birmingham, during February of that year, his visit attracted so many visitors to the town that there weren’t enough places to stay or stables for the horses. A popular song was written for the event, and the streets echoed with it long after the violinist had departed. Two lines went like this:—

"It's definitely worth a guinea to see Paganini,
"To see how he styles his hair." [65]

At Brighton some time earlier, the high prices were nearly causing a riot, through the issue of an inflammatory placard against them. Mr. William Gutteridge, a well-known musician of that place, who had arranged for the concerts, had to ask the protection of the magistrates, but fortunately no outbreak occurred. The squabbles about prices, the charges of avarice brought against Paganini, and the acrimonious tone of part of the press, afford melancholy reading. His gains were said to reach £20,000. In March, 1832, he left London for Paris. There, he gave a concert for the poor on March 18th. He did not stay very long in France, and on his way again to this country, occurred the incident referred to as one of the indignities to which he was subjected. This is the story.

At Brighton some time earlier, the high prices were nearly causing a riot due to an inflammatory poster against them. Mr. William Gutteridge, a well-known musician from the area who had organized the concerts, had to seek protection from the magistrates, but fortunately, no outbreak happened. The disputes over prices, the accusations of greed directed at Paganini, and the harsh criticism from part of the press make for sad reading. His earnings were rumored to reach £20,000. In March 1832, he left London for Paris. There, he held a concert for the poor on March 18th. He didn’t stay in France for long, and on his way back to this country, an incident occurred that was referred to as one of the indignities he faced. This is the story.

Paganini having to pass through Boulogne on his way to England, decided to give a concert in that town, which boasted of a Philharmonic Society. Paganini deputed a friend to arrange for that Society to assist at the concert.

Paganini, needing to go through Boulogne on his way to England, decided to hold a concert in that town, which had a Philharmonic Society. Paganini asked a friend to coordinate with that Society to help with the concert.

All seemed going well until Paganini arrived on the scene, when the amateurs stipulated for a certain number of free admissions for their friends and families, as a recognition for their assistance. Paganini represented to them that in a small concert room so many free admissions would leave little room for the paying public, and he could not accede to their demand. However, they would not give way, so Paganini declared his intention to engage a professional band. This did not suit the views of the amateurs, and they threatened the professional players[66] with the loss of patronage and pupils if they dared assist Paganini; and the unfortunate artists, dependent as they were upon that support, had to refuse the offer made them. But Paganini was not to be baffled; he determined to give the concert, and to perform without any accompaniment at all. This he did; and now came the ludicrous sequel. A number of those amateurs actually paid for admission to the concert, on purpose to hiss the independent artist. This they did as soon as he entered the concert-room. Despising such petty spite, Paganini entrusted his revenge to his art, and the rapturous plaudits of the audience proper soon reduced to a pitiable silence those who had offered so gross an insult. As a writer said at the time: "The amateurs of Boulogne have earned for themselves a niche in the history of the art—they have hissed Paganini."

All seemed to be going well until Paganini showed up, when the amateurs insisted on a certain number of free tickets for their friends and families as recognition for their help. Paganini pointed out that in a small concert space, so many free tickets would leave little room for paying guests, and he couldn't agree to their demand. They wouldn't back down, so Paganini announced his plan to hire a professional band. This didn’t sit well with the amateurs, and they threatened the professionals with losing their support and students if they agreed to help Paganini. The unfortunate artists, reliant on that support, had to decline his offer. But Paganini wasn’t going to be deterred; he decided to hold the concert and perform completely solo. He did just that, and here comes the ridiculous twist. Some of those amateurs actually bought tickets to the concert just to boo the independent artist. They did so as soon as he entered the concert hall. Ignoring their petty spite, Paganini chose to take his revenge through his performance, and the enthusiastic applause from the actual audience soon drowned out the pitiful silence of those who had insulted him. As a writer noted at the time: "The amateurs of Boulogne have earned themselves a place in the history of the art—they have hissed Paganini."

To digress, for a moment. Paganini's performance, solus, was a recital pure and simple; perhaps the first ever given in a concert room. In Grove's "Dictionary of Music and Musicians" there is this definition: "Recital, a term which has come into use in England to signify a performance of solo music by one instrument and one performer." It was probably first used by Liszt, in 1840, when he advertised his performances as "Recitals." The first was given at the Hanover Square Rooms, on June 9th, and was called by the Musical World a curious exhibition. The "one man show," as the recital has been irreverently termed, may not conduce to the highest interest of art, but Paganini—not Liszt—was its inventor.

To digress for a moment. Paganini's solo performance was a straightforward recital, probably the first ever held in a concert hall. In Grove's "Dictionary of Music and Musicians," there's this definition: "Recital, a term that has become common in England to refer to a performance of solo music by one instrument and one performer." It was likely first used by Liszt in 1840 when he promoted his performances as "Recitals." The first one took place at the Hanover Square Rooms on June 9th and was referred to as a curious exhibition by the Musical World. The "one-man show," as the recital has been irreverently dubbed, may not promote the highest interest in art, but Paganini—not Liszt—was its originator.

Paganini made his rentrée at Covent Garden Theatre on July 6th, but he did not appear to have played anything new. Neither did he attract much attention, and little need be said respecting his visit. He was back again in London in 1833, but was out of favour, and was advised to postpone his concerts until the public anger, caused by his refusal to play for the distressed English actors in Paris, had subsided. His first concert was given in the King's Theatre, on June 21st, when apparently he played nothing new, and had but a small audience. The press in general appeared to be hostile—the Athenæum did not notice him at all—and it is probable that his stay was not prolonged. He was in Paris later in the year, and was present at the concert given by Berlioz on the 22nd of December, when he heard the Symphonie Fantastique, and was so impressed that he wished Berlioz to write a solo for the wonderful Stradivari viola he possessed.[27]

Paganini made his comeback at Covent Garden Theatre on July 6th, but he didn’t seem to play anything new. He also didn’t attract much attention, and there’s not much to say about his visit. He returned to London in 1833 but had fallen out of favor, and he was advised to delay his concerts until the public's anger over his refusal to play for the struggling English actors in Paris cooled down. His first concert was held at the King’s Theatre on June 21st, where it seems he played nothing new and had only a small audience. The press in general seemed unfriendly—the Athenæum didn’t mention him at all—and it’s likely that he didn’t stay long. He was in Paris later that year and attended a concert by Berlioz on December 22nd, where he heard the Symphonie Fantastique and was so impressed that he wanted Berlioz to write a solo for the incredible Stradivari viola he owned.[27]

Between Paganini and Berlioz there was a mutual attraction. Both had something of the volcanic in their nature; both did much battling with the hostile outer world. But more of their friendship later.

Between Paganini and Berlioz, there was a mutual attraction. Both had a fiery temperament; both faced significant challenges from the outside world. But more on their friendship later.

Paganini was in London once more in 1834, and gave a concert at the Adelphi Theatre on April 7th. Again nothing new, according to report. The next morning he gave a second concert at the Hanover Square Rooms, at which it was said not more than one hundred persons were present, and half of those went in with free tickets.[69] The erstwhile popular idol was now dethroned. Paganini fell ill after this, and postponed his third concert.

Paganini was back in London in 1834 and performed at the Adelphi Theatre on April 7th. According to reports, nothing new happened. The next morning, he held a second concert at the Hanover Square Rooms, where it was said there were no more than one hundred attendees, and half of them had free tickets. [69] The once-popular idol had now lost his status. Paganini fell ill after this and postponed his third concert.

The Athenæum referred to Paganini's playing to crowded houses at the Adelphi, and empty benches at the Hanover Square Rooms, and then went on to say: "His performance on the Viol di Gamba,[28] or some such instrument, is yet to come as is also a duet with Dragonetti, which, we are told, is to be the ne plus ultra of what is beautiful and amazing. He has, hitherto, only repeated his best compositions, and, as before, left every other violinist, ancient and modern, at an inconceivable distance behind him." This concert was to be the last, which induced the writer of the Athenæum notice to attend it. He found the "new instrument" nothing but a full-sized viola, tuned in the ordinary way. "Considering the difference of stop between this and the violin, his precision and brilliancy upon the former, as displayed in double stop passages, harmonics, and arpeggi, of extraordinary difficulty, were most amazing.... In his grand concerto in E flat, his cadenza was one of the most wonderful combinations of novel harmony, and passages of execution, we ever heard." Apparently the duet with Dragonetti was not played, as nothing was said of it.

The Athenæum talked about Paganini's performances in front of packed crowds at the Adelphi and empty seats at the Hanover Square Rooms. It continued, “His performance on the Viol di Gamba,[28] or some similar instrument, is still to come, as is a duet with Dragonetti, which we hear will be the the ultimate of beauty and amazement. So far, he has only repeated his best compositions and, as usual, left every other violinist, past and present, far behind.” This concert was meant to be the last, which led the writer of the Athenæum notice to attend. He discovered that the "new instrument" was just a full-sized viola, tuned in the usual way. “Given the difference in stop between this and the violin, his precision and brilliance on the former, showcased in double stop passages, harmonics, and arpeggi of extraordinary difficulty, were truly impressive... In his grand concerto in E flat, his cadenza was one of the most incredible combinations of new harmony and execution we have ever heard.” It seems the duet with Dragonetti was not performed, as it wasn’t mentioned at all.

The directors of the music at the Oxford Commemoration week, May, 1834, were anxious to add Paganini's[70] name to the attractions offered. He was approached, accordingly, and, through his manager, announced his terms—one thousand pounds. Astounded by the answer, the Oxford Delegate desired that it might be committed to writing. This was done, but when shown to Paganini, he directed that guineas should be substituted for pounds. He knew that art was not commerce! There is no record of his playing at Oxford.

The directors of music during the Oxford Commemoration week in May 1834 were eager to include Paganini's[70] name among the attractions. They reached out to him, and through his manager, he stated his fee—one thousand pounds. Shocked by this response, the Oxford Delegate requested that it be put in writing. This was done, but when it was presented to Paganini, he requested that guineas replace pounds. He understood that art is not the same as commerce! There is no record of his performance at Oxford.

This last visit of Paganini to England had a romantic termination. He had separated from Signora Bianca on account of her jealous temper, and had fallen in love with a young English girl—that is if current report may be trusted. He proposed, for the purpose of securing her a proper legal settlement, that the marriage should take place in Paris, and he left London on June 26th, arranging for her to follow him to Boulogne. The young lady secretly left her home, but her father had his suspicions, and apparently arrived at Boulogne first, for the daughter, instead of meeting Paganini, was confronted, on landing, by her father, with whom she returned home. There is no doubt as to the occurrence, for it was "in the papers," and names were given. Schilling, whose Encyclopædia was published in 1837, gives a long account of the affair, which he would not have done had there been no truth in it, even though the law of libel was not then very stringent. Here it will suffice to say that the young lady was the daughter of a man with whom Paganini lodged, and who was associated with the concert work of the artist. Moreover, the girl herself had, it would seem, sung at some of the concerts,[71] and had become fascinated with the great violinist.

This last visit of Paganini to England had a romantic ending. He had split from Signora Bianca due to her jealous nature and had fallen for a young English girl—if we can believe the rumors. To ensure she had a proper legal settlement, he suggested they get married in Paris and left London on June 26th, arranging for her to meet him in Boulogne. The young woman secretly left her home, but her father had his suspicions and seems to have arrived in Boulogne first. Instead of seeing Paganini, she was confronted by her father upon landing, and they returned home together. There’s no doubt this happened, as it was "in the papers," and names were mentioned. Schilling, whose Encyclopædia was published in 1837, provides a detailed account of the incident, which he wouldn’t have done if it weren’t true, even though libel laws were not very strict at the time. Here, it's enough to say that the young woman was the daughter of a man with whom Paganini was staying, who was also involved in the artist's concert work. Furthermore, the girl had apparently sung at some of the concerts, and it seems she had become enchanted by the great violinist.[71]

The incident might be passed over, only for the fact that to it was owing the impression that Paganini visited America before returning to Italy. Dubourg, in the later editions of his work "The Violin," states that Paganini spent part of his time in America, previous to his return to Italy in 1834. Now George Dubourg was a contemporary of Paganini, and his statement is not to be dismissed lightly, though he offers no evidence in support of it. At the present time it is difficult to find proof, one way or the other. The American papers in 1835 were speculating as to the birthplace of Paganini, and some of the explanations were meant to be funny, but are too vapid for repetition now. The Musical World for August 4th, 1837, in quoting an anecdote concerning Paganini's kindness to a poor musician, ends by saying Paganini took the poor man with him to America. The question was raised in the Musical World for January the 9th, 1886, and decided in the negative. The legend had this slender foundation. In the early part of 1835, the young lady whom Paganini wished to marry, went to the United States—she was an actress and vocalist of moderate ability—but her stay was brief. Still, everybody wished to see her, for wherever she went she was looked upon as the heroine of a romantic episode, and her name was always coupled with Paganini's. The story of the elopement had been carried across the Atlantic by scandal's winged feet; and it was said that Paganini sent a special messenger to America to reopen negotiations on the[72] delicate subject—arrangements that came to nothing. The agent might have been taken, by Dubourg, for the principal—hence the mistake. Paganini never went to America, neither did he again return to the shores of Albion.

The incident might be overlooked, except for the fact that it led to the belief that Paganini visited America before going back to Italy. Dubourg, in the later editions of his work "The Violin," claims that Paganini spent some time in America before returning to Italy in 1834. George Dubourg was a contemporary of Paganini, so we shouldn't dismiss his statement easily, even though he doesn’t provide any evidence to back it up. Right now, it’s hard to find proof one way or the other. American newspapers in 1835 were debating Paganini's birthplace, and some of the explanations were meant to be humorous, but they're too dull to share now. The Musical World from August 4th, 1837, quotes an anecdote about Paganini's kindness to a poor musician, concluding that Paganini took the poor man with him to America. The question was brought up in the Musical World on January 9th, 1886, and concluded negatively. The legend had this flimsy basis. In early 1835, the young lady whom Paganini wanted to marry went to the United States—she was an actress and singer of average talent—but her stay was short. Still, everyone wanted to see her because wherever she went, she was seen as the heroine of a romantic story, and her name was always connected with Paganini's. News of the elopement had traveled across the Atlantic with the speed of gossip; it was said that Paganini sent a special messenger to America to reopen discussions on the[72] delicate topic—arrangements that came to nothing. Dubourg might have confused the agent for the main player—hence the error. Paganini never went to America, nor did he return to the shores of Albion again.


CHAPTER VII.

In the summer of 1834, Paganini, after an absence of six years, returned to his native land. He was now a rich man, and he invested part of his fortune in landed property, purchasing, among others, the Villa Gajona, near Parma, which he made his home—the first he could really call his own, and he was in his fifty-second year! His health was irretrievably broken down; he suffered from consumption of the larynx, and was losing the power of speech. He now sought peace and quiet, and thought of preparing for publication a complete edition of his compositions, which, if he had accomplished it, might have led to the explanation of his alleged secret. In November, or December, Paganini gave a concert at Piacenza—on the very same boards where he almost began his brilliant career—for the benefit of the poor; this was the first time he had been heard in Italy since 1828. The year 1835, Paganini passed alternately at Genoa, Milan, and his villa near Parma. The cholera then raging at Genoa was the cause of the rumour of Paganini's death. The dread scourge had claimed him for a victim, it was said, and the Continental journals devoted columns to him in the form of obituary notices.

In the summer of 1834, Paganini returned to his homeland after six years away. He was now a wealthy man and invested part of his fortune in real estate, buying several properties, including the Villa Gajona near Parma, which he made his home—the first place he could truly call his own, and he was fifty-two years old! His health was severely deteriorating; he suffered from laryngeal consumption and was losing his ability to speak. He sought peace and quiet and considered preparing a complete edition of his compositions for publication, which might have revealed his rumored secret. In November or December, Paganini performed at a concert in Piacenza—on the same stage where he had nearly launched his illustrious career—for the benefit of the poor; this was the first time he had performed in Italy since 1828. In 1835, Paganini split his time between Genoa, Milan, and his villa near Parma. The cholera outbreak in Genoa sparked rumors of Paganini's death. It was said that the terrible epidemic had taken him as a victim, and newspapers across Europe filled columns with his obituary notices.

The only English contribution to the necrology of Paganini known to me was written by Chorley in the Athenæum. It is both interesting and curious: for Chorley manages to squeeze in his account of Paganini at the Dublin festival, which the editor evidently cut out in 1831. That scarcely concerns us now, though it relates that the furore caused by Paganini's performance could not be appeased until he had mounted the grand pianoforte, in order that the audience might obtain a better view of his lank proportions! An extract from his notice must be given. It begins thus:—"E Morto!—the words which the silent and absorbed man murmured to himself, in a tone of deep feeling, after listening to one of Beethoven's magnificent symphonies, are now—alas!—to be uttered sadly for their speaker—Paganini is dead!

The only English contribution to the obituary of Paganini that I know of was written by Chorley in the Athenæum. It's both interesting and curious: Chorley manages to include his account of Paganini at the Dublin festival, which the editor apparently cut out in 1831. That doesn't really matter to us now, though it mentions that the furore caused by Paganini's performance couldn't be settled until he got on the grand piano so the audience could get a better look at his lanky frame! An excerpt from his notice must be included. It begins like this:—"It's dead!—the words that the silent and absorbed man whispered to himself, in a tone full of emotion, after listening to one of Beethoven's magnificent symphonies, are now—sadly— to be said really for their speaker—Paganini is dead!

"We would fain believe that the newspaper reports are in error.... Let us hope that the intelligence from Genoa, received this week [September], that the artist had been carried off by the sudden and fearful death of cholera, may, by some happy chance, prove one of those 'mistakes which it gives them pleasure to contradict.' But, should it not then, indeed, may Music put on sackcloth and sit in ashes for her High Priest!" Then follows an "appreciation," to use a modern expression, to which reference may be made later.

"We would like to believe that the newspaper reports are wrong.... Let’s hope that the news from Genoa, received this week [September], about the artist being taken by the sudden and terrible death of cholera, may, by some lucky chance, turn out to be one of those 'mistakes that they enjoy correcting.' But, if that’s not the case, then may Music mourn and sit in ashes for her High Priest!" Then follows an "appreciation," as we might say today, to which we can refer later.

Chorley was an impressionable young man, in his twenty-third year, when he attended the Dublin festival, and so excited did he become over Paganini's performances, that he gave vent to his feelings in verse. That[75] poem he now inserted in the Athenæum, "as a farewell to one whose like we shall never hear again!" There are really fine thoughts in the poem, and, though too long to quote in its entirety, a few stanzas may well be rescued from the periodical in which they are buried.

Chorley was a young man of twenty-three when he went to the Dublin festival, and he got so excited by Paganini's performances that he expressed his feelings in a poem. That[75] poem was later published in the Athenæum, "as a farewell to someone we’ll never hear the like of again!" The poem contains really great thoughts, and while it's too long to quote in full, a few stanzas deserve to be highlighted from the magazine where they are hidden.

O Paganini!—undoubted king Of St. Cecilia's followers, whether living or deceased,
Whether their pasture is made of pipe or string,
Oh powerful organ, that spreads across Ancient cathedral aisles filled with a flood of sound,—
In all the wizardry developed through hard work,
That moves the spirit, brings joy, and amazes, You have no equal—you don’t even have a neighbor,
In the long span of years from Tubal Cain to Weber.
Wise people have said, those who read the book of night,
That every hundred years a meteor blazes Through the amazed skies with a dazzling flight,
Creating strange commotions in the land of stars;
And, in the vast realm of constellations, In constant beauty, always moving forward,
Covers a wide area with intense and rapid urgency,
Rushing from one pole to the other soon; And, just like the ghost of the king—"It's here—it's there—it's gone!"
You belong to these, the meteor-born,
O powerful ruler of the strings and bow!
And even if it would be unfair to sweet Cupid, To call you anything like him—yet on your forehead,
And in your curved lips and sparkling eyes,
His most distinct mark has been placed by god-like Genius,
Who called you to rise above the common crowd? And earn yourself a crown—nor has it ever yet Has Art honored her follower with a brighter crown.[76]
Oh, that an impressive temple could be built On a vast plain—exposed to the sky—
Where all the great, the talented, the respected Side by side, they might rest in their graves!
And there, where many breezes blow at the end of the evening A solemn tune should surround their grave,
If all the sons of melody should rest,
So that pilgrims from distant places can come and cry, And by their sacred dust, hold a silent vigil!
And there together in fame should remain,
The Italian singer of lost love![29]
And he whose farewell for a blessed soul Was his own funeral song—too soon taken from us, Mozart!
And he of the Messiah—and the escape Of Israel's children, who hated their bondage, When God was a cloud during the day and fire at night!
And he, who sang about darkness, with just one word Bursting with light—and Earth made by its Creator!
And many more—with whom harsh Time Forbids my fragile and aimless verse to express; Save for one incredible master spirit, whom my rhyme Must take a moment to honor—for the meteor ray Burned with the brightest light above his head; Although it was too soon for his eager ear The world of sound is covered in deep silence,
Whom the world is still learning to respect—
Beethoven! He should sleep close to you—the Wizard!
There's a space left next to his sacred remains,
For you, with whom my weak song began; But it won't be long before the creeping rust Of Time, wear out your energies—and long Before the ruthless Tyrant with an unstoppable demand Come here—before you hang up your bow. In a gray chapel somewhere—and all your siblings Aim for your magic instruments to be unstrung; If Heaven were kind to people, you would always be young!

A fortnight later, Chorley was able to reassure his readers by contradicting the report. It seems that the rumour was started through the death of Dr. Paganini (referred to at the beginning of this essay), and there seems little doubt but that he was the brother of the violinist.

A couple of weeks later, Chorley was able to reassure his readers by denying the report. It seems that the rumor started after the death of Dr. Paganini (mentioned at the beginning of this essay), and there's little doubt that he was the brother of the violinist.

Plate X.—See Appendix.
Reproduction of an oil painting of Paganini in the Municipal Museum in Genoa.

In 1836, some speculators applied to Paganini to give the support of his name and his talent to the founding of a Casino in Paris, of which the ostensible object was music, the real end, gambling. It has been suggested that the project appealed to Paganini's avarice, which caused him to lend himself to the accomplishment of the undertaking. On the other hand, it is fair to assume that the artist was in ignorance of the true motive of the promoters of the scheme; and the fact that certain instructions to the trustees of the fortune settled on his son had been made public some four years earlier lends countenance to the impression that he was disgusted with gambling, and had long ceased to indulge in the vicious pastime.

In 1836, some investors approached Paganini to lend his name and talent to the establishment of a Casino in Paris, which was supposedly focused on music but actually aimed at gambling. It's been suggested that the project appealed to Paganini's greed, leading him to support the venture. However, it's also reasonable to believe that the artist was unaware of the true intentions of the project's promoters; the fact that certain instructions regarding the trust fund set up for his son had been made public about four years earlier supports the idea that he was fed up with gambling and had long stopped participating in that harmful activity.

In the early summer of 1837, Paganini's health having improved, he gave several concerts in Turin, both for the benefit of the poor, and on his own behalf. Later in the year, however, he was in Paris, living in the greatest seclusion. The Casino Paganini was opened, apparently in October, 1837. The building was situated in the Rue Mont Blanc, and was supposed to be a kind of Club of Art and Literature. An orchestra of some fifty performers was engaged for concerts, which were open to subscribers only. In the grounds a brass band played to those[78] assembled, and admission there apparently was free to the public. The object of the undertaking was not made known. A French paper stated by way of a joke that Paganini's part in the proceedings was to walk round the garden when the weather was fine. The Government refused to license the place as a gambling-house, and the management had to rely upon the concerts alone. It would appear that Paganini had signed a contract to play at the concerts, but the wretched state of his health was the excuse for his not doing so. He had been in Paris off and on from 1837 to some time in 1839. In 1838, certainly before April, he was there, and went to hear a newly invented instrument termed the Harmoniphone. This was the work of an ingenious musician, Jacques Reine Paris. It was a small key-board instrument designed to imitate the oboe, and intended as a substitute for it, in places where oboe players were not available. A distinguished company was invited to meet Paganini, who was greatly interested and pleased with the invention. Then, in December, Paganini witnessed what Berlioz described as the massacre of his "Benvenuto Cellini" at the opera. In the same month was inaugurated a society for the production of classical compositions, and for the encouragement of musical artists, and at this brilliant function, held in the Salle Erard, Paganini was present, with Meyerbeer, Auber, De Beriot, Donizetti, and a host of other celebrities. On the 16th of the month Paganini attended the concert given by Berlioz at the Conservatoire, when the symphony, "Harold," was performed. Paganini heard it for the first time, and at the close of[79] the concert occurred the affecting incident of Paganini kneeling on the stage and kissing the hand of Berlioz, the demonstration being followed by a magnificent donation of 20,000 francs. Paganini seems to have had a transient recovery, for the papers spoke of his becoming corpulent.

In the early summer of 1837, Paganini's health improved, and he held several concerts in Turin, both to help the poor and for his own benefit. However, later that year, he was in Paris, living in complete seclusion. The Paganini Casino opened in October 1837. The building was located on Rue Mont Blanc and was meant to be a kind of Arts and Literature Club. An orchestra of about fifty performers was hired for concerts that were only open to subscribers. In the gardens, a brass band played for those[78] gathered, and admission was apparently free to the public. The purpose of the venture wasn’t clear. A French newspaper jokingly suggested that Paganini's role was to stroll around the garden when the weather was nice. The Government refused to license the venue as a gambling house, so the management had to rely solely on the concerts. It appears that Paganini had signed a contract to perform at the concerts, but his poor health served as the reason for not doing so. He had been in Paris on and off from 1837 to sometime in 1839. In 1838, definitely before April, he was there and went to hear a newly invented instrument called the Harmoniphone. This was created by an inventive musician, Jacques Reine Paris. It was a small keyboard instrument designed to imitate the oboe and serve as a substitute where oboe players were unavailable. A select group was invited to meet Paganini, who was very interested and pleased with this invention. Then, in December, Paganini witnessed what Berlioz described as the failure of his "Benvenuto Cellini" at the opera. That month, a society dedicated to the production of classical compositions and the support of musical artists was launched, and at this grand event held in the Salle Erard, Paganini attended alongside Meyerbeer, Auber, De Beriot, Donizetti, and many other celebrities. On the 16th of that month, Paganini went to a concert given by Berlioz at the Conservatoire, where the symphony "Harold" was performed. It was the first time Paganini heard it, and at the end of[79] the concert, a touching moment occurred when Paganini knelt on stage and kissed Berlioz's hand, which was followed by a generous donation of 20,000 francs. Paganini seemed to experience a brief recovery, as reports mentioned his gaining weight.

Still, he did not play at the Casino Concerts, and a crisis soon arose. Early in 1839, the directors of the Casino brought an action against Paganini for breach of contract, and he was decreed to pay damages to the amount of 20,000 francs. This decision so much displeased both plaintiffs and defendant that they appealed against it. The case did not come on again for some time, and Paganini sought rest and change in the south of France. He stayed for some time at Marseilles, where, at the house of a friend, he once more abandoned himself to his art, devoting his time alternately to his violin and his guitar. Fétis states that notwithstanding his feeble health, Paganini attended a performance of Cherubini's Requiem for men's voices; and on June 21st went to one of the churches to take part in the performance of Beethoven's Mass in C.

Still, he did not perform at the Casino Concerts, and a crisis soon emerged. Early in 1839, the directors of the Casino filed a lawsuit against Paganini for breach of contract, and he was ordered to pay damages amounting to 20,000 francs. This decision displeased both the plaintiffs and the defendant so much that they appealed it. The case didn’t come up again for some time, and Paganini sought rest and change in the south of France. He stayed for a while in Marseilles, where, at a friend's house, he once again devoted himself to his art, splitting his time between his violin and his guitar. Fétis notes that despite his poor health, Paganini attended a performance of Cherubini's Requiem for men's voices; and on June 21st, he went to one of the churches to participate in the performance of Beethoven's Mass in C.

But his malady could only be alleviated by frequent change of clime. Accordingly, in October we find him at Genoa, in the vain hope that his native air would prove beneficial; but he was prostrated by a violent nervous attack almost immediately following his arrival. He must, soon after, have left for Nice, which he never quitted alive. Nice, though a pleasant place, was not regarded as at all a favourable retreat for persons suffering[80] from pulmonary or bronchial affections, and it proved fatal to the great artist. But we must, for the moment, return to Paris.

But his illness could only get better with frequent changes of scenery. So, in October, we find him in Genoa, hoping his hometown air would help him; however, he was quickly knocked down by a severe nervous attack right after he arrived. He must have soon left for Nice, where he never left alive. Nice, although a nice place, was not considered a good retreat for people suffering from lung or bronchial issues, and it turned out to be deadly for the great artist. But for now, we need to go back to Paris.

The rehearing of the Casino case came before the Cour Royale, Paris, on January 3rd, 1840. Paganini could not, of course, attend in person, but he was represented by Counsel, and it may be of interest to name the man who was entrusted with his defence. It was a certain Mons. Chaix-d'Est-Ange. From accounts of the proceedings, this legal luminary addressed the Court at great length. He described the prayers and entreaties of the proprietors of what he termed "this catchpenny establishment" to induce the grand Maestro to lend his mighty arm and name to their speculation. He had promised, in writing, to play nowhere but at their concerts; but as he had played nowhere else, the proprietors could have no legal right to such excessive damages. The counsel for the plaintiff, Mons. Barillon, declared that as Paganini's defection had ruined the speculation, the damages ought to be proportionate to his transcendent talent. Going into details, he stated that Paganini was installed in a splendid suite of apartments at the Casino, one boudoir being lined with flannel expressly for him; and that when he was complaining of his wretched health, he accepted a dinner offered him by the musicians of the orchestra, and gave toasts in both French and Italian. After that, he allowed bills to be printed, announcing that he would play at the Casino concert. Hundreds of tickets were eagerly bought at twenty francs each, when suddenly Paganini refused to[81] play. Entreaties were in vain; Paganini, in his own room, with closed doors, would practise, but would not play at the concert. Recourse was had to the musicians of the Grand Opera, so as not to disappoint the audience, but the prefect of police would not allow the employés of the opera to be taken from their theatre, and ordered the Casino to be closed. Ruin stared the proprietors in the face, and 20,000 francs was no adequate compensation. The former decision was reversed, and Paganini was condemned by the Court in 50,000 francs[30] damages, and ten years imprisonment in default of payment.

The rehearing of the Casino case took place before the Cour Royale in Paris on January 3rd, 1840. Paganini couldn’t attend in person, but he was represented by a lawyer, and it’s worth mentioning the man who took on his defense: Mons. Chaix-d'Est-Ange. According to reports from the proceedings, this legal expert spoke at length to the Court. He outlined the pleas and requests from the owners of what he called "this money-grabbing establishment" to persuade the great Maestro to lend his impressive talent and name to their venture. He had promised in writing to perform only at their concerts, but since he hadn’t played anywhere else, the owners had no legal grounds for such excessive damages. The plaintiff's lawyer, Mons. Barillon, argued that since Paganini's withdrawal had ruined the venture, the damages should reflect his extraordinary talent. He detailed that Paganini was staying in a luxurious suite at the Casino, with one room specially lined with flannel just for him; and when he was complaining about his poor health, he accepted a dinner invitation from the orchestra musicians and made toasts in both French and Italian. After that, he allowed bills to be printed announcing he would perform at the Casino concert. Hundreds of tickets were eagerly sold at twenty francs each when suddenly Paganini refused to [81] play. Appeals were futile; Paganini practiced in his room with the doors shut but would not perform at the concert. The musicians from the Grand Opera were called in to avoid disappointing the audience, but the police chief wouldn’t allow the opera employees to leave their theater and ordered the Casino to close. The owners faced disaster, and 20,000 francs was not enough compensation. The previous decision was overturned, and the Court ordered Paganini to pay 50,000 francs[30] in damages and ten years in prison if he failed to pay.

Plate XI.—See Appendix.
The house where Paganini passed away.

Whether the fine was actually paid, I have found no evidence to prove, but the imprisonment was certainly not enforced. In a few months' time, the gaoler whom none can deny, touched Paganini with his icy hand, and the troubled spirit left its frail earthly tenement on May 27th, 1840.

Whether the fine was actually paid, I have found no evidence to prove, but the imprisonment was certainly not enforced. In a few months' time, the jailer whom none can deny, touched Paganini with his icy hand, and the troubled spirit left its frail earthly body on May 27th, 1840.

Plate XII.—See Appendix.Tablet on the house where Paganini died.

But not to rest were the mortal remains consigned. No peaceful grave for the wandering, restless being whose fitful fever of life was over at last. Paganini died without receiving the last Sacrament of the Church. He had indeed been visited by a priest, sent by the Bishop of Nice; but not deeming his end so near, made no confession, nor prepared himself for death according to the rite of the Church of Rome. The doubt as to his faith caused the Bishop of Nice to refuse burial in consecrated ground. The son, the friends of Paganini,[82] and the principal artists of the place solicited the authorisation of a solemn service for his eternal repose, but in vain; all that was conceded was the offer of an authentic record of death, with leave to transport the corpse whither they might wish. This compromise was not accepted, and the matter came before the Court of Justice, when the decision was in favour of the Bishop. There was no alternative but to appeal to Rome, when the Bishop's decree was annulled, and the Archbishop of Turin was charged, conjointly with the Canons of the Cathedral of Genoa, to institute an inquiry into the Catholicism of Paganini. Meanwhile the remains—stated by the Athenæum to have been embalmed for interment at Genoa—were subjected to shocking indignities. The landlord wanted to let the house where the artist had died, and the corpse was laid in the cellar until a more fitting resting-place was found. Then it is said to have been moved to the hospital of Nice, thence by sea to the Lazzaretto of Villa Franca, and finally to a country house Polcevera, near Genoa, part of the property of the heir of the illustrious artist. There the body remained four years. Rumours spread abroad of piteous moans and other lamentable noises being heard at night. To put a stop to these unpleasant reports, the young Baron Achille made an application for permission for a solemn service to be celebrated at Parma, in virtue of Paganini having been a knight of St. George. This was not fruitless. The service was celebrated in the church of La Steccata, appropriated to that order of chivalry. After the solemnity the friends of the deceased obtained[83] the permission of the Bishop of Parma to bring the body within the boundary of the Duchy, when it was transferred to the Villa Gajona, for interment in the Communal cemetery. So, at last, in May, 1845, the mortal remains of the illustrious violinist were laid in the grave; by order of the government, there was no display of any kind, no outward symbol of homage. The mourners might, however, hope at least for the repose of the casket that once enclosed the fiery, turbulent, soaring spirit of one who knew no rest in life. But, alas! even that was not the end. In the letter addressed by Paganini to the Editor of the Paris Révue Musicale, the closing sentence breathed a prayer that, however calumniated he might be in life, the world would at least allow his ashes to repose in peace. That appeal was not granted. It has been shown that five years elapsed between his death and his burial; fifty years more, and the repose of the grave was broken. The Athenæum of September 7th, 1895, contained this paragraph:—

But the mortal remains were not left to rest. There was no peaceful grave for the wandering, restless soul whose turbulent life had finally come to an end. Paganini died without receiving the last Sacrament of the Church. A priest, sent by the Bishop of Nice, did visit him; however, believing his death was not imminent, he did not confess or prepare himself according to the rites of the Roman Catholic Church. Because of doubts about his faith, the Bishop of Nice refused burial in consecrated ground. Paganini’s son, his friends, and the leading artists of the area requested permission for a formal service for his eternal rest, but this was denied; they were only given an official death certificate, allowing them to transport the body wherever they chose. This compromise was rejected, leading to a legal battle, which ruled in favor of the Bishop. The only option left was to appeal to Rome, where the Bishop's decree was overturned, and the Archbishop of Turin, along with the Canons of the Cathedral of Genoa, was tasked with investigating Paganini's Catholicism. In the meantime, the remains—reported by the Athenæum to be embalmed for burial in Genoa—were subjected to disgraceful indignities. The landlord wished to rent out the home where the artist died, so the corpse was stored in the cellar until a more appropriate resting place could be found. It was later said to have been moved to the hospital of Nice, then shipped by sea to the Lazzaretto of Villa Franca, and finally to a villa in Polcevera, near Genoa, owned by the heir of the famous artist. There, the body remained for four years. Rumors began to circulate about pitiful moans and other distressing sounds heard at night. To stop these unsettling reports, the young Baron Achille applied for permission to hold a solemn service in Parma, based on Paganini's status as a knight of St. George. This request was successful. The service was held in the church of The fence, designated for that order of chivalry. After the ceremony, the friends of the deceased received permission from the Bishop of Parma to bring the body into the Duchy, where it was moved to the Villa Gajona for burial in the communal cemetery. So, at last, in May 1845, the remains of the famous violinist were finally laid to rest; by government order, there was no display of any kind, no public sign of homage. The mourners could at least hope for the peace of the casket that once held the fiery, tumultuous spirit of one who found no rest in life. But, unfortunately, that was not the end. In a letter addressed to the Editor of the Paris Music Review, Paganini expressed a wish that, despite any slander he faced in life, the world would allow his ashes to rest in peace. That wish was not fulfilled. It was noted that five years passed between his death and burial; fifty years later, the peace of the grave was disturbed. The Athenæum on September 7, 1895, contained this paragraph:—

"In the Communal Cemetery of Parma the mortal remains of the great violin player, Paganini, have just been exhumed. The violinist was buried there fifty-five years ago, nevertheless his face has been found to be well preserved and easily recognizable. It is proposed to show the body to the public before it is re-interred."

"In the Communal Cemetery of Parma, the remains of the famous violinist Paganini have just been exhumed. He was buried there fifty-five years ago, but his face has been found to be well-preserved and easily recognizable. There are plans to showcase the body to the public before it is re-buried."

Horrible! But first note the mistake. The body was buried fifty, not fifty-five, years before. Those terrible five years seem to have been unnoticed in this country,[84] and I have been unable to find any reference to the mournful function of May, 1845.[31]

Horrible! But first, let's note the mistake. The body was buried fifty, not fifty-five, years ago. Those awful five years seem to have gone unnoticed in this country,[84] and I haven't been able to find any mention of the sad event in May 1845.[31]

Now, what was the reason for exhuming the remains? For the purpose of removal to a more prominent site! Thus is homage paid to genius! Such, too, was the fate of Beethoven. His remains were removed in 1888 to the Central Cemetery at Vienna, and lamentable incidents attended the exhumation. Schubert, who, by his own desire, was buried by the side of the great master, did not escape the doom; but Mozart was mercifully spared; he was buried in a pauper's grave, and his body has remained undiscovered. The story of the preservation of his skull may be dismissed as apocryphal. But what are gorgeous monuments? Does the true artist value the case more than the instrument? Why seek ye the living among the dead? The artist does not die—he puts off the "muddy vesture of decay"; he lives in his art-work.

Now, what was the reason for digging up the remains? To move them to a more notable location! This is how respect is shown to genius! Such was the fate of Beethoven. His remains were moved in 1888 to the Central Cemetery in Vienna, and unfortunate events surrounded the exhumation. Schubert, who, by his own wish, was buried next to the great master, did not escape the fate; but Mozart was thankfully spared; he was buried in a pauper's grave, and his body has never been found. The tale of the preservation of his skull can be dismissed as a myth. But what are grand monuments? Does the true artist value the case more than the instrument? Why do you seek the living among the dead? The artist does not die—he sheds the "muddy vesture of decay"; he lives on in his art.

Plate XIII.—See Appendix.
The Tomb of Paganini in Parma.

CHAPTER VIII.

Having traced the career of Paganini "from the cradle to the grave," let us now look a little more closely at the man, the artist. Glimpses of his character have already been revealed, but so curiously interesting a personality will repay further study. Totally uneducated, he yet made himself so much a man of the world, as to enjoy the personal friendship of such notabilities as Lord Byron, Sir Thomas Clifford Constable, Lord Holland, Prince Metternich and others. In his official positions at Court he comported himself with dignity. He had the pride of the artist, and would not play if the conditions were not suitable. One instance has already been given. Here is another, which also occurred in Paris. Paganini was asked to play at a Court concert at the Tuilleries. He went the day before to inspect the salon where the function was to take place, and found the heavy draperies so numerous that the tones of his violin would be deadened, and the effect of his playing would be lost unless the curtains were removed or rearranged; he acquainted an official with his wish to alter them. To that august personage a "fiddler" was a mere nobody, and Paganini was given to understand his proper place. Highly offended with the manner of the[86] official, Paganini resolved not to play. The Court was assembled for the concert, but the great violinist was absent. A messenger was sent to his hotel, and was informed that the Signor had retired to rest very early.

Having traced Paganini's career "from the cradle to the grave," let's dive a little deeper into the man, the artist. We’ve already caught glimpses of his character, but such an intriguingly complex personality deserves more examination. Completely uneducated, he managed to be so much a man of the world that he enjoyed personal friendships with notable figures like Lord Byron, Sir Thomas Clifford Constable, Lord Holland, Prince Metternich, and others. In his official roles at Court, he carried himself with dignity. He had the pride of an artist and wouldn’t perform if the conditions weren’t right. One example has already been shared. Here’s another incident that also took place in Paris. Paganini was invited to perform at a court concert at the Tuileries. He visited the salon the day before to check out the venue and discovered that the heavy draperies were so plentiful that they would muffle the sound of his violin, and the impact of his performance would be lost unless the curtains were removed or rearranged; he informed an official of his desire to change them. To that high-ranking individual, a "fiddler" was a mere nobody, and Paganini was made to understand his proper place. Deeply offended by the official's attitude, Paganini decided not to play. The Court gathered for the concert, but the great violinist was nowhere to be found. A messenger was sent to his hotel and was told that the Signor had gone to bed very early.

Mobbed by ill-mannered crowds whenever he appeared in the streets, (and this especially in London, when strangers not only spoke to him, but even felt him, to ascertain if he was really flesh and blood), Paganini, with his sensitive nature, shrank more and more from contact with the outer world. He was not a Milton, "whose soul was like a star, and dwelt apart," but he was essentially a solitary, a recluse. His character was the result of his environment. Accustomed to brutal treatment in his childhood, he became hardened; set free from restraint, he tasted the wild joys of youth, only to find them turn to Dead Sea apples. Schumann, in his "Advice to young musicians," wrote: "The laws of morality are also the laws of art." But Paganini had no mentor, and learnt by bitter experience the lesson of life. He was accused of avarice, and many ridiculous stories were told of him. When at Prague, it is said that even the members of the theatre were struck off the free list, and he was annoyed that the police who watched the upper galleries could not be made to pay for their places! He beat down a London laundress a halfpenny in her charge for washing his shirts, and Moscheles gives currency to the story, though he cannot vouch for its truth, that Paganini gave his servant a gallery ticket for one of his concerts on condition that the man served him gratuitously for one day! All these wretched things may[87] have been true, more's the pity. But there is one little story that appears to have been overlooked. The father of Nicolo Paganini was avaricious, and compelled his son to minister to his avarice, even robbing him of the first-fruits of his own earnings; Nicolo in turn became avaricious, but it was for the sake of his little son, whose life he desired might be better than his own. "He saves for his yet uneducated child," wrote Guhr, in 1829. Yes, this man, proud, scornful, despising the crowds whose money made him rich, in the recesses of his heart nourished a love, pure and unselfish. That was the fine gold; his wealth was dross. His affection for the child was boundless, and he allowed the little fellow to tyrannise over him completely. There are pretty stories of his playing with the boy, but there is nothing about teaching the boy to play—the violin. The memory of his own childhood was quite sufficient to deter him from any attempt to force instruction on his boy, and cloud the sunshine of his young life.

Mobbed by rude crowds whenever he was in the streets, especially in London, where strangers not only talked to him but even touched him to see if he was real, Paganini, with his sensitive nature, withdrew more and more from the outside world. He wasn’t a Milton, "whose soul was like a star, and dwelt apart," but he was definitely a solitary figure, a recluse. His personality was shaped by his surroundings. Used to harsh treatment in his childhood, he became tough; once free from constraints, he experienced the wild joys of youth, only to find them turn into nothing of value. Schumann, in his "Advice to young musicians," wrote: "The laws of morality are also the laws of art." But Paganini had no mentor and learned the hard way about life. He was accused of being greedy, and many silly stories circulated about him. When he was in Prague, it’s said that even the theater staff were taken off the free list, and he was frustrated that the police watching the upper galleries couldn’t be made to pay for their seats! He haggled with a London laundress over a halfpenny charge for washing his shirts, and Moscheles shared a story, though he couldn’t verify its truth, that Paganini gave his servant a gallery ticket for one of his concerts as long as the man worked for him for free for a day! All these unfortunate tales might have been true, unfortunately. But there’s one small story that seems to have been overlooked. Nicolo Paganini’s dad was greedy and forced his son to cater to his greed, even taking away the first earnings he made; in turn, Nicolo became greedy but for his little son, wanting his life to be better than his own. "He saves for his yet uneducated child," wrote Guhr, in 1829. Yes, this man, proud and scornful, looking down on the crowds whose money made him wealthy, deep down had a pure, unselfish love. That was the real value; his wealth was worthless. His love for his child was immense, and he let the little one completely boss him around. There are sweet stories of him playing with the boy, but nothing about teaching him to play the violin. The memory of his own childhood was enough to stop him from forcing lessons on his son and ruining the happiness of his young life.

The world gave Paganini its plaudits and its money; but there never seemed to be any bond of sympathy between the artist and the public. Yet Paganini could appreciate kindness. Moscheles relates that the father of his wife rendered Paganini some important service before the visit to England. When Paganini first called upon Moscheles he was profuse in expressions of gratitude, and taking down a miniature portrait of his benefactor he covered it with kisses. "Meantime," Moscheles writes, "we had leisure to study those olive-tinted, sharply defined features, the glowing eyes, the scanty, but long[88] black hair, and the thin, gaunt figure, upon which the clothes hung loosely, the deep sunken cheeks, and those long, bony fingers." Moscheles was of service to Paganini during his first days in London, and, to use his own words, he was paid with quite as many honied epithets as his father-in-law received. But he suspected the Italian to be rather too sweet to be genuine. Indeed, the friendship was too fervent to last long, and money was the cause of the rupture. Mori commissioned Moscheles to write a piece "Gems à la Paganini," taking the precaution of obtaining the violinist's consent. His style is imitated, and he expresses his admiration of the piece. A second and third book of "Gems" are published, and down comes Paganini with the charge of musical piracy. His permission extended only to the first book. A lawsuit was commenced, but Paganini effected a compromise with Moscheles, conceding the free sale of the three books of "Gems" in return for pianoforte accompaniments to twelve small violin pieces. Moscheles reluctantly consented to write the accompaniments, but refused to allow his name (which Paganini wanted) to appear on the title-page. Mori had to pay something by way of damages, and Moscheles at last rejoiced at being quit of an episode so little worthy of an artist, and at having done with those dreadful lawyers.[32]

The world showered Paganini with praise and money, but there never seemed to be any real connection between him and the audience. Still, Paganini could appreciate kindness. Moscheles shares that his father-in-law did something significant for Paganini before his visit to England. When Paganini first visited Moscheles, he was overflowing with gratitude, and he took down a miniature portrait of his benefactor, covering it with kisses. "In the meantime," Moscheles writes, "we had time to take in those olive-toned, sharply defined features, the bright eyes, the thin, long black hair, and the tall, skeletal figure, with its loosely hanging clothes, deep-set cheeks, and those long, bony fingers." Moscheles helped Paganini during his early days in London, and, as he puts it, he received just as many sweet compliments as his father-in-law did. However, he suspected that Paganini's sweetness was more than a bit insincere. In fact, the friendship was too intense to endure, and money caused their fallout. Mori asked Moscheles to write a piece called "Gems à la Paganini," making sure to get the violinist's approval first. His style was mimicked, and he expressed his admiration for the work. A second and third volume of "Gems" were released, and then Paganini accused him of musical theft. His permission was only for the first volume. A lawsuit began, but Paganini reached a compromise with Moscheles, allowing the free sale of all three "Gems" volumes in exchange for piano accompaniments to twelve small violin pieces. Moscheles reluctantly agreed to write the accompaniments but refused to let his name (which Paganini wanted) appear on the cover. Mori ended up paying something in damages, and Moscheles was relieved to be done with such an undignified situation and to be rid of those awful lawyers.[32]

But quite enough has been said in reference to Paganini's avarice: it has been shown that he had a motive for saving money. Is it as easy to account for[89] other traits of his character? That aloofness, that scorn of the world, that hard bargaining: "Take me or leave me," revealing callous indifference, was there no cause for all that? There is a very graphic, and at the same time, appalling, account of the impression produced by Paganini among the Parisians, which is translated at length in Dubourg's "The Violin." Berlioz wrote of the weird genius making his appearance in France during the uproar of the collapse of a dynasty, and arriving in Paris—with the cholera. The terrors of the scourge were powerless to check the tide of curiosity: the people were mad for the time being. This is the conclusion of the notice just mentioned: "Of such a public, and such an artist, how saddening is the sight!... The public, made up of idlers—of beings isolated, cold, corrupt—must be amused, forsooth! and the artist exhausts his taste and his sentiment, and well nigh perspires blood and water, to comply with their exactions—to amuse them! and if he attain this end, the public clap their hands, the manager of the theatre counts out to him a heap of gold, and he goes away, with his ears deafened at the noise which has surrounded him, and which, for a moment, it may be, has made his heart beat high;—he goes away, with a loving grasp tightened over the coin he has so hardly won; and now inwardly exclaims, with a smile of pity, 'The blockheads—the barbarians! who is there among them that can comprehend me—that can feel my intentions!' and then the home-returning public, selfish to the very soul, indemnify themselves for their finger's-end applause by sottish contempt, by remarks[90] that are empty, or worse—that are scornful, bitter, shocking, disgusting even—such as those which may have been buzzed into one's ears in Italy or in Paris, but varied in a hundred ways, and aggravated at will, just as he varies and enlarges, twists and turns, beneath his magic bow, a subject of apparently the most simple and insignificant kind. And now the voices most distinguishable among the ebbing crowd murmur out the words, 'Gambler, Libertine'! or worse.... And the privileged public resort again to the theatre, to admire the talent of him who they comprehend not; and the artist returns, in like manner, to amuse those who provoke his pity, and whom he beholds so far below him! Thus we have contempt on one side, compassion on the other; applause from hands chilled with the touch of gold, on the one part,—on the other, sounds that borrow their animation from no social sympathy! Such are the relations between the public and the professor such the bonds that connect them!" Unhappy artist; miserable public! How shall we account for this pitiful state of things, this gulf between the performer and the auditor? We must seek the explanation in the letter to the Revue, referred to more than once, but now claiming our attention more directly.

But enough has been said about Paganini's greed: it's clear he had a reason for saving money. Is it just as simple to explain[89] other aspects of his personality? That distance, that disdain for the world, that tough negotiating: "Take me or leave me," showing a cold indifference—was there no reason for all that? There's a very vivid, and at the same time, shocking, account of the impression Paganini made on the Parisians, which is detailed in Dubourg's "The Violin." Berlioz wrote about the strange genius arriving in France during the chaos of a dynasty's collapse, coming to Paris—with the cholera. The fear of the plague didn't stop the wave of curiosity: people went wild for a while. This is how the review concludes: "Of such an audience, and such an artist, how sad is the scene!... The audience, filled with idle people—isolated, cold, corrupt beings—must be entertained, indeed! and the artist drains his taste and emotions, and nearly sweats blood and water, to meet their demands—to entertain them! and if he succeeds, the audience claps, the theater manager counts out a pile of gold for him, and he leaves, his ears ringing from the noise that surrounded him and, for a moment, might have made his heart race;—he leaves, with a loving grip on the coins he worked so hard to earn; and now inwardly exclaims, with a pitying smile, 'The fools—the barbarians! who among them can understand me—who can feel my intentions!' and then the returning audience, selfish to the core, compensate for their perfunctory applause with drunken contempt, with comments[90] that are empty, or worse—that are scornful, bitter, even shocking and revolting—similar to those that may have been whispered in your ear in Italy or Paris, but altered in a hundred ways, and intensified at will, just as he alters and expands, twists and turns, under his magical bow, a theme that seems perfectly simple and insignificant. And now the most distinct voices among the fading crowd murmur, 'Gambler, Libertine'! or worse…. And the privileged audience returns to the theater, to admire the talent of someone they don’t truly understand; and the artist comes back, in turn, to entertain those who provoke his pity, and whom he sees as far beneath him! Thus, we have contempt on one side, compassion on the other; applause from hands numbed by the touch of gold, on one side—and on the other, sounds that derive their energy from no social connection! Such are the relationships between the public and the performer, such are the ties that bind them!" Unhappy artist; miserable audience! How do we explain this pitiful situation, this chasm between the performer and the listener? We must look for the answers in the letter to the Revue, mentioned several times before, but now demanding our attention more directly.

Plate XIV.—See Appendix.
Paganini in Jail.

The pictures of "Paganini in Prison," exhibited so lavishly while the artist was in Paris in 1831, provoked him to remark that there were some "honest fellows" making money of a calumny that had pursued his steps for the last fifteen years. He then referred to the different versions of the crime imputed to him: that he[91] killed a rival whom he found in company with his mistress; or that it was his mistress who had been the victim of his jealous fury; the only point of agreement was the imprisonment. "Let me tell you," the letter continued, "what happened to myself in Padua about fifteen years ago (1816), on this very subject. I had given a concert with some success: the next day I went to a table-d'hôte; I entered the room late; was, perhaps, the sixtieth guest, and took my seat unnoticed. One of the company expressed himself in flattering terms of the effect produced by my performance the evening before. His next neighbour agreed in the praises bestowed on me, but added, 'Nobody ought to be surprised at Paganini's ability: he owes it all to an eight years' solitary imprisonment in a dungeon, with nothing but his violin to occupy his time, or soften the rigours of his confinement. He was condemned to this long incarceration for having assassinated a friend of mine, who was unfortunate enough to be his rival.' As you may easily believe, every one was loud in denouncing the enormity of my crime; when I addressed myself to the speaker, begging him to inform me where and when this tragical adventure had occurred. All eyes were in an instant turned upon me, and you may judge the astonishment of the company at finding the hero of this tale of murder and imprisonment one amongst them. The relater of the story was not a little embarrassed. 'It was not a friend of his own that had fallen—he had heard—he had been told—he believed—but after all it was very possible he might have been deceived,' etc. Now see, Sir, how easy[92] it is to play with the reputation of an artist merely because men, inclined to indulge in idleness themselves, cannot conceive it possible that he may have studied as closely in his own chamber and in full possession of his liberty, as he would if he had been chained up in a dungeon."

The pictures of "Paganini in Prison," which were displayed lavishly while the artist was in Paris in 1831, led him to comment that there were some "honest fellows" profiting from a slander that had followed him for the past fifteen years. He then mentioned the various versions of the crime attributed to him: that he killed a rival he found with his mistress, or that it was his mistress who fell victim to his jealous rage; the only common point was his imprisonment. "Let me tell you," the letter continued, "what happened to me in Padua about fifteen years ago (1816) regarding this very subject. I had given a concert with some success: the next day, I went to a table-d'hôte; I entered the room late, perhaps as the sixtieth guest, and sat down without being noticed. One of the attendees spoke highly of the impact my performance had the night before. His neighbor agreed with the praise, but added, 'Nobody should be surprised by Paganini's talent: he owes it all to eight years of solitary confinement in a dungeon, with nothing but his violin to keep him company or ease the harshness of his imprisonment. He was sentenced to this lengthy incarceration for allegedly killing a friend of mine, who unfortunately was his rival.' As you can easily imagine, everyone loudly condemned the severity of my crime; when I turned to the speaker, asking him to tell me where and when this tragic event happened. All eyes immediately turned to me, and you can guess the shock of the guests discovering that the hero of this murder and imprisonment story was sitting among them. The storyteller was quite flustered. 'It wasn't a friend of his own that had been killed—he had heard—he had been told—he believed—but after all, it was very possible he might have been mistaken,' etc. Now see, Sir, how easy it is to toy with an artist’s reputation just because people, who like to indulge in idleness themselves, cannot imagine that he may have studied just as hard in his own room and fully free, as he would if he had been locked away in a dungeon."

There was an occurrence that gave rise to these reports, and which Paganini related in the same letter. "A violin player, named D——i,[33] who was at Milan in 1798, associated himself with two other men of bad character, and engaged with them in a plot to assassinate, by night, the curate of a neighbouring village, supposed to be in possession of much wealth. Luckily for the curate the heart of one of the conspirators failed him, and he denounced his companions. The gendarmes watched the spot, and took D——i and his accomplice into custody at the moment they arrived at the curate's dwelling. They were condemned to twenty years' confinement in irons, but General Menou, after he had been appointed governor of Milan, at the end of two years restored the violinist to liberty. Would you believe it, Sir? this is the sole foundation upon which the whole history of my incarceration has been erected. A violin player, whose name ended in i, had been engaged in a murder and imprisoned—it could only be Paganini—the assassinated party was converted into either my rival or[93] my mistress, and it was I, Paganini, who had been so many years loaded with chains, and immured in a dungeon. Solely with the view of wringing from me the secret of my new system, have they complimented me with fetters, whose only effect would have been to paralyze my arms."

There was an event that led to these reports, and that Paganini mentioned in the same letter. "A violinist named D——i,[33] who was in Milan in 1798, teamed up with two other men of questionable character and plotted to assassinate the curate of a nearby village, who was believed to be wealthy. Fortunately for the curate, one of the conspirators lost his nerve and exposed his partners. The police kept an eye on the area and arrested D——i and his accomplice just as they reached the curate's house. They were sentenced to twenty years in chains, but General Menou, after becoming governor of Milan, released the violinist after two years. Can you believe it, Sir? This is the only basis for the entire story of my imprisonment. A violinist with a name ending in i was involved in a murder and imprisoned—it must be Paganini—the victim was turned into either my rival or[93] my lover, and it was I, Paganini, who spent so many years in chains, locked away in a dungeon. They put these chains on me solely to extract the secret of my new technique, but all they did was make my arms useless."

Paganini further stated that he called on the Italian ambassador resident in Vienna, to testify that he had known the artist for nearly twenty years, during all which time his conduct has been that of an honest man. He also pointed out that having been constantly before the public from the age of fourteen, he must have had a mistress and a rival when he was seven! for there was no room for an interval of eight years afterwards. It was at Vienna that one of the audience, while Paganini was playing "The Witches' Dance," distinctly saw the devil close to the violinist, guiding his fingers and directing his bow; the said devil was dressed in red and had horns and a tail, and the striking likeness of the countenances of the two, plainly proved the relationship between them. That pretty story followed Paganini everywhere: and, as has been seen, in Prague he had to publish a letter from his mother disproving the rumour of his Satanic parentage. There is something intensely pathetic in Paganini's conclusion: "I see nothing else for it but to leave malignity at liberty to disport itself at my expense."

Paganini also mentioned that he reached out to the Italian ambassador in Vienna to confirm that he had known the artist for nearly twenty years, during which time his behavior had been that of an honest person. He noted that since he had been in the public eye since he was fourteen, he must have had a mistress and a rival by the time he was seven! because there was no way to fit in an eight-year gap after that. In Vienna, while Paganini was performing "The Witches' Dance," someone in the audience clearly saw the devil next to the violinist, guiding his fingers and directing his bow; this devil was dressed in red and had horns and a tail, and the striking resemblance between their faces clearly showed their connection. That story followed Paganini everywhere. As noted, in Prague, he had to publish a letter from his mother denying the rumor of his Satanic lineage. There is something deeply sad in Paganini's conclusion: "I see no other option but to let malice have its fun at my expense."

In this prosaic, materialistic twentieth century, which believes in little besides money, there is no fear of any of our violin wonders being associated with the arch-fiend.[94] They may be regarded as physic problems, but the supernatural is eliminated from the study. But Paganini did not live in the twentieth century, and in his day the devil was a very real personage, notwithstanding the temporary overthrow of much belief through the French Revolution, and the enthronement of the "Goddess of Reason" in the Church of Notre Dame, Paris. It may seem absurd, now, even to recall these calumnies; but we have to deal with the environment of a great genius, to study the cause of his failing to become great as a man; for surely he had the making of a fine character. That he should traverse the greater part of Europe, pursued by tales of devilry and murder, is one of the saddest comments on that period; that the "iron entered into his soul," and the man capable of affection became a miser and a misanthrope, is more mournful still. He was the "Flying Dutchman" of the violin.

In this ordinary, materialistic twentieth century, which believes in little except money, there's no concern about our violin wonders being linked to the devil.[94] They might be seen as physics problems, but the supernatural has been taken out of the equation. But Paganini didn't live in the twentieth century; in his time, the devil was a very real figure, despite the temporary decline of many beliefs caused by the French Revolution and the rise of the "Goddess of Reason" in the Notre Dame Cathedral, Paris. It might seem silly now to even remember these slanders, but we need to consider the environment of a great genius to understand why he didn't become great as a person; he certainly had the potential for a strong character. The fact that he traveled much of Europe, pursued by stories of devilry and murder, is one of the saddest reflections on that time; that the "iron entered into his soul," turning a man capable of love into a miser and misanthrope, is even more tragic. He was the "Flying Dutchman" of the violin.

How was it that the devil and the violin came into relationship? We have it on the authority of Martin Luther that the devil hates music. Luther not only believed in the devil, but he fancied he saw him: and in the room of the Castle of Wartburg may still be seen the mark on the wall, where he threw his inkpot at the fiend, who tried to thwart his work of translating the Bible. It is curious that the only instrument which, to the present writer's knowledge, Satan has been represented as playing upon, is one of the precursors of the violin. There is a piece of sculpture in the Cathedral of Amiens, depicting Satan playing on an oval three-stringed Vielle, of the[95] thirteenth century.[34] The story of Tartini and his dream, when the devil played so marvellously on the violin, is known to everyone, and is, moreover, perpetuated in the sonata Il Trillo del Diavolo. It is related of Thomas Baltzar, the first great violinist ever heard in England, that when he played at Oxford he astonished everyone by "running up his fingers to the end of the finger-board." John Wilson, the Oxford Professor of Music, "the greatest judge of musick that ever was," according to Anthony à Wood, "did, after his humoursome way, stoop down to Baltzar's feet, to see whether he had a huff on, that is to say, whether he was a devil or not, because he acted beyond the parts of man." As this took place in 1658 there was some excuse for the grim pleasantry; moreover music had suffered an eclipse, and performers in this country were comparatively few. Even the gentle and polite Corelli forgot himself so far as to apply the term, devil, to another violinist. As the story may not be so well known as the foregoing, I shall briefly repeat it. Nicolaus Adam Strungk (or Strunck), violinist to Ernest Augustus, Elector of Hanover, when in Rome (circa 1684) made it his business to see Corelli. Introducing himself to the Italian master as a musician, Corelli asked what was his instrument. Strungk replied that he could play upon the harpsichord, and a little upon the violin; but he particularly wished to hear Corelli on the latter instrument, his fame being widely known. Corelli obligingly consented, and played a piece to the[96] harpsichord accompaniment of Strungk. Strungk afterwards played a toccata, with which Corelli was so much taken that he laid aside his instrument in his transport of admiration. When Strungk had finished at the harpsichord, he took up the violin, and began handling it in a careless manner, whereupon Corelli remarked that he had a good bow-hand, and wanted nothing but practice to become a master of his instrument. At that moment Strungk put the violin out of tune, and played on with such dexterity, attempering the dissonances occasioned by the mistuning with such amazing skill, that Corelli cried out in broken German: "I am called Arcangelo, a name that in the language of my country signifies an Archangel; but let me tell you, that you, Sir, are an Arch-devil!"

How did the devil and the violin get connected? According to Martin Luther, the devil hates music. Luther not only believed in the devil but claimed to have seen him: in the Castle of Wartburg, there's still a mark on the wall where he threw an inkpot at the creature that tried to interrupt his Bible translation work. Interestingly, as far as I know, the only instrument that Satan has been depicted playing is an early version of the violin. There's a sculpture in the Amiens Cathedral showing Satan playing a three-stringed oval Vielle from the thirteenth century. The story of Tartini and his dream where the devil played beautifully on the violin is well-known and is now immortalized in the sonata The Devil's Trill. It's said that Thomas Baltzar, the first great violinist in England, amazed everyone at Oxford by "running his fingers up to the end of the fingerboard." John Wilson, the Oxford Professor of Music and "the greatest judge of music that ever was," according to Anthony à Wood, humorously stooped down to Baltzar's feet to see if he was a devil or not, because he played beyond what was humanly possible. This happened in 1658, so the joke made some sense, especially since music had experienced a downturn, and performers in England were quite rare. Even the polite Corelli once referred to another violinist as a devil. This story might not be as well-known, so I'll quickly recount it. Nicolaus Adam Strungk, the violinist for Ernest Augustus, Elector of Hanover, made it a point to meet Corelli in Rome around 1684. Introducing himself as a musician, Corelli asked what instrument he played. Strungk replied that he could play the harpsichord and a little on the violin, but he especially wanted to hear Corelli's violin skills, given his famous reputation. Corelli kindly agreed and played a piece to Strungk's harpsichord accompaniment. Strungk later performed a toccata, which was so impressive that Corelli was so enchanted he put down his instrument in amazement. After Strungk finished at the harpsichord, he picked up the violin and started to handle it casually. Corelli then remarked that he had a good bow hand and just needed practice to master the instrument. At that moment, Strungk accidentally put the violin out of tune but played with such skill, compensating for the dissonance with amazing dexterity, that Corelli exclaimed in broken German: "I am called Arcangelo, a name that means an Archangel in my language; but let me tell you, Sir, you are an Arch-devil!"

There is nothing malicious in these stories of the devil and the fiddler; and if Paganini had experienced nothing worse than what has just been related, he might have treated the matter as a joke. But that which malice or envy originated, a "reptile press" promulgated. Innocent of crime, Paganini was branded as a felon; gifted with genius of the rarest order, cultivated to a perfection absolutely unique, his skill was attributed to the aid received from the devil. Add to this his wretched health, and there is both mental and bodily suffering. In his later years he was cut off from intercourse with others, like Beethoven—but with this difference: Beethoven employed a tablet or note-book for his friends to convey their words to him; Paganini transmitted, through a similar medium, his thoughts to others. He was dumb![97] Is there no brighter side to this picture? If there be, let us turn to it.

There’s nothing evil in these stories about the devil and the fiddler; if Paganini had faced nothing worse than what’s just been mentioned, he might have laughed it off. However, what originated from malice or envy was spread by a “reptile press.” Innocent of any crime, Paganini was labeled a criminal; blessed with extraordinary genius, perfected to an entirely unique level, he was said to have gained his skill through the devil's help. On top of that, his poor health caused him both mental and physical pain. In his later years, he was isolated from other people, similar to Beethoven—but with one key difference: Beethoven used a tablet or notebook for his friends to share their words with him; Paganini communicated his thoughts to others in a similar way. He was mute![97] Is there no brighter side to this story? If there is, let’s focus on it.

It is, perhaps, fortunate that no man can be consistent throughout his life; the morose must smile at times, and the misanthrope mitigate his hatred of mankind. Paganini was but human, and his life was not all shadow. Though his intimate friends were few, there were some who were able to place on record details of the private life of the great violinist. Of such, the most useful to biographers was George Harris. He was an Englishman, attached to the Court at Hanover then connected with Britain; a dramatist of a certain order, he accompanied Paganini on his tours in Germany, acting for a time as his secretary, and apparently he was with him when in England. From him we learn a good deal.

It’s probably a good thing that no one can be consistent throughout their life; even the gloomy have to smile sometimes, and the people who dislike humanity can soften their feelings. Paganini was only human, and his life wasn’t all darkness. Although he had only a few close friends, some managed to document details of the great violinist’s private life. Among them, the most helpful for biographers was George Harris. He was an Englishman connected to the Court at Hanover, which was linked to Britain at the time; a playwright of a certain style, he traveled with Paganini during his tours in Germany, serving for a while as his secretary, and he was apparently with him while he was in England. From him, we learn a decent amount.

Paganini was always on the move, and travelling in his day was not the rapid, comfortable, even luxurious process it is now. In the post-chaise Paganini stowed his luggage, which was of the simplest—and shabbiest—description. A dilapidated box held his beloved violin, his linen, cash and jewellery; a carpet-bag and a hat-box completed his outfit. He was philosophically indifferent to comfort, but in his later years he always had the windows of his carriage closed. When he arrived at his quarters, the windows of his room were thrown open, and he indulged in a sun-bath—again anticipating modern medical advice. Paganini, when travelling, was fond of taking a stroll when the horses were changed. It was a relief to stretch his legs after the close confinement of the post-chaise, but sometimes his rambles were so[98] prolonged that there was weary waiting for him when all was ready to resume the journey, and drivers became exasperated. Paganini was made to suffer on one occasion. That was when travelling from London to Birmingham. He had already tried the patience of his coachman by causing loss of time, and the man declared he would drive on without him, rather than wait again. At the next stopping place Paganini walked off as usual, leaving Harris asleep in the vehicle. The horses being changed, the driver started, leaving Paganini behind. This caused some trouble, for a post-chaise had to be sent from the next station in search of the derelict, and Paganini in his rage refused to pay the extra expense. He was summoned before the Birmingham magistrates, and the case going against him he was compelled to discharge the debt. Poor Paganini, he always suffered when he came into contact with the law.

Paganini was always on the go, and traveling back then wasn't the fast, comfortable, or even luxurious experience it is today. He packed his simple—and quite shabby—luggage into the post-chaise. A worn-out box held his cherished violin, linens, cash, and jewelry; a carpet bag and a hatbox completed his set. He didn't care much about comfort, but in his later years, he always kept the windows of his carriage closed. When he reached his destination, he threw open the windows of his room and enjoyed a sunbath—again ahead of modern medical recommendations. While traveling, Paganini liked to take a walk when the horses were swapped out. It felt good to stretch his legs after being cramped in the post-chaise, but sometimes his walks were so [98] long that there would be impatient waiting when everything was ready to continue the journey, and the drivers grew frustrated. One time, he really faced the consequences. It happened while he was traveling from London to Birmingham. He had already tested his coachman’s patience by causing delays, and the driver said he would leave without him if he made him wait again. At the next stop, Paganini casually walked off as usual, leaving Harris asleep in the carriage. After the horses were changed, the driver took off, leaving Paganini behind. This created quite a scene because they had to send a post-chaise from the next station to find him, and Paganini, in his anger, refused to cover the extra cost. He was brought before the magistrates in Birmingham, and since the case went against him, he had to pay the bill. Poor Paganini always had a tough time whenever he dealt with the law.

In his personal habits Paganini was simplicity itself. Frugal to a degree in his repasts, a cup of chocolate sufficed for a meal when starting early on a journey, and often he would fast until evening. When in a happy mood after a concert, he would join the table d'hôte and do as others did, but the slightest indulgence was punished the next day. He preferred solitude, but when he mixed with others he would join freely in the conversation; if music were touched upon he became silent, or left the room. So long as he could find accommodation that was quiet, he cared little for its quality. Scenery had no charms for him, and all climates but his own were equally indifferent to him. His accounts were kept[99] in a little red pocket-book (found under his pillow after his death), in a kind of arithmetical shorthand only decipherable by himself. He never had been taught the science of numbers, or he might have been made a first-rate mathematician.

In his personal habits, Paganini was incredibly simple. He was so frugal with his meals that just a cup of chocolate was enough to get him started on a journey, and he often fasted until the evening. When he was in a good mood after a concert, he would join the table d'hôte and eat like everyone else, but even the slightest indulgence would lead to discomfort the next day. He preferred being alone, but when he socialized, he would engage in conversation freely; however, if the topic of music came up, he would either go quiet or leave the room. As long as he could find a quiet place to stay, he didn’t care much about the quality. Scenery didn’t appeal to him, and he felt the same about any climate that wasn't his own. His accounts were kept[99] in a small red pocket-book (which was found under his pillow after he passed away) using a sort of shorthand for arithmetic that only he could understand. He had never learned math, or he could have been an excellent mathematician.

Harris stated that all the time he was with Paganini he never heard him play a single note except before an audience. That may have been correct so far as Germany was concerned, but the Rev. John Edmund Cox, in his "Musical Recollections," has something very different to say about Paganini. "During his career he visited my native town,[35] and as I had the good fortune then to be able to converse in French, the friends who had engaged him for a sound of concerts in that place and its vicinity placed me in direct communication with him somewhat in the capacity of a secretary; so that I not only travelled in his company and heard him at every concert at which he appeared, but I lived in the same hotels and lodgings which had been secured for him. This kind of semi-official position necessitated my seeing much of him during his leisure hours, when he threw off the suspicious restraint which was always apparent in his manner when he was among strangers, whom he imagined were bent upon getting as much as possible out of him for their own advantage. Then, indeed, he would evince anything but a hard and ungenerous nature, his manner being not only kind but courteous; whilst any attention that was afforded to his wants or to his comforts[100] was sure to elicit not only looks but words of gratitude. In public he confined himself almost exclusively to the performance of his own music,—... but in private—for he had his violin constantly in his hand—he would sit and dash off by the hour together snatches from the compositions of the best masters, and give readings of such originality to passages that had been heard again and again, as apparently have never been supposed to be possible by any other player. As an instance in point, he one morning, whilst I was writing several notes for him, commenced the first motivo of Beethoven's magnificent violin concerto. To write was then impossible; and he, perceiving how entranced I seemed, asked whether I knew what it was. On my replying in the negative, he promised, if it could be managed, that I should hear the whole of that movement before we separated." The promise was redeemed. The above is valuable as showing that Paganini was not quite so wanting in knowledge as was generally supposed. He could converse in French, though at that time—1831—he had only spent a few weeks in France. Education, proper, he had none; but the statement that he could speak no language but his own, is evidently incorrect. The allusion to strangers bent upon getting as much as possible out of him for their own advantage, finds an illustration in the story of the Englishman who is said to have followed Paganini for some six months, watching his every movement, lodging at the same hotels, and employing every means to get at the great secret of the violinist's art. At last his perseverance seemed about to be rewarded. Looking[101]
[102]
[103]
[104]
through the keyhole of Paganini's door, the Englishman saw the violinist take his instrument from its case—raise it to his shoulder, even shift the left hand up and down the neck; but not the ghost of a sound. It was just a study of positions, and the violin was then restored to its place. In despair, the inquisitive amateur gave up the quest.

Harris mentioned that throughout the time he spent with Paganini, he never heard him play a single note unless there was an audience. That might have been true for Germany, but Rev. John Edmund Cox, in his "Musical Recollections," has a very different take on Paganini. "During his career, he visited my hometown, and since I was fortunate enough to speak French, my friends who arranged his concerts in that area put me in direct contact with him in a sort of secretary role. This meant that I not only traveled with him and heard him at every concert he performed, but also stayed in the same hotels and lodgings that were booked for him. This semi-official position meant I spent a lot of time with him during his free hours, when he dropped the guarded demeanor he usually had around strangers, who he thought were only out to benefit themselves by exploiting him. In those moments, he showed a completely different side, being not just kind but also courteous; any attention paid to his needs or comfort would definitely elicit gratitude both in expressions and words. In public, he mostly played his own music, but in private—he always had his violin with him—he would play for hours snippets from the compositions of the greatest masters, giving unique interpretations to passages that had been played countless times before, which seemed unimaginable by anyone else. For instance, one morning, while I was writing several notes for him, he started playing the first movement of Beethoven's magnificent violin concerto. Writing became impossible then, and noticing my rapt attention, he asked if I knew what it was. When I replied no, he promised that if possible, I would hear the entire movement before we parted ways." He kept that promise. This shows that Paganini wasn't as lacking in knowledge as people generally believed. He could speak French, even though at that time—1831—he had only spent a few weeks in France. He received no formal education; however, the claim that he spoke no language except his own is clearly incorrect. The mention of strangers wanting to extract as much from him as possible is illustrated by the story of an Englishman said to have followed Paganini for around six months, tracking his every move, staying at the same hotels, and trying every possible way to uncover the secret behind the violinist's art. Eventually, it seemed his persistence was about to pay off. Peering through the keyhole of Paganini's door, the Englishman saw the violinist take his instrument from its case—raise it to his shoulder, even move his left hand up and down the neck; but not a sound escaped. It was just a study of positions, and the violin was then put back. In despair, the curious amateur abandoned his quest.

The concerts Paganini gave for the poor were evidence of his natural goodness of heart. It is true, such efforts cost him little; he gave a few hours' time: the public found the money. One day, when walking in Vienna, he saw a poor little Italian boy playing the violin in front of a large house. He drew from him a touching story of poverty, and a sick mother; and emptying his pockets into the boy's hands, he took from him his violin and began to play. He was soon recognised, and a crowd assembled; the people were immensely diverted, and gave a generous response when the hat was handed round. With "Take that to your mother," Paganini sent the boy off rejoicing, and turning to the companion of his walk, he remarked, "I hope I've done a good turn to that little animal." He was fond of applying the word "animal" to those sometimes spoken of as "the lower classes," but was not altogether singular in that respect.

The concerts Paganini held for the poor showed his genuine kindness. It's true that these efforts cost him little; he only spent a few hours, while the audience covered the expenses. One day, while walking in Vienna, he saw a poor little Italian boy playing the violin in front of a big house. He learned a heartbreaking story of poverty and a sick mother, and after emptying his pockets into the boy's hands, he took the boy's violin and started to play. Soon, he was recognized, and a crowd gathered; people were highly entertained and responded generously when the hat was passed around. With "Take that to your mother," Paganini sent the boy off happily, and turning to his companion, he said, "I hope I've done a good deed for that little animal." He liked to use the word "animal" when referring to what some called "the lower classes," but he wasn't alone in that.

At the anniversary dinner of the Royal Society of Musicians, in 1832, among the donations announced was one of ten guineas from Paganini. This was thought so excessively mean an acknowledgment of the generosity of the English nation, that the announcement was received with groans and hisses. That was distinctly[105] rude on the part of those who, having dined well, ought to have been in a genial state of mind.

At the anniversary dinner of the Royal Society of Musicians in 1832, one of the donations announced was ten guineas from Paganini. This was seen as an extremely stingy acknowledgment of the English nation's generosity, so the announcement was met with groans and hisses. That was clearly[105] rude from those who, after a good meal, should have been in a friendly mood.

At least one generous action must be placed on record. It was told by George Augustus Sala many years ago.[36] The mother of that voluminous writer was a vocalist, and made her début at Covent Garden Theatre in 1827, as the Countess in Bishop's version (or perversion) of Mozart's "Marriage of Figaro." In 1828 she became a widow, and supported her family by teaching singing and giving annual concerts, chiefly at Brighton, where she lived. For one of her benefit concerts she engaged Paganini. The most distinguished artists of her day had gladly given their gratuitous assistance at similar functions, and Paganini accepted the small fee of twenty-five guineas. Sala was a very small boy at that time (born in 1828), and possibly drew upon his imagination when recounting the event so many years later. This is what he wrote:—"'Take your little boy with you, Madame Sala,' was the shrewd counsel of ——, a valued friend of my mother; 'take the boy with you when you pay Pag.; perhaps that will soften him a little.' I was the smallest and chubbiest of the tribe; then, duly washed, combed and made spruce, my parent took me in her hand, and led me to the Old Ship, where Paganini was staying. We were ushered, not without fear and trembling on my part, into the presence of the mighty musician, who was at breakfast. Then my mother, alluding as far as she in delicacy could to her large family[106] and small means, proceeded to count out—sovereign by sovereign, shilling by shilling—Paganini's fee of five and twenty guineas. I can see with the eye of memory the whole man before me now, his gaunt angular form, his black elf-like locks falling in weird confusion over his neck and shoulders, his cadaverous face and shaggy brows, his long bony hands with the veins standing out like cordage, his amazingly large feet, and especially his neck, disproportionately long, scraggy, and corrugated. I can see the glare—so it seemed to me—which, when he raised his bent brows, darted upon the pile of money, and the spasmodic avidity with which he extended his hand and swept the pile towards him.... 'A very nice little boy,' he was good enough to say, alluding to myself; 'but time is bad, and there is no monish in de vorld: no, never no monish at all.' My mother rose with a heavy heart to depart. 'Stop, little boy,' said the great violinist, and he beckoned to me with a skinny finger, which any of the witches in Macbeth would have been proud to own; 'stop, take this, it will buy you a cake.' He thrust a crumpled piece of paper into my hand, rose from his chair, and, without more ado 'bolted'—that is the only word suited to the action—into his bedroom. He had given me a bank note for fifty pounds! Superstitious people used to whisper that Paganini had sold himself to the enemy of mankind; spiteful people used to draw him as a greedy, flint-hearted miser.... I only know how he acted towards my mother."

At least one generous act needs to be noted. George Augustus Sala shared this story many years ago.[36] The mother of that extensive writer was a singer, and she debuted at Covent Garden Theatre in 1827 as the Countess in Bishop's version (or distortion) of Mozart's "Marriage of Figaro." In 1828, she became a widow and supported her family by teaching singing and holding annual concerts, mostly in Brighton, where she lived. For one of her benefit concerts, she hired Paganini. The most prominent artists of her time willingly offered their voluntary support at similar events, and Paganini accepted the modest fee of twenty-five guineas. Sala was just a small boy at that time (born in 1828) and might have relied on his imagination when recalling the event many years later. This is what he wrote:—"'Take your little boy with you, Madame Sala,' was the wise advice of ——, a close friend of my mother; 'take the boy with you when you pay Pag.; maybe that will soften him a little.' I was the smallest and chubbiest of the family; then, properly washed, combed, and dressed, my mother took me by the hand and led me to the Old Ship, where Paganini was staying. We were ushered in, not without fear and trembling on my part, into the presence of the great musician, who was having breakfast. Then my mother, delicately referring to her large family and small income, began to count out—sovereign by sovereign, shilling by shilling—Paganini's fee of twenty-five guineas. I can still picture the whole man vividly in my memory now, his tall, thin figure, his black, elf-like hair falling in messy disarray over his neck and shoulders, his pale face and bushy eyebrows, his long, bony hands with veins bulging like ropes, his unusually large feet, and especially his neck, which was disproportionately long, thin, and wrinkled. I can see the intense look—at least it seemed intense to me—when he raised his furrowed brows and glared at the pile of money, as he eagerly reached out and pulled the stack toward him.... 'A very nice little boy,' he graciously remarked, referring to me; 'but times are tough, and there is no money in the world: no, never any money at all.' My mother stood up with a heavy heart to leave. 'Wait, little boy,' said the great violinist, beckoning me with a bony finger that any of the witches in Macbeth would have been proud to possess; 'wait, take this, it will buy you a cake.' He shoved a crumpled piece of paper into my hand, stood up from his chair, and, without further ado, 'bolted'—that's the only word that fits the action—into his bedroom. He had given me a banknote for fifty pounds! Superstitious people used to whisper that Paganini had sold his soul to the enemy of mankind; spiteful people portrayed him as a greedy, cold-hearted miser.... I only know how he treated my mother."


CHAPTER IX.

From the man we now turn to the artist. Schiller wrote: "The artist is the son of his age, but pity for him if he is its pupil or even its favourite." It has been shown how truly Paganini was the child of his age; the pity was that he became its pupil and its favourite; in consequence he failed to attain the supreme height where dwell the spirits of the greatest. But he was a great artist, in spite of his concessions to the public taste; and he held in reverence that which he found great in others. When in Vienna in 1828, exactly a year after the death of Beethoven, Paganini attended a concert, and heard a performance of the great master's Symphony, No. 7, in A. Profoundly moved by that sublime composition, he remained mute, his gaze fixed and mournful; suddenly the tears rolled from his eyes; his grief and emotion wrung from him the words: E morto! Anders, who relates the incident, adds: "Never was the immortal author of Fidelio more worthily extolled than by those tears, by that simple word. The day may come when some disciple, some friend of the Genoese artist, will say in his turn, seized with bitter sadness, E morto!" Strange, that Chorley should have employed the very words, in the[108] premature obituary notice which has been already referred to.

From the man, we now move to the artist. Schiller wrote: "The artist is the child of his time, but it's a pity if he becomes its student or even its favorite." It has been shown how truly Paganini embodied his time; the unfortunate part was that he became its student and favorite, which prevented him from reaching the highest level where the greatest spirits reside. Nevertheless, he was a remarkable artist, despite his compromises to public taste, and he respected what he found great in others. When in Vienna in 1828, exactly a year after Beethoven's death, Paganini attended a concert and listened to a performance of the great master's Symphony No. 7 in A. Deeply moved by that sublime composition, he remained silent, his gaze fixed and somber; suddenly, tears streamed down his face; his grief and emotion forced him to utter the words: It's dead! Anders, who recounts the incident, adds: "Never was the immortal creator of Fidelio more worthily celebrated than by those tears, by that simple word. The day may come when some disciple, some friend of the Genoese artist, will, in turn, say, filled with profound sadness, It's dead!" It's odd that Chorley used those very words in the[108] premature obituary notice that has already been mentioned.

When in Paris, Paganini once visited the Institution for the Blind. He was so much struck with the beauty and purity of intonation that characterised the singing of the pupils, that he declared that never before had he an adequate notion of what harmony was.

When he was in Paris, Paganini visited the Institution for the Blind. He was so impressed by the beauty and clarity of the pupils' singing that he said he had never before truly understood what harmony was.

The artist, as well as the art, claimed his respect. There seems to have been no artistic jealousy about him, and to the young performer he was invariably kind, whilst to the established professor he was just. It is said that when Paganini's concerts took place at the King's Theatre, it was proposed to dispense with the services of the "leader" at the Opera. When Paganini heard of this, he paid a well-merited compliment to the abilities of Signor Spagnoletti, and insisted upon his engagement at all the concerts, he, Paganini, might give at the Theatre. It is true, at rehearsal, Paganini never gratified the members of the orchestra as to what the concert performances were likely to be; but he was careful to have the accompaniments well prepared. Quick-tempered, he was irritated at any faulty work, but when all went well he expressed his approbation by exclaiming, "Bravissimi! Siete tutti virtuosi!" ("You are all artists!") Paganini brought the orchestral parts with him to rehearsal, and took them away afterwards; as to the solo part, no one had a chance of looking at that, for Paganini played everything from memory. His kindness to brother-artists has been placed on record. The young violoncellist Ciandelli, who rendered such service to Paganini[109] when he was turned into the street by the brutal landlord, was afterwards well repaid by the instruction Paganini gave him. The great violinist told Schottky, his biographer, that he took a lively interest in young Ciandelli, and that he imparted to him his secret. He gave him lessons, and at the end of three days so transformed his playing, that from being a mediocre performer, he became the first violoncellist at the Theatre Royal, Naples, with a possibility of becoming the first in the world. However, as history is silent respecting the subsequent achievements of Gaetano Ciandelli, he need not claim further attention.

The artist, as well as the art, earned his respect. There didn’t seem to be any artistic jealousy towards him, and he was always kind to young performers while being fair to established professionals. It’s said that when Paganini's concerts happened at the King's Theatre, there was a plan to do without the services of the "leader" at the Opera. When Paganini learned of this, he complimented Signor Spagnoletti on his skills and insisted that he be included in all the concerts Paganini might hold at the Theatre. It’s true that during rehearsals, Paganini didn’t share what the concert performances would be like with the orchestra members; however, he made sure to have the accompaniments well-prepared. Quick-tempered, he would get annoyed at any mistakes, but when everything went smoothly, he showed his approval by exclaiming, "Awesome! You all are amazing!" ("You are all artists!") Paganini brought the orchestral parts with him to rehearsals and took them away afterward; as for the solo part, no one got a chance to see that because Paganini played everything from memory. His kindness to fellow artists has been noted. The young cellist Ciandelli, who helped Paganini when he was kicked out by a cruel landlord, was later well compensated by the lessons Paganini offered him. The great violinist told his biographer Schottky that he took a strong interest in young Ciandelli and shared his secrets with him. He gave him lessons, and in just three days transformed his playing so that instead of being a mediocre performer, he became the first cellist at the Theatre Royal, Naples, with a chance to be the best in the world. However, since history doesn't record the later achievements of Gaetano Ciandelli, he doesn't need to draw further attention.

The Bohemian violinist, Joseph Slavik, appeared at Vienna in 1826, when he was twenty years of age. Moscheles heard him play, and said he was considered in Vienna as the second Paganini. Of course that was hearsay; the Paganini had not then been heard outside Italy. When Paganini was in Vienna, in 1828, he become acquainted with young Slavik, and held him in affectionate regard. At all hours the young student had access to the idol of his worship, and received many valuable hints and ideas upon fingering, etc., and friendly encouragement to pursue his daring course with unwearying application. He spent two years in retirement, zealously studying the Paganini method, and when he reappeared in Vienna, he was spoken of as no petty imitator, but a second original. A contemporary notice, comparing Slavik with Paganini, states:—"The only difference between the two at present is, that the pupil, carried away by the ardour of youth, often suffers himself[110] to be seduced into the most gigantic attempts, the success of which on every occasion no mortal can with certainty rely upon; while the other, possessing the plaintive and deeply pathetic tones of a singer, at the same time resembles a consummate piece of musical mechanism, which accomplishes the most extraordinary feats quietly and without effort." Slavik died at Pesth, in 1833, at the early age of twenty-seven; what he might have become his actual achievements plainly indicated.

The Bohemian violinist, Joseph Slavik, showed up in Vienna in 1826 when he was just twenty years old. Moscheles heard him play and said he was regarded in Vienna as the second Paganini. Of course, that was just hearsay; the Paganini hadn’t been heard outside Italy at that time. When Paganini visited Vienna in 1828, he met the young Slavik and took a fond interest in him. The young student had access to his idol at all hours and received many valuable tips on fingering and encouragement to pursue his ambitious goals with unwavering dedication. He spent two years in seclusion, diligently studying the Paganini method, and when he returned to Vienna, he was recognized as no mere imitator, but a true original. A contemporary review comparing Slavik to Paganini noted: “The only difference between the two at present is that the pupil, driven by youthful passion, often allows himself to be tempted into the most ambitious endeavors, the success of which no one can reliably predict; while the other, with the mournful and deeply emotional tones of a singer, also resembles a masterful piece of musical machinery, effortlessly performing the most extraordinary feats.” Slavik passed away in Pesth in 1833 at the young age of twenty-seven; his actual achievements clearly suggested what he might have become.

In his later years, Paganini appears to have had great delight in listening to young artists. In 1836, Antonio Bazzini, then a youth of eighteen, played to Paganini, who was enraptured with his performance. A year later, in Paris, Paganini heard a much younger violinist, the boy Apollinaire de Kontski, and actually went so far as to give him a testimonial. Articles in the musical dictionaries all state that Paganini gave some lessons to the child; some say that the friendship between the two resulted in Paganini bequeathing to De Kontski his violins and compositions. Grove, in quoting Mendel, says this statement requires confirmation. When Apollinaire de Kontski died, in 1879, nothing, so far as I have been able to ascertain, transpired concerning the alleged bequest. But the testimonial seems to have escaped the notice of dictionary compilers, so, as a curiosity, I reproduce it from the Musical World, of June 21st, 1838:—

In his later years, Paganini seemed to really enjoy listening to young artists. In 1836, Antonio Bazzini, who was just eighteen at the time, performed for Paganini, who was captivated by his playing. A year later, in Paris, Paganini heard an even younger violinist, the boy Apollinaire de Kontski, and even went so far as to give him a testimonial. Music dictionaries all mention that Paganini gave some lessons to the child; some even say that their friendship led Paganini to leave his violins and compositions to De Kontski. Grove, quoting Mendel, notes that this claim needs to be verified. When Apollinaire de Kontski passed away in 1879, nothing seems to have come to light regarding the supposed bequest. However, the testimonial appears to have been overlooked by dictionary writers, so as a point of interest, I’m including it from the Musical World, dated June 21st, 1838:—

"Having heard M. de Kontski, aged eleven years, perform several pieces of music on the violin, and having found him worthy of being ranked among the most[111] celebrated artists of the present day, permit me to say, that if he continues his studies in this fine art, he will, in course of time, surpass the most distinguished performers of the age.

"After hearing M. de Kontski, who is eleven years old, play several violin pieces, and recognizing that he deserves to be mentioned among today's most celebrated artists, I believe that if he continues to study this beautiful art, he will eventually surpass the most skilled performers of his time."

(Signed) Paganini."

(Signed) Paganini.

But if Paganini was fond of hearing and encouraging other artists, he was averse to anything like competitive display. When he met Lafont at Milan in 1816, as already related, he played at the concert given by that artist. The function came to be regarded as a contest, and an account of it appears in Laphaléque's pamphlet. Some paper, early in 1830, having quoted this notice, Lafont wrote a letter of protest, which is interesting enough to reproduce in part. He wrote:—

But while Paganini enjoyed listening to and supporting other artists, he wasn't into anything that felt like a competition. When he met Lafont in Milan in 1816, as mentioned earlier, he played at the concert organized by that artist. The event became seen as a rivalry, and there's a description of it in Laphaléque's pamphlet. Some publication, early in 1830, quoted this notice, and Lafont wrote a letter of protest that’s interesting enough to share in part. He wrote:—

"Sir, I have just read, in your journal of the 2nd of Feb., an extract from the Notice published on the celebrated violinist, Paganini. As this notice contains statements utterly erroneous, as regards me, I owe it to truth, to the advice of my friends, and to the favour with which the public has been pleased to honour me during twenty-five years, to give an exact statement of the facts of the case. The following is a narration of what occurred. In the month of March, 1816, I gave in conjunction with M. Paganini, a concert in the great theatre, La Scala, at Milan, and, far from making a cruel trial of the powers of my adversary, or of being beaten by him, as is pretended by the author of the Notice, I obtained a success the more flattering, as I was a stranger in the country and had no other support than my talent.

"Sir, I just read in your journal from February 2nd an excerpt about the famous violinist, Paganini. This notice contains completely false statements about me, so I feel it's important, for the sake of truth, the advice of my friends, and the kindness the public has shown me over the past twenty-five years, to set the record straight. Here’s what really happened. In March 1816, I performed a concert alongside Mr. Paganini at the grand theater, La Scala, in Milan, and instead of putting my opponent's skills to the test or being defeated by him, as suggested by the author of the notice, I actually achieved a success that was even more flattering since I was a stranger in the country and had no support other than my talent."

"I played, with M. Paganini, the concerted symphony[112] of Kreutzer, in fa major. For several days previously to the concert we rehearsed this symphony together, and with the greatest care. On the day of the concert it was performed by us as it had been rehearsed, with no change whatever; and we both obtained an equal success in the passages executed together or separately. On coming to the phrase de chant in fa minor, in the second solo of the first part, there was a decided advantage for one of us. This passage is of a deep and melancholy expression. M. Paganini performed it first. Whether the strong and pathetic character of the piece was ill-suited to the ornaments and brilliant notes which he gave in it, or whatever else was the cause, his solo produced but little effect. Immediately after him, I repeated the same passage, and treated it differently. It seems that the emotion by which I was then agitated, caused me to give an expression more effective, though more simple, and it was so felt by the audience, that I was overwhelmed with plaudits from all parts of the house. During fourteen years I have been silent on this trifling advantage obtained over M. Paganini in this instance, only in the symphony, and probably rather by the superiority of the school than by that of talent. It is painful to me to speak of myself; nothing short of the misrepresentation of the article in question could have provoked me to reply. I was not beaten by M. Paganini, nor was he by me. On all occasions, I have taken pleasure in rendering homage to his great talent; but I have never said that he was the first violinist in the world; I have not done such injustice to the celebrated men—Kreutzer, Rode, Baillot,[113] and Habeneck, and I declare now, as I have always done, that the French school is the first in the world for the violin."

"I played the concert symphony[112] by Kreutzer in fa major alongside M. Paganini. We rehearsed this symphony together for several days leading up to the concert, putting in a lot of effort. On concert day, we performed it exactly as we had practiced, with no changes, and both of us received equal applause for the sections we played together and individually. However, when we reached the song lyric in fa minor during the second solo of the first part, one of us clearly had the upper hand. This part has a deep and melancholic feel. M. Paganini played it first. Whether it was the intense and emotional nature of the piece that didn’t suit the embellishments and flashy notes he added, or something else, his solo had little impact. Right after him, I played the same passage but approached it differently. It seems that the emotion I felt at that moment allowed me to deliver a more powerful yet simpler expression, and the audience responded enthusiastically, showering me with applause from all over the venue. For fourteen years, I haven't mentioned this minor advantage I had over M. Paganini in this instance, limited to this symphony, likely due more to the superiority of technique than talent. Talking about myself is uncomfortable; only a misrepresentation of the situation could have made me respond. M. Paganini didn’t outplay me, nor did I outplay him. I’ve always enjoyed acknowledging his incredible talent; however, I’ve never claimed he was the best violinist in the world. I wouldn’t do such an injustice to the renowned artists—Kreutzer, Rode, Baillot,[113] and Habeneck. I still stand by my statement that the French school is the best in the world for violin."

After this modest assertion Lafont concludes with an expression of rejoicing in the opportunity of praising a talent of which he felt it an honour to be the rival, but of which no one could make him the adversary.

After this humble statement, Lafont wraps up with a celebration of the chance to praise a talent he felt honored to compete with, but no one could turn him into an enemy.

This epistle provoked a rejoinder from Francesco Cianchettini[37] who wrote:—"As I was present at that contest, I do assert that the account given by Mr. Imbert is not erroneous, but correct. The public decision was in favour of Paganini; Mr. Lafont having acquiesced in silence to such a decision, does not diminish one iota of his acquired fame: as not only himself, but every living violinist who dares to enter into rivalry with Paganini, will be prostrated, although the Signor has not had the advantage of being a pupil of the super-excellent Parisian Violin School. In Paris, I have heard how the talented violinists, mentioned in Mr. Lafont's letter, speak of Paganini. The Coriosi gladiators of the Neronian age spoke with the same freedom of Hercules. Had this demigod suddenly appeared on the arena with his club, all of them would instantly have shrunk into pigmies."

This letter sparked a response from Francesco Cianchettini[37] who wrote:—"As I was there at that event, I can confirm that Mr. Imbert's account is accurate. The public decision favored Paganini; Mr. Lafont’s silent acceptance of that decision doesn’t take away any of his well-earned fame. Not only he, but every violinist who dares to compete with Paganini will feel overwhelmed, even though Signor Paganini hasn't had the advantage of being a student at the super-excellent Parisian Violin School. In Paris, I’ve heard how the talented violinists mentioned in Mr. Lafont's letter talk about Paganini. The Coriosi gladiators of Neronian times spoke with the same boldness about Hercules. If that demigod had suddenly shown up in the arena with his club, they would have all shrunk back into mere shadows."

In a footnote Cianchettini added that whatever excellence the Parisian Violin School might lay claim to, was derived from Italians; from Viotti, through Pugnani and Tartini, to Corelli, "the father of the violin."

In a footnote, Cianchettini noted that any excellence the Parisian Violin School might claim comes from Italians; from Viotti, through Pugnani and Tartini, to Corelli, "the father of the violin."

But the genius of Paganini was fully understood and appreciated by a far greater Frenchman than Charles Lafont:—Hector Berlioz.

But the brilliance of Paganini was truly recognized and valued by a much greater Frenchman than Charles Lafont:—Hector Berlioz.

The friendship between Paganini and Berlioz has been briefly referred to, but it is a subject for further consideration, as it reveals the influence that the one artist wielded over the other. The first meeting of the two men must be told in the words of Berlioz himself. A few remarks are needed by way of preface. In the summer of 1833, Berlioz married the English actress Miss Smithson, who, still weak from her carriage accident, had, on her wedding day, "nothing in the world but debts, and the fear of never again being able to appear to advantage on the stage." To pay off these debts Berlioz organized a benefit entertainment, beginning with drama and ending with a concert. But his programme was too long, and he had forgotten something—the claque. His poor wife could not conceal her lameness, and though talented as ever, she failed to obtain a recall. Another actress, having taken precautions, had an ovation. Then at midnight the band of the Théâtre Italien, not being obliged to play after that hour, left the place, and the Symphonie Fantastique could not be played. Liszt assisted, and the affair was not quite a failure, financially, though the promoter came in for bitter attacks. Poor Berlioz was in despair, but he took his courage in both hands, and announced a concert at the Conservatoire. He took care to engage artists he could trust, and with his friend Girard as conductor everything went well, the Symphonie Fantastique taking the room by storm. Now let Berlioz[115] speak: "My success was complete, and the former judgment on me was reversed. My musicians looked radiant with delight as they left the orchestra. Lastly, my happiness was completed when the public had all gone, and a man stopped me in the passage—a man with long hair, piercing eyes, a strange and haggard face—a genius, a Titan among the giants, whom I had never seen before, and at first sight of whom I was deeply moved; this man pressed my hand, and overwhelmed me with burning eulogies, which literally set both my heart and brain on fire. It was Paganini (22nd December, 1833). From that date my relations with that great artist, who exercised such a happy influence upon my destiny, and whose noble generosity has given birth to such absurd and malicious comments."

The friendship between Paganini and Berlioz has been mentioned briefly, but it deserves more attention, as it shows the impact one artist had on the other. The story of their first meeting should be told in Berlioz's own words. A few introductory comments are necessary. In the summer of 1833, Berlioz married the English actress Miss Smithson, who, still recovering from her carriage accident, had “nothing in the world but debts, and the fear of never being able to perform well on stage” on her wedding day. To pay off these debts, Berlioz organized a benefit event, starting with a drama and ending with a concert. However, his program was too long, and he had overlooked something—the claque. His poor wife couldn’t hide her lameness, and despite her talent, she didn’t receive an encore. Another actress, who had taken precautions, got an ovation. Then at midnight, the band from the Théâtre Italien, not required to play after that time, left, and the Fantastical Symphony couldn’t be performed. Liszt helped out, and the event wasn’t a total financial failure, though the organizer faced harsh criticism. Poor Berlioz was in despair, but he mustered his courage and announced a concert at the Conservatoire. He made sure to engage reliable artists, and with his friend Girard as conductor, everything went well, with the Fantastic Symphony overwhelming the audience. Now let Berlioz[115] speak: “My success was complete, and the previous judgment of me was changed. My musicians looked radiant with delight as they left the orchestra. My happiness was complete when, after everyone had left, a man stopped me in the hallway—a man with long hair, piercing eyes, a strange and haggard face—a genius, a Titan among giants, whom I had never seen before. I was deeply moved by the first sight of him; this man took my hand and overwhelmed me with passionate praise that literally ignited both my heart and mind. It was Paganini (22nd December, 1833). From that moment on, my relationship with that great artist, who had such a positive impact on my life, began, and whose noble generosity has led to such ridiculous and malicious remarks.”

It was some time in January, 1834, that Paganini called upon Berlioz and said he had a wonderful viola, a Stradivari, upon which he should much like to play in public, but he had no music for it. Would Berlioz write a solo for him? Berlioz was flattered by the proposal, but replied that in order to produce a composition sufficiently brilliant to suit such a virtuoso, he—Berlioz—ought to be able to play the viola, and that he could not do. So he thought Paganini alone could meet his own wishes. Paganini, however, pressed his own point, adding that he himself was too unwell to compose anything. Berlioz then set to work. To quote his own words: "In order to please the illustrious virtuoso, I then endeavoured to write a solo for the viola, but so combined with the orchestra as not to diminish the[116] importance of the latter, feeling sure that Paganini's incomparable execution would enable him to give the solo instrument all its due prominence. The proposition was a new one. A happy idea soon occurred to me, and I became intensely eager to carry it out."

It was sometime in January 1834 that Paganini visited Berlioz and mentioned he had a fantastic viola, a Stradivari, that he would love to play in public, but he didn't have any music for it. Would Berlioz write a solo for him? Berlioz was flattered by the request but replied that to create a composition brilliant enough for such a virtuoso, he—Berlioz—would need to know how to play the viola, which he couldn't do. He thought only Paganini could fulfill his own desires. However, Paganini insisted, adding that he was too unwell to compose anything himself. Berlioz then got to work. To quote his own words: "To please the illustrious virtuoso, I then endeavored to write a solo for the viola, but so combined with the orchestra as not to diminish the[116] importance of the latter, feeling sure that Paganini's incomparable execution would allow the solo instrument to shine. The idea was new. A happy thought soon struck me, and I became incredibly eager to make it happen."

Paganini was impatient to see the music, and as soon as the first movement was finished, it was shown to him. He did not like the long silences. "That is not at all what I want," he said; "I must be playing the whole time." "You really want a concerto for the tenor," Berlioz replied, "and you are the only man who can write it." Paganini said no more, and soon afterwards left for Nice. Berlioz then gave free play to his fancy, and wrote the series of scenes for the orchestra, the background formed from the recollections of his wanderings in the Abruzzi, the viola introduced as a sort of melancholy dreamer, in the style of Byron's "Childe Harold." Hence the title "Harold in Italy." Now, this is the point: "Harold" was inspired by Paganini, who indirectly gave a new art-form to the world. The piece was produced on November 23rd, 1834, but Paganini was then in Italy, and he did not hear it until four years later.

Paganini was eager to see the music, and as soon as the first movement ended, it was shown to him. He didn’t like the long pauses. “That’s not at all what I want,” he said; “I need to be playing the whole time.” “You actually want a concerto for the tenor,” Berlioz replied, “and you’re the only one who can write it.” Paganini didn’t say anything more and soon left for Nice. Berlioz then let his imagination run wild and wrote a series of scenes for the orchestra, using memories from his travels in the Abruzzi as the backdrop, with the viola representing a sort of melancholic dreamer, reminiscent of Byron's "Childe Harold." This led to the title "Harold in Italy." Now, here’s the key point: "Harold" was inspired by Paganini, who inadvertently introduced a new art form to the world. The piece premiered on November 23rd, 1834, but Paganini was in Italy at the time and didn’t hear it until four years later.

But Paganini was destined to inspire something greater still. He was again in Paris in 1838, and, as before related, was present at the "horrible performance" of Berlioz' "Benvenuto Cellini." Sad at heart Paganini said: "If I were manager of the Opéra, I would at once engage that young man[38] to write me three such operas:[117] I would pay him in advance, and should make a capital bargain by it." The failure of the opera threw Berlioz on a bed of sickness. But he had to live, and was soon arranging to give concerts at the Conservatoire. The first barely paid expenses, but the second, at which both the Symphonie Fantastique and Harold en Italie were performed, was more successful, and at this Paganini was present. This has also been incidentally mentioned, but further notice is required on account of the sequel. Again we must allow Berlioz to speak for himself. "The concert was just over; I was in a profuse perspiration, and trembling with exhaustion, when Paganini, followed by his son Achilles, came up to me at the orchestra door, gesticulating violently. Owing to the throat affection of which he ultimately died, he had already completely lost his voice, and unless everything was perfectly quiet, no one but his son could hear or even guess what he was saying. He made a sign to the child, who got up on a chair, put his ear close to his father's mouth and listened attentively. Achilles then got down, and turning to me, said, 'My father desires me to assure you, sir, that he has never in his life been so powerfully impressed at a concert; that your music has quite upset him, and that if he did not restrain himself he should go down on his knees to thank you for it.' I made a movement of incredulous embarrassment at these strange words, but Paganini seizing my arm, and rattling out 'Yes, yes!' with the little voice he had left, dragged me up on the stage, where there were still a good many of the performers, knelt down, and kissed my hand. I need[118] not describe my stupefaction; I relate the facts, that is all."

But Paganini was meant to inspire something even greater. He was back in Paris in 1838 and, as mentioned earlier, witnessed the "horrible performance" of Berlioz's "Benvenuto Cellini." Heartbroken, Paganini said: "If I were the manager of the Opéra, I would immediately hire that young man[38] to write me three operas like that:[117] I would pay him upfront, and it would be a great deal." The failure of the opera left Berlioz bedridden with illness. But he needed to survive, so he quickly started planning concerts at the Conservatoire. The first concert barely covered expenses, but the second one, featuring both Fantastical Symphony and Harold in Italy, was much more successful, and Paganini attended. This has been briefly mentioned before but needs more attention due to what happened next. Once again, we let Berlioz tell his own story. "The concert had just ended; I was drenched in sweat and trembling with exhaustion when Paganini, followed by his son Achilles, approached me at the orchestra door, gesturing wildly. Due to the throat condition that would ultimately cost him his life, he had completely lost his voice, and unless everything was perfectly quiet, only his son could understand what he was saying. He signaled to the child, who climbed on a chair and leaned in close to listen intently. Afterward, Achilles got down, turned to me, and said, 'My father wants me to tell you, sir, that he has never been so deeply moved at a concert; your music has completely affected him, and if he didn't hold back, he would kneel down to thank you for it.' I reacted with incredulous embarrassment at these strange words, but Paganini seized my arm and, with the little voice he had left, exclaimed 'Yes, yes!' and pulled me onto the stage, where many of the performers were still present. He knelt down and kissed my hand. I don't need to describe my shock; I’m just sharing the facts, that’s all."

In his frenzied state Berlioz went out into the bitter cold, met Armand Bertin on the boulevard, told him what had occurred, caught a chill, and again had to keep his bed. Two days later, the little Achilles called, the bearer of a letter, and of a message to the effect that his father would himself have paid the visit, but was too ill to do so. The letter ran as follows:—

In his agitated state, Berlioz stepped out into the freezing cold, encountered Armand Bertin on the boulevard, shared what had happened, caught a chill, and had to stay in bed again. Two days later, the little Achilles came by, bringing a letter and a message saying that his father would have visited himself, but was too unwell to do so. The letter said:—

"My Dear Friend,

"My Dear Friend,

Beethoven dead, only Berlioz now can revive him; and I, who have enjoyed your divine compositions, worthy of the genius which you are, entreat you to accept, in token of my homage, twenty thousand francs, which will be remitted you by the Baron de Rothschild on presentation of the enclosed. Believe me always your most affectionate friend,

Beethoven is gone, and only Berlioz can bring him back. I, who have appreciated your incredible compositions that suit your genius, ask you to accept, as a sign of my respect, twenty thousand francs, which Baron de Rothschild will send to you upon presenting the enclosed. Always consider me your most affectionate friend,

Nicolo Paganini.

Nicolo Paganini.

Paris, December 18th, 1838."

Paris, December 18th, 1838."

Picture the scene! Berlioz, pale with excitement; his wife, entering the room, imagines some new misfortune has befallen them. Told of what has happened, she calls her son Louis. Berlioz' words again: "And my wife and child ran back together, and fell on their knees beside my bed, the mother praying, the child in astonishment joining his little hands beside her. O Paganini! what a sight! Would that he could have seen it!"

Picture the scene! Berlioz, pale with excitement; his wife walks into the room, thinking some new disaster has hit them. After hearing what happened, she calls for their son Louis. Berlioz's words again: "And my wife and child rushed back together and dropped to their knees beside my bed, the mother praying, the child in wonder, clasping his little hands beside her. Oh, Paganini! what a sight! If only he could have seen it!"

The news soon spread abroad, and there were mixed feelings with regard to Berlioz; delight on the one hand,[119] detractions on the other, and "scandalous insinuations" against Paganini. It was some six days before Berlioz recovered sufficiently to visit and thank Paganini. The latter would not hear a word; it was the greatest pleasure he had ever felt in his life, he said; adding, "Ah! now none of the people who cabal against you will dare to say another word, for they know that I am a good judge, and that I am not easy" the last clause bearing two meanings: "I am not in easy circumstances," or, "I do not part with money easily." I know that this gift of Paganini to Berlioz is now regarded as a myth. One version of the story is that Paganini was merely the agent, the real donor being Armand Bertin, the great friend of Berlioz, who wished to remain in the background. Another version is to the effect that Jules Janin, editor of the Journal des Débats, compelled Paganini to make the gift to Berlioz, who was the musical critic on that paper; and that Paganini, fearing to lose his prestige with the public if Berlioz turned against him, yielded to the pressure put upon him. I am going to give chapter and verse for all this, for it is a matter that should be put at rest. But first, what a condition is revealed of the press in relation to art. Berlioz in money matters was incorruptable, though he was often poor enough; therefore I leave him out of the discussion. But think of the possibility of the transaction! Janin, years before, had written bitter things of Paganini—things I have declined to quote in this memoir; but Janin must have been quite as bad as he asserted Paganini to have been, if he was capable of this[120] monstrous proposition. There are two details to be considered, and the first is the date. In 1838, the public career of Paganini was at an end. There was the wretched Casino business, it is true, but there was no performance by Paganini. In the second place, supposing for a moment that Berlioz could or would employ his pen in disparagement of the great violinist, could he have written anything more violent, more depreciatory, than critics had been writing for the previous twenty years, criticisms which Paganini had survived, and grown rich upon? Besides, if the Janin story be true, the Bertin must be false. Where then is the authority for the former? In 1840, Liszt wrote a memorial notice of Paganini. In it passing reference is made to some deeds of benevolence. Lina Ramann, in her "Life of Liszt," of which the first part was published in 1880, prints this essay, and at the point above mentioned adds a long foot note[39] giving the Janin story, which she averred Liszt knew through Janin himself. That was a safe story to reproduce, though it might have been contradicted by Liszt if he ever saw the book. Now for the Bertin version. The authority quoted for that is always Ferdinand Hiller. In 1868, Hiller published his work "On the Musical Life of our Time," in which he relates some gossiping with Rossini, in 1856. The conversation turned upon Paganini on one occasion, and Hiller asked about the kingly gift to Berlioz. Rossini replied that all Paris knew it, and he must needs believe it, but at bottom he held the thing impossible. Nothing more[121] definite is there recorded. In 1871, Hiller published a new series of similar papers or essays, but of this work I know nothing. Rossini was a raconteur, and fond of saying good things. There is no reason to doubt the good faith of Ferdinand Hiller; he set down what Rossini said, which, after all, was only the expression of a doubt. This reticence was perhaps owing to the fact that Berlioz was still living. But how was Rossini likely to know the facts of the case? He went to Italy in 1836, and returned to Paris about the end of May, 1855; consequently he knew nothing of the alleged gift at the time, and as Armand Bertin died in 1854, Rossini could not have heard the story from him. So far, one would be justified in attaching little credence to Hiller's gossip with Rossini.

The news quickly spread far and wide, and there were mixed feelings about Berlioz; joy on one side, criticisms on the other, and "scandalous insinuations" directed at Paganini. It took about six days for Berlioz to recover enough to visit and thank Paganini. The latter refused to hear a word; he said it was the greatest pleasure he had ever experienced in his life, adding, "Ah! now none of the people who conspire against you will dare to say another thing, for they know that I have good taste, and that I’m not easy," with the last part having two meanings: "I’m not well off," or, "I don't give away money easily." I know that Paganini's gift to Berlioz is now considered a myth. One version suggests that Paganini was only the middleman, with the real donor being Armand Bertin, Berlioz's great friend, who wanted to stay behind the scenes. Another version claims that Jules Janin, editor of the Debates Journal, pressured Paganini to give the gift to Berlioz, who was the paper's music critic; and that Paganini, fearing he would lose his reputation with the public if Berlioz turned against him, gave in to the pressure. I plan to provide details on all of this, as it should be clarified. But first, consider the state of the press regarding art. Berlioz was incorruptible when it came to money, even though he often faced financial struggles; therefore, I’ll leave him out of this discussion. But think about the possibility of such a transaction! Years earlier, Janin had written harsh criticisms of Paganini—things I’ve chosen not to quote in this memoir; but Janin must have been just as bad as he claimed Paganini was, if he was capable of this outrageous proposal. There are two details to consider, the first being the timing. In 1838, Paganini's public career was over. Yes, there was the unfortunate Casino incident, but he was not performing. Secondly, even if Berlioz could or would use his writing to disparage the great violinist, could he have written anything more intense or damaging than the criticisms that had been directed at Paganini for the last twenty years, criticisms that he had weathered and even profited from? Moreover, if the Janin story is true, then the Bertin account must be false. So where does the authority for the former come from? In 1840, Liszt wrote a tribute to Paganini. In it, he briefly mentioned some acts of kindness. Lina Ramann, in her "Life of Liszt," published the first part in 1880, included this essay and added a lengthy footnote[39] that recounted the Janin story, which she claimed Liszt had learned from Janin himself. That was a safe story to reproduce, although Liszt might have contradicted it had he ever seen the book. Now, regarding the Bertin version. The source cited for that is consistently Ferdinand Hiller. In 1868, Hiller published "On the Musical Life of our Time," in which he shared some gossip from a chat with Rossini in 1856. At one point, the conversation shifted to Paganini, and Hiller asked about the generous gift to Berlioz. Rossini replied that everyone in Paris knew about it, and he had to believe it, but ultimately he considered it impossible. There’s nothing more specific recorded. In 1871, Hiller released a new series of similar essays, but I know nothing about that work. Rossini was a storyteller and liked to share clever remarks. There’s no reason to doubt Ferdinand Hiller’s honesty; he recorded what Rossini said, which was, after all, merely an expression of doubt. This hesitation might have been due to the fact that Berlioz was still alive. However, how could Rossini know the facts? He traveled to Italy in 1836 and returned to Paris around late May, 1855; thus, he had no knowledge of the supposed gift at the time, and since Armand Bertin died in 1854, Rossini couldn't have heard the story from him. As it stands, one could reasonably be skeptical about Hiller's gossip with Rossini.

But there was a sequel. Rossini died in November, 1868, and Berlioz passed away in March, 1869. His Autobiography was published in 1870, with the Paganini incident as it has already been related. To the last, Berlioz believed that the money came from Paganini. In 1880, Hiller published a work entitled "Künstlerleben," in which a chapter was devoted to Berlioz. Again reference is made to the princely gift, incredible from so mean a man as Paganini. "Rossini gave me the key to this enigma," writes Hiller, "and I do not hesitate to communicate the same, as it can no longer be unpleasant to anyone concerned in the matter." He then goes on to say that Paganini consented to be the agent of Armand Bertin, who really found the money. "Are you sure that this was true?" asked Hiller; "I know it," replied[122] Rossini, seriously. Hiller then states his conviction that Rossini's account must be correct.[40] Now was this the outcome of a subsequent conversation with Rossini, or an amplification of the "gossip" at Trouville? Hiller is candid enough to say that some may doubt, and I should confess to being among the doubters if his evidence was the sole support of the story.

But there was a sequel. Rossini died in November 1868, and Berlioz passed away in March 1869. His Autobiography was published in 1870, including the Paganini incident as mentioned earlier. Until the end, Berlioz believed that the money came from Paganini. In 1880, Hiller published a work titled "Artist life," which included a chapter about Berlioz. Once again, it references the generous gift, surprisingly so from such a stingy man as Paganini. "Rossini gave me the key to this mystery," writes Hiller, "and I’m not afraid to share it, as it can no longer upset anyone involved." He then continues to explain that Paganini agreed to act as the agent for Armand Bertin, who actually supplied the money. "Are you sure this is true?" Hiller asked. "I know it," Rossini replied seriously. Hiller then expresses his belief that Rossini’s account must be accurate.[40] Now, was this the result of a later conversation with Rossini, or an expansion of the "gossip" at Trouville? Hiller is open enough to say that some may be skeptical, and I must admit that I would be among the skeptics if his evidence were the only support for the story.

But in 1896, appeared the evidence of one whose testimony was unimpeachable. The late Sir Charles Hallé went to Paris in 1836, when a youth of seventeen. In 1838, he was introduced to Paganini, was invited to visit him, and often played to him; and, once, nearly heard Paganini play! An extract from Hallé's "Autobiography" will show what he thought of the great violinist: "From my earliest childhood I had heard of Paganini and his art as of something supernatural, and there I actually sat opposite to the man himself, but only looking at the hands that had created such wonders. On one never-to-be-forgotten occasion, after I had played and we had enjoyed a long silence, Paganini rose and approached his violin case. What then passed in me can hardly be imagined; I was all in a tremble, and my heart thumped as if it would burst my chest; in fact, no young swain going to the first rendezvous with his beloved could possible feel more violent emotions. Paganini opened the case, took the violin out, and began to tune it carefully with his fingers without using the bow; my agitation became almost intolerable. When he was satisfied, and I said to myself, with a lump in my throat,[123] 'Now, now, he'll take the bow!' he carefully put the violin back and shut the case. And this is how I heard Paganini." Hallé also became acquainted with Berlioz and acquaintance ripened into a close friendship. He saw the change worked in Berlioz through the Paganini incident; how his courage was strengthened, and from a morose, he became a cheerful companion. Then he divulges what had been a life-secret: "Armand Bertin, the wealthy and distinguished proprietor of the Journal des Débats, had a high regard for Berlioz and knew of all his struggles, which he, Bertin, was anxious to lighten. He resolved therefore to make him a present of 20,000 fr., and in order to enhance the moral effect of this gift he persuaded Paganini to appear as the donor of the money. How well Bertin had judged was proved immediately; what would have been a simple gracieuseté from a rich and powerful editor towards one of his staff became a significant tribute from one genius to another, and had a colossal retentissement. The secret was well kept and never divulged to Berlioz. It was known, I believe, to but two of Bertin's friends besides myself, one of whom is (Victor) Mottez, the celebrated painter; I learned it about seven years later when I had become an intimate friend of the house, and Madame Armand Bertin had been for years one of my best pupils."[41] This must be accepted as a true statement of the case, but it proves no more than that Paganini became a party to a benevolent conspiracy; he never boasted of the gift, nor claimed any credit for it. Even when Berlioz, relieved of his financial[124] troubles, set to work with a light heart at the composition which was to be worthy of dedication to the illustrious artist to whom he owed so much (his own words), even when he wrote to Paganini about a subject, all the answer he could get was: "I can give you no advice." He chose Shakespeare's "Romeo and Juliet" as a theme, worked at it for seven months, and produced a masterpiece. Paganini inspired him, but never heard the work "undertaken chiefly to please him."

But in 1896, evidence came from someone whose testimony was beyond doubt. The late Sir Charles Hallé went to Paris in 1836 when he was only seventeen. In 1838, he met Paganini, was invited to visit him, and often played music for him; and on one occasion, he nearly got to hear Paganini play! An excerpt from Hallé's "Autobiography" shows what he thought of the great violinist: "From my earliest childhood, I had heard of Paganini and his art as something supernatural, and there I was, sitting right in front of the man himself, just watching the hands that created such wonders. On one unforgettable occasion, after I had played and we had enjoyed a long silence, Paganini stood up and approached his violin case. What I felt then can hardly be imagined; I was trembling, and my heart pounded as if it would burst from my chest; honestly, no young man going to his first date with his beloved could possibly feel stronger emotions. Paganini opened the case, took out the violin, and started tuning it carefully with his fingers without using the bow; my agitation became almost unbearable. When he was satisfied, I thought to myself, with a lump in my throat, [123] 'Now, now, he's going to take the bow!' but he carefully put the violin back and closed the case. And that's how I heard Paganini." Hallé also got to know Berlioz, and their acquaintance grew into a close friendship. He witnessed the change in Berlioz brought about by the Paganini incident; how his courage grew, and he transformed from being gloomy to being a cheerful companion. Then he revealed what had been a lifelong secret: "Armand Bertin, the wealthy and distinguished owner of the Journal des Débats, held Berlioz in high regard and knew all about his struggles, which he, Bertin, wanted to help alleviate. So, he decided to gift him 20,000 francs, and to add to the moral weight of this gift, he convinced Paganini to appear as the one giving the money. Bertin's judgment proved to be spot on; what would have been a simple courtesy from a rich and powerful editor towards one of his staff transformed into a significant tribute from one genius to another, having a colossal impact. The secret was well-kept and never revealed to Berlioz. I believe it was known to only two of Bertin's friends besides myself, one of whom is (Victor) Mottez, the famous painter. I learned about it about seven years later when I became close friends with the family, and Madame Armand Bertin had been one of my best students for years."[41] This must be accepted as a true statement of the case, but it proves no more than that Paganini was part of a kind-hearted conspiracy; he never boasted about the gift, nor claimed any credit for it. Even when Berlioz, relieved of his financial burdens, started working with a light heart on the composition he wanted to dedicate to the brilliant artist to whom he owed so much (his own words), even when he wrote to Paganini about a subject, all he got in response was: "I can give you no advice." He chose Shakespeare's "Romeo and Juliet" as his theme, worked on it for seven months, and produced a masterpiece. Paganini inspired him, but never heard the piece "undertaken mainly to please him."

To Paganini the world owes still more. It has been already stated that Paganini's playing when in Paris in 1831 exerted an extraordinary influence over Franz Liszt, and gave the direction to his genius. I use the word "genius" advisedly, believing that Liszt is one of that sacred band to whom the term belongs of right. This is not the place to discuss the position Liszt occupies among composers; nor is this country yet qualified properly to judge him. Wagner, Schumann and Chopin have passed the ordeal; from persecution they have arrived at deification, so to speak, and even their faults are regarded as merits. But prejudice dies hard, and Liszt has yet to suffer. His earnest disciple Walter Bache sacrificed time and means in his Liszt propaganda, but with scant success. My point here is to try and show that Paganini, despite all shortcomings as a man and as an artist, had a mission—whether he knew it or not—and fulfilled it through others.

To Paganini, the world owes even more. It has already been noted that Paganini's performance in Paris in 1831 had an extraordinary impact on Franz Liszt and shaped the direction of his talent. I use the term "talent" deliberately, believing Liszt is truly one of those exceptional individuals to whom that label rightfully applies. This isn’t the right time to talk about Liszt's standing among composers, nor is this country ready to assess him accurately. Wagner, Schumann, and Chopin have gone through their trials; after facing adversity, they've been elevated to almost divine status, and even their flaws are seen as strengths. But changing people's minds is tough, and Liszt still faces challenges. His devoted student Walter Bache invested time and resources in promoting Liszt, but with little success. My goal here is to point out that Paganini, despite his flaws as a person and an artist, had a purpose—whether he realized it or not—and achieved it through others.

Beethoven's pianoforte playing, and pianoforte compositions, led makers of that instrument to extend its compass; Liszt led the way to a new system for the[125] pianoforte, with effects hitherto undreamt of, and the impulse came from Paganini. No other instance is on record of an instrument like the violin absolutely revolutionising the treatment of the pianoforte. I have already referred to Liszt in Paris, how, depressed and suffering, he withdrew from art and buried himself in solitude. The revolution of 1830 aroused him, but it was Paganini who rekindled the flame of art. Here I must have recourse to Lina Ramann's "Franz Liszt."

Beethoven's piano playing and compositions inspired makers of the instrument to expand its range. Liszt pioneered a new system for the [125] piano, creating effects previously unimaginable, influenced by Paganini. There's no other case documented of an instrument like the violin completely transforming how the piano is approached. I've already mentioned Liszt in Paris, how he, feeling down and in pain, stepped back from art and shut himself away. The revolution of 1830 stirred him, but it was Paganini who reignited his passion for art. Here, I need to refer to Lina Ramann's "Franz Liszt."

Liszt went to hear Paganini: "Charmed, stunned, yet seeing clearly at the same time, he could have cried out for sorrow and exultation. This playing! it was the vision of his soul, after which he had sought and grasped and yet could never find or seize. Now here he felt it realised before him. With kindling power it seized his artistic will. Until then Liszt had groped and sought without any conscious aim; following the hidden impulse of his spirit, he had given place to all kinds of whims.... Now, all at once, he was led by Paganini into fixed paths and the lost thread of his development was found again. By Paganini's playing the veil had been torn away which lay between him and his artistic will.... Paganini's playing had fanned the Promethean spark of his genius to a brilliant flame. That for which the poets of the time strove in their literary productions—freedom of form and of subject—he saw here in the domain of reproducing music. With all this the serious defects and onesidedness of the great violinist's capabilities and genius did not escape the youthful pianist. He measured him by the ideals of artistic culture which shone before his own[126] eyes.... He recognised plainly the limits of the influence which Paganini exercised over him, and saw how human was the mission of the artist—a consciousness was awakened that artistic culture is inseparable from human sympathies, that only a great man can become a great artist. This conviction drew from his lips the proud but noble words 'Génie oblige.'[42] With indescribable eagerness, and at the same time with exulting triumph, Liszt, after having heard Paganini, turned again to his instrument. He was seldom seen; in public, as a pianist, never. His mother alone was the silent witness of his perseverance and restless working. As Wieland, he hammered at his piano. He, who, already as a boy, had climbed the Parnassus of study, now sat at the instrument often six hours a day and practised; yes, he exercised the language of his spirit, and created for it an organ of expression." The author then goes on to describe the new ideas that came to Liszt when studying the Twenty-four Capricii of Paganini, and how he discovered new combinations, and also that the hand of the pianist had yet much to learn. "With this perception a bridge was built to new technical triumphs in the art of pianoforte playing.... On the one hand he increased the beauty and breadth of sound of this instrument in a marvellous degree, while on the other, he gave at the same time a fatal blow to the modern pianoforte music of his day. This was the new discovery which Liszt made through Paganini, and on[127] the foundation of which he has created an extension of the arena of sound.... Thus Paganini's capriccios gave Liszt the first impulse towards the modern system for the pianoforte, and at the same time prompted him to enter on the territory till then unknown of transferring effects."[43]

Liszt went to see Paganini perform: "He was captivated and overwhelmed, yet somehow aware at the same time, he could have cried out in both sorrow and joy. This playing! It was the vision of his soul that he had sought and grasped but could never truly find. Now, he felt it come to life right before him. With an electrifying force, it captured his artistic will. Until then, Liszt had been searching blindly without any specific goal; following the hidden urges of his spirit, he had indulged all sorts of whims.... Now, suddenly, Paganini guided him onto established paths, and he rediscovered the lost thread of his development. Paganini's performance ripped away the barrier that separated him from his artistic will.... Paganini's playing ignited the Promethean spark of his genius into a brilliant flame. What the poets of the time aspired to in their literary works—freedom in form and subject—he saw here in the realm of expressive music. Despite this, the serious flaws and limitations of the great violinist's abilities did not go unnoticed by the young pianist. He evaluated him against the ideals of artistic culture that illuminated his own[126] vision.... He clearly recognized the boundaries of Paganini’s influence over him and understood how humanizing the artist's role was—a realization dawned on him that artistic culture is inseparable from human connections, that only a truly great person can become a great artist. This belief inspired him to utter the proud but noble words 'Genius requires it.'[42] With indescribable enthusiasm and triumphant exhilaration, Liszt, after hearing Paganini, turned back to his instrument. He was rarely seen; in public as a pianist, never. Only his mother witnessed his dedication and relentless work. Like Wieland, he pounded at his piano. He, who had already scaled the heights of study as a boy, now spent often six hours a day practicing; indeed, he was honing the language of his spirit and creating a means of expression." The author then describes the new ideas that surged through Liszt as he studied Paganini's Twenty-four Caprices, revealing new combinations, showing that the pianist's hand still had much to learn. "With this realization, a bridge was built to new technical achievements in piano playing.... On one side, he expanded the beauty and range of sounds of this instrument remarkably, while on the other hand, he dealt a significant blow to the contemporary piano music of his time. This was the groundbreaking discovery Liszt made through Paganini, and on[127] this foundation, he developed an expansion of the sound's possibilities.... Thus, Paganini’s caprices inspired Liszt to explore the modern approach to the pianoforte and encouraged him to venture into the uncharted territory of transferring effects."[43]

What the influence of Liszt has been, is beyond the present purpose to inquire. But, blot out Paganini and every note he has written, and he reappears in the art work of at least one great French composer, and in that of the greatest pianist the world has yet seen—one to whom the high compliment has been paid in the epithet—"The Paganini of the Pianoforte."

What Liszt's influence has been is not the focus of this inquiry. However, if you eliminate Paganini and everything he composed, he still shows up in the works of at least one major French composer and in those of the greatest pianist the world has ever known—one who has even been referred to as "The Paganini of the Pianoforte."


CHAPTER X.

Is it worth while at this distance of time to refer to the actual playing of Paganini? Can one recall "the touch of a vanished hand?" This memoir would not be complete without some account of Paganini's art beyond that given in the story of his life. Here I do not venture to write as a violin expert, and I shall only quote from Guhr's "On Paganini's Art of Playing the Violin"—which is presumably still accessible to students—in so far as it may be serviceable to the general reader. Leaving æsthetic, and higher considerations generally, out of count for the moment and limiting our attention to matters technical, we find much that was absolutely new. As regards mere extravagance and eccentricity of execution, Paganini was surpassed by Locatelli. We have to take into consideration the concert-pitch in use at the time of Paganini's public career. That, I take it, corresponded very closely with the Diapason normal now coming into general use. Paganini employed thin strings, and, for purposes to be named presently, often tuned his violin a semitone higher than the pitch of the band which accompanied him—equivalent to the English pitch, or high pitch still in use in some places. These thin strings[129]
[130]
[131]
[132]
[133]
[134]
served another purpose—the easy production of harmonics. If there was one thing more novel than any other in Paganini's playing it was the introduction of harmonics, melodies, double notes, and double shakes in harmonics. The natural harmonics were of course known to all violinists, but the artificial harmonics, if not the invention of Paganini, were first employed by him as integral features of his compositions as well as of his performances. Then there was his particular kind of staccato, produced by throwing his bow forcibly on the string, "letting it spring while he runs through the scales with incredible rapidity, the tones rolling like pearls" (Guhr). The Rev. Dr. Fox said the bow seemed to act with the elasticity of a spring fixed at one end, and made to vibrate. The combination of bowing, with pizzicato by the left hand, if not new, was employed by Paganini to a degree never attempted before. Lastly, there was his wonderful performance on the fourth string, which he tuned up to B flat, and sometimes even a semitone higher. Much of his use of these devices is put down as clap-trap, yet since his day many violinists have employed the same means, if they have not achieved the same result.

Is it worthwhile at this point in time to talk about Paganini's actual playing? Can one really remember "the touch of a vanished hand?" This memoir wouldn’t be complete without discussing Paganini's art beyond what's in his life story. I don’t claim to be a violin expert, so I’ll just quote from Guhr's "On Paganini's Art of Playing the Violin"—which I assume is still accessible to students—in ways that might interest the general reader. Setting aside aesthetic and higher considerations for now and focusing on technical aspects, we see much that was truly new. In terms of sheer extravagance and eccentricity in performance, Paganini was actually outdone by Locatelli. We also need to consider the concert pitch used during Paganini's public career. I believe it closely matched the standard Diapason that is becoming widely used today. Paganini used thin strings and often tuned his violin a semitone higher than the pitch of the accompanying band—equivalent to the English pitch, or high pitch still used in some places. These thin strings served another purpose: making harmonics easier to produce. If there was one thing that stood out in Paganini's playing, it was his use of harmonics, melodies, double notes, and double shakes in harmonics. Natural harmonics were already familiar to all violinists, but Paganini was the first to use artificial harmonics as key features in both his compositions and performances. Then there was his unique kind of staccato, produced by striking his bow forcefully against the string, "letting it bounce while he runs through the scales with incredible speed, the notes rolling like pearls" (Guhr). Rev. Dr. Fox noted that the bow seemed to act with the elasticity of a spring fixed at one end and set into vibration. The combination of bowing with pizzicato from the left hand wasn’t new, but Paganini used it in ways never attempted before. Finally, there was his amazing performance on the fourth string, which he tuned to B flat, and sometimes even a semitone higher. Much of his use of these techniques is dismissed as gimmicky, yet since his time, many violinists have used the same methods, even if they haven’t achieved the same results.

Let us consider, for a moment, the performances on the G string. It is certain that Paganini was not the originator of that manner of playing, for Leopold Mozart wrote of Esser[44] as playing on the G string alone with the greatest ease. Compositions for a single string were also written before Paganini's day, for Friedrich Wilhelm Rust (1739-1796) composed a violin sonata for the E[135] string. But Paganini made such a feature of this species of performance because it pleased the public, and, in giving the audiences that which they preferred rather than that which his artistic conscience should have prompted, he became the pupil of his age, and fell from his high estate. On the other hand, he may be said to have discovered the powers of the fourth string, to which, by the employment of harmonics, he gave a compass of three octaves. He was censured for his partiality in this direction, but in these days every violinist plays a solo on the G string. Is not Bach's "Aria" played everywhere as a fourth string solo? Yet, as musicians know, it was not written for that string, nor as a solo, forming, as it does, the theme of the slow movement of the "Overture in D," for strings, two oboes, three trumpets, and drums. Moreover, in Mozart's Violin Concerto in E flat, No. 6, composed in 1766, there is in the slow movement, an eight-bar period for the G string, and also one of the same length in the Finale. In Beethoven's Violin Concerto the principal theme of the Rondo is assigned to the G string, and also when it recurs after the second subject. This work was composed in 1806, a short time after Paganini wrote his "Napoleon Sonata," but was heard in public years before Paganini's was so performed. These two compositions are mentioned merely to show that the charm of the fourth string was not unknown in early days; to refer to later works would be superfluous.

Let’s take a moment to think about the performances on the G string. It's clear that Paganini didn’t invent that style of playing, because Leopold Mozart wrote about Esser[44] playing effortlessly on the G string. Compositions for a single string were also created before Paganini's time, as Friedrich Wilhelm Rust (1739-1796) wrote a violin sonata for the E[135] string. However, Paganini really highlighted this style of performance to please the audience, and by giving them what they wanted instead of what his artistic integrity suggested, he became a product of his time and lost his high status. On the flip side, he can be credited with uncovering the potential of the fourth string, which he expanded to a range of three octaves through the use of harmonics. He faced criticism for focusing so much on this string, but nowadays, every violinist plays a solo on the G string. Isn’t Bach’s "Aria" often played as a fourth string solo? Yet, musicians know it wasn’t originally written for that string and isn’t a solo, as it actually serves as the theme for the slow movement of the "Overture in D," which includes strings, two oboes, three trumpets, and drums. Furthermore, in Mozart's Violin Concerto in E flat, No. 6, composed in 1766, there’s an eight-bar phrase for the G string in the slow movement and another of the same length in the Finale. In Beethoven's Violin Concerto, the main theme of the Rondo is played on the G string, which also returns after the second subject. This piece was written in 1806, shortly after Paganini composed his "Napoleon Sonata," but Beethoven's work was performed in public years before Paganini's was. These two pieces are mentioned just to demonstrate that the allure of the fourth string was recognized even in earlier times; referencing later works would be unnecessary.

Now, as to Paganini's tuning his instrument a semitone higher than the ordinary pitch. It will be conceded that[136] the different keys have distinctive qualities, to which some musicians are more sensitive than others. Some term it key-colour: I prefer the expression key-character. On the violin some keys are more sonorous than others. The effect may be partly mental, and I believe—though I may be wrong—that a violinist plays with a different feeling in the key of E, to that which would be excited by the key of E flat, and this apart from the æsthetic import of the composition itself.[45] In many concertos the chorus violins—if I may so call them—sometimes play the same notes with the soloist, and so absorb the tone of the latter that the listener can only hear the mass of violin tone. It is on record that Paganini was never overpowered by the tutti in any of the pieces he played, though some writers say his tone was not remarkable for volume. The explanation may be found in what follows. Paganini had an almost morbidly keen musical organisation, an acute sense of hearing, in which he resembled Mozart and Berlioz. Paganini wrote the solo part of his first concerto in D (tuning his violin a semitone higher), and the orchestral parts in E flat. Why? Not because D was an easier key to play in, nor because some passages if viewed as in E flat were marvels of execution; but because he felt the difference in the "power" of the two keys. Mozart's Concertante for violin and viola, with orchestra, is in E flat, but the viola part is in D, and the instrument was to be tuned a semitone higher. This was done "both to give it a clear sound and to make[137]
[138]
the execution easier."[46] Mozart's piece was probably written in 1780, so here is one of the expedients ascribed to Paganini as a trick made use of by a great master before the famous violinist was born. Berlioz never heard Paganini play, but he was the first among his contemporaries to understand and appreciate Paganini's intention in this respect. In his Soirées de l'Orchestre he wrote: "He (Paganini) has known how to render distinct and dominating the tones of a solo violin by tuning its four strings a semitone above those of the orchestra; which enabled him to play in the brilliant keys of D and A, while the orchestra accompanied him in the less sonorous keys of E flat and B flat." Berlioz knew, if any one did, what was the distinctive character of a key. It is highly improbable that either he or Paganini ever heard, or even knew anything of Mozart's "Concertante" just mentioned. So much by way of clearing Paganini from the charge of charlatanry. Artistic faults and failings he had, and these no attempt has been made to conceal; but every succeeding generation of violinists has been deeply indebted to the great Genoese for opening up new possibilities, by the way in which he advanced the character and power of the violin. Leaving now the technical side of his art, let us hear what his great contemporaries have to say of his playing from the æsthetic standpoint. We need not refer again to Lafont and Lipinski, but will begin with Spohr. It has been mentioned that Spohr met Paganini at Venice, in 1816. Spohr wished to hear the great Italian play something,[139] but the latter declined. He afterwards explained to Spohr that his style of playing was calculated for the great public only; and that if he were to play to Spohr he must play in a different manner, for which he was not then inclined. So it was not until 1830 that Spohr heard Paganini at Cassel. This is what he wrote: "In June, 1830, Paganini came to Cassel and gave two concerts in the theatre, which I heard with great interest. His left hand, and his constantly pure intonation were to me astonishing. But in his compositions and his execution, I found a strange mixture of the highly genial and childishly tasteless, by which one felt alternately charmed and disappointed, so that the impression left as a whole was, after frequent hearing, by no means satisfactory to me." Paganini was playing to his "great public," and in that respect lost Spohr's esteem; but can a great violinist, of strong personality, be perfectly just to a contemporary of a different temperament? Schumann, as a composer, could look upon Paganini from a different point of view. This is what he says: "When I heard him for the first time, I expected him to begin with a tone such as had never been heard before. But with how small, how thin a tone he commenced! Then he began to weave his spells; invisibly he threw out his magnetic chains among the public; they oscillated above and around. And then the rings became more and more intricate; even the audience seemed to contract, while he interlaced his tones until they seemed melted into one—one with the master himself, all counterbalancing each other with sympathetic influence." This is not criticism; it is scarcely description:[140] it is as fanciful as Heinrich Heine's description, but it is a proof of the great violinist's power to touch the imagination. Ignaz Moscheles, a virtuoso pianist, complains of his utter inability to find language capable of conveying a description of Paganini's wonderful performance. "Had that long-drawn, soul-searching tone lost for a single second its balance, it would have lapsed into a discordant cat's-mew; but it never did so, and Paganini's tone was always his own, and unique of its kind. The thin strings of his instrument—on which alone it was possible to conjure forth those myriads of notes and thrills and cadenzas would have been fatal in the hands of any other violin player, but with him they were indispensable adjuncts." Again: "Nothing could exceed my surprise and admiration; his constant and venturesome flights, his newly discovered source of flageolet tones, his gift of fusing and beautifying subjects of the most heterogeneous kind; all these phases of genius so completely bewildered my musical perceptions, that for several days afterwards my head seemed on fire and my brain reeled. I never wearied of the intense expression, soft and melting like that of an Italian singer, which he could draw from his violin." Yet, later, Moscheles had to say: "I find both his style and manner of playing monotonous." Liszt, many years later said: "No one who has not heard him can form the least idea of his playing." Paganini indeed could soar to the Empyrean, but he had not the Peri's pure gift which would open the gate of Paradise!

Now, regarding Paganini tuning his violin a semitone higher than the standard pitch, it’s generally agreed that different keys have unique qualities that some musicians are more attuned to than others. Some call it key-color; I prefer the term key-character. On the violin, some keys resonate better than others. This effect may be partly psychological, and I believe—though I might be mistaken—that a violinist experiences a different feeling in the key of E compared to what would be felt in the key of E flat, independent of the aesthetic implications of the piece itself. In many concertos, the first violins—if I may call them that—sometimes play the same notes as the soloist, overwhelming the tone of the soloist so much that the listener hears primarily a mass of violin sound. It’s documented that Paganini was never overshadowed by the tutti in any of the pieces he performed, though some writers claim his sound wasn’t particularly loud. The reason may be explained as follows. Paganini had an almost painfully acute musical sense and a sharp sense of hearing, similar to Mozart and Berlioz. Paganini wrote the solo part of his first concerto in D (tuning his violin a semitone higher) and the orchestral parts in E flat. Why? Not because D was an easier key to play in, nor because some passages in E flat were feats of execution; but because he perceived the difference in "power" between the two keys. Mozart's Concertante for violin and viola, with orchestra, is in E flat, but the viola part is in D, and the instrument needed to be tuned a semitone higher. This was done "both to give it a clear sound and to make the execution easier." Mozart's piece was likely written in 1780, so this is one of the techniques credited to Paganini that a great master used before Paganini was even born. Berlioz never heard Paganini play, but he was the first among his contemporaries to grasp and appreciate Paganini's intention in this regard. In his Soirées de l'Orchestre, he wrote: "He (Paganini) knew how to make the tones of a solo violin distinct and dominant by tuning its four strings a semitone above those of the orchestra; this allowed him to perform in the brilliant keys of D and A, while the orchestra accompanied him in the less vibrant keys of E flat and B flat." Berlioz understood, as few did, the unique character of a key. It's very unlikely that either he or Paganini had heard, or even knew about, Mozart's Concertante mentioned earlier. This clarifies Paganini’s reputation against accusations of charlatanry. He had artistic faults and shortcomings, which have not been concealed, but every subsequent generation of violinists is deeply indebted to the great Genoese for opening up new possibilities and enhancing the character and power of the violin. Now, putting aside the technical aspects of his art, let’s see what his great contemporaries had to say about his playing from an aesthetic perspective. We won't revisit Lafont and Lipinski, but will start with Spohr. It was noted that Spohr met Paganini in Venice in 1816. Spohr wanted to hear the great Italian perform something, but Paganini declined. He later explained to Spohr that his playing style was meant for the larger public only; if he were to perform for Spohr, he would need to play differently, which he wasn’t willing to do at that time. So it wasn’t until 1830 that Spohr got to see Paganini perform in Cassel. Here's what he wrote: "In June 1830, Paganini came to Cassel and gave two concerts in the theatre, which I attended with great interest. His left hand and his consistently pure intonation were astonishing to me. However, in his compositions and performance, I found a strange mix of delightful and childish elements, leaving me alternately charmed and disappointed, so that the overall impression, after several listenings, was not completely satisfying." Paganini was performing for his "great public," which in this regard cost him Spohr's esteem; but can a great violinist, with a strong personality, be entirely fair to a contemporary of a different temperament? Schumann, as a composer, could view Paganini from a different perspective. He said: "When I first heard him, I expected him to start with a tone like never heard before. But he began with such a small, thin tone! Then he began to work his magic; invisibly, he cast his magnetic chains among the audience; they swayed above and around. The more intricate the patterns became, the more the audience seemed to draw closer, while he intertwined his tones until they melted into one—one with the master himself, all balancing each other with sympathetic influence." This isn't just criticism; it's hardly a description: it's as imaginative as Heinrich Heine's accounts, but it proves the great violinist's ability to capture the imagination. Ignaz Moscheles, a virtuosic pianist, lamented his total inability to find words that could describe Paganini's incredible performance. "If that long, soul-searching tone had lost its balance for a single second, it would have turned into a discordant cat's meow; but it never did, and Paganini's tone was always uniquely his. The thin strings of his instrument—on which he alone could summon forth those myriads of notes, thrills, and cadenzas—would have been disastrous in any other violinist's hands, but with him, they were essential." Again: "Nothing could exceed my surprise and admiration; his constant daring flights, his newly discovered performance of flageolet tones, his ability to blend and beautify the most contrasting themes; all these aspects of genius so completely dazzled my musical understanding that for days afterward, my head felt on fire and my mind reeled. I never tired of the deep expression, soft and melting like that of an Italian singer, which he could coax from his violin." Yet later, Moscheles had to admit: "I find both his style and manner of playing monotonous." Liszt, many years later, remarked: "No one who hasn’t heard him can form the least idea of his playing." Paganini could indeed soar to great heights, but he lacked the pure gift of the Peri that would unlock the gates of Paradise!

François Joseph Fétis, who befriended Paganini when[141] first he visited Paris, certainly held no brief for the celebrated artist, but rather presided over him as judge. He stated that the art of Paganini was an art apart, which was born with him, and of which he carried the secret to the grave. He further stated that Paganini often assured him that his talent was the result of a secret discovered by himself, a secret he intended to reveal, before his death, in a method for the violin, which should have but few pages, but which should throw all violinists into confusion. Fétis questions the existence of the secret, and thinks the great artist was labouring under a delusion. Yet he has to acknowledge that there was something extraordinary and mysterious in the power that Paganini possessed in the execution of unheard of difficulties in an infallible manner. His intonation was always perfect.[47]

François Joseph Fétis, who became friends with Paganini when he first visited Paris, clearly didn’t have a favorable opinion of the famous artist but instead acted as a judge over him. He claimed that Paganini's talent was something unique that was born with him, and he took the secret to it to his grave. Fétis also mentioned that Paganini often told him his talent stemmed from a secret he discovered on his own, a secret he planned to share before he died in a violin method that would be short but would perplex all violinists. Fétis doubts the existence of this secret and believes the great artist was mistaken in his thinking. However, he has to admit that there was something extraordinary and mysterious about the skill Paganini displayed while effortlessly tackling incredibly difficult pieces. His intonation was always spot on.

William Gardiner, the Leicester amateur, who became acquainted with Paganini, wrote: "There was no trick in his playing; it was all fair, scientific execution, opening to us a new order of sounds, the highest of which ascended two octaves above C in alt."

William Gardiner, the Leicester amateur who got to know Paganini, wrote: "There was no trick in his playing; it was all straightforward, skillful execution, introducing us to a new range of sounds, the highest of which went up two octaves above C in alt."

An Italian physician, Francesco Bennati,[48] made a physiological study of Paganini, accounting for his wonderful executive powers as due not so much to his[142] musical genius as to his peculiar physical formation. In particular, the flexibility of his wrist, and the great lateral extension of his finger joints, enabled him to execute passages impossible to others. But there must have been something beyond technique. I have heard many persons, professional and amateur, speak of his playing as something beyond conception, not only in regard to execution, but in the power of swaying an audience, playing upon their emotions; the whole man was an instrument. No other artist was so widely quoted by his contemporaries. Mendelssohn, Chopin, and others make reference to Paganini whenever anything wonderful is spoken of. Chopin was a great admirer of Slavik, and considered him only second to Paganini. Every volume of reminiscences down to the present day includes the name of Paganini, if only to relate that somebody once heard him play. But not only musicians, poets also sang his praises. Is there anything more beautiful than the tribute paid him by Leigh Hunt? A few lines may be quoted:

An Italian doctor, Francesco Bennati,[48] did a study on Paganini's physiology, explaining his amazing skills not just from his musical talent but from his unique physical traits. Especially, the flexibility of his wrist and the wide range of motion in his finger joints allowed him to perform passages that others couldn’t. However, there had to be something more than just technique. I've heard many people, both professionals and amateurs, describe his playing as something beyond imagination, not just in terms of skill but in his ability to move an audience and evoke their emotions; he was a complete instrument himself. No other artist was quoted as much by his peers. Mendelssohn, Chopin, and others referenced Paganini whenever something extraordinary was mentioned. Chopin admired Slavik greatly but considered him second to Paganini. Every collection of memories up to today includes Paganini's name, even if just to mention that someone once heard him play. But it wasn't only musicians; poets also praised him. Is there anything more beautiful than Leigh Hunt's tribute? Here are a few lines:

So lately I've been influenced by every fleeting thought. With the best change (if only I could do it half as well) So write!) the pale magician of the bow,
Who brought the true stories from Italy,
Of Greek lyres, and on his heavenly hand,
Filling the air with foolish anticipation,
Suspended, before it fell, the breath of a nation.
He struck—and holding onto the deep chords With heavenly pleasure, took a breath,
So deep, so strong, so intense, filled with love,
Happy, yet burdened as if carrying twenty prayers,
That Juno longed with no wiser spirit To the first burden of the lips of Jove.[143]
The overwhelming mystery of beauty
Sad pleasure; and with his sorrowful expression,
Gloomy and thin, he hung his pale face Between his dark, flowing hair, he almost seemed, To weak or sad eyes,
Someone who had sacrificed their soul for pride,
And in the dark secret lived in loneliness.
But truly and sincerely, all too joyfully That skill lived within him, earnest in its happiness; Now he struck the triumphant strings with elegance,
And told them to march according to his grand command; And now he loved them like a friend, and laid They showed them affection and felt compassion. And now he was either completely joyful or entirely sensible. And reason, shaping his thoughts like prose
After his poetry; or he just lay His own soul kneeling at the feet of love,
And with a deep and trembling passion, In kneeling and crawling urgency,
Begged some lady with hot tears; which has passed,
And after patience had led to the right for peace,
He drew as if from ideas deeper than hope. Comfort surrounds him in soothing sounds. And graceful poise; or he turned To heaven instead of the earth, and say a prayer
So intensely passionate, yet so deeply sad,
Powerful with longing and all the tears of humanity,
That never-saint, struggling with worldly love,
And in middle age unable to break free,
Tore down from heaven such compassion.

It was urged against Paganini as a fault, that he rarely played any other music than his own. Paganini was one of the latter-day examples of the virtuoso and the composer represented by one and the same person. From the days of Handel to the time of Beethoven, the composer was his own interpreter, and never gave concerts with compositions by others. But Paganini did[144] at times play concertos by Rode and Kreutzer, though it was said that in these he was less successful than in his own. The Rev. Dr. Cox heard Paganini play the first movement of Beethoven's Concerto—in fact it was performed for his special edification. This is what he said of it: "Never shall I forget the smile on that sad, pale, wan, and haggard face, upon every lineament of which intense pain was written in the deepest lines, when I caught his eye, or the playing, into which a spirit and sympathy were thrown that carried one wholly away. As soon as he had concluded, and before I could rush up to him to express my thanks, he glided away. I never saw him afterwards." It was also stated that Paganini failed as a quartet player. His strong individuality might have been an obstacle in the way of securing the perfect unanimity of feeling and expression that characterise fine quartet playing; but to imply that he could not perform the music was absurd. As an executant, pure and simple, Paganini never had, and possibly never may have, a compeer.

It was criticized that Paganini hardly ever played music other than his own. He was a more recent example of a virtuoso who was also the composer. From Handel’s time to Beethoven’s, composers were their own performers and never gave concerts of others' works. However, Paganini did occasionally perform concertos by Rode and Kreutzer, though some said he wasn't as successful with those as he was with his own pieces. The Rev. Dr. Cox heard Paganini play the first movement of Beethoven's Concerto, specifically for his benefit. He remarked, "I will never forget the smile on that sad, pale, tired, and gaunt face, where every feature showed deep pain, when I caught his eye, or the performance that was infused with such spirit and emotion that it completely transported you. As soon as he finished, before I could rush over to thank him, he slipped away. I never saw him again." It was also said that Paganini struggled as a quartet player. His strong individuality might have made it hard to achieve the perfect unity of feeling and expression that defines great quartet playing, but to suggest that he couldn't play the music was ridiculous. As a performer, pure and simple, Paganini never had, and probably never will have, an equal.

But the question remains: did Paganini's playing result in any permanent benefit to the art? Had he a permanent influence, and if so, was it for good? To take a material aspect, it was owing to Paganini that the fame of Joseph Guarnerius was published beyond Italy. "The names of Amati and Stradivarius became familiar to the musical world gradually, but Guarnerius, in the hands of a Paganini, came forth at a bound. This illustrious violin was often credited with the charm which belonged to the performer; the magical effects and sublime strains[145] that he drew forth from it, must, it was thought, rest in the violin. Every would-be violinist, whose means permitted him to indulge in the luxury, endeavoured to secure an instrument by the great Guarnerius. The demand thus raised brought forth those gems of the violin maker's art now in the possession of wealthy amateurs and a few professors. When the various works of the gifted Guarnerius were brought to light, much surprise was felt that such treasures should have been known only to a handful of obscure players, chiefly in the churches of Italy."[49]

But the question remains: did Paganini's playing have any lasting impact on the art? Did he influence it in a lasting way, and if so, was it positive? In a practical sense, it was Paganini who made Joseph Guarnerius' name known beyond Italy. "The names of Amati and Stradivarius became familiar to the music world gradually, but Guarnerius, in Paganini's hands, gained instant recognition. This famous violin was often credited with the magic that actually belonged to the performer; the enchanting sounds and sublime melodies[145] he produced from it were thought to be inherent to the violin itself. Every aspiring violinist who could afford it tried to get an instrument by the great Guarnerius. This increased demand led to the acquisition of those masterpieces by the violin maker now owned by wealthy enthusiasts and a few professors. When the various works of the talented Guarnerius were revealed, people were amazed that such treasures had been known only to a handful of obscure players, mostly in the churches of Italy."[49]

Plate XXIV.—See Appendix.
A Semi-Caricature of Paganini, 1831.

It has been shown that Paganini's performances caused a revolution in the style of composition and execution in pianoforte music, as exemplified in the works of Liszt. But did violin playing benefit? As Paganini belonged to no school, so he founded no school. He had his imitators, but he had few pupils, and no absolute successor. Camillo Sivori is generally put forth as his only pupil. I have heard that great artist, but—I say it with diffidence—I could never consider him the equal of what I imagined Paganini to have been. According to William Gardiner, Paganini was accompanied by Antonio Oury when he first went to London. It was Oury who introduced Gardiner to Paganini, and the former stated that Oury was Paganini's favourite pupil.[50] Then the Chevalier[146] Robbio, who appeared at Jullien's concerts at Drury Lane Theatre in 1854, claimed to have been a pupil of Paganini. Acknowledged pupils were Teresa Ottavio, who was playing in Vienna, in 1835, and Mlle. Neumann, who gave concerts in Venice and elsewhere, in 1838. But all these were of small account. The question remains. Did Paganini influence the art of violin playing, and in what direction? Let a very recent writer contribute an answer. "We would not miss this greatest of fiddlers in the annals of violin playing—no, not for a Spohr or any other great modern violin master; but his influence can hardly be called beneficial. It forced violin playing into a Procrustean bed unsuited to its true nature and mission. Paganini had temporarily transformed the angel into a devil, and the angel did not escape unscathed—Lucifer burned his wings. Violin-playing will never be quite what it was before Paganini. He helped to hurry the growing old process—brought out the lines, the spots, and the wrinkles on the once fair face. He, before all others, established the iron rule of technique, with its train of other evils, in the place of the gentler reign of charming naiveté of the elder master."[51] There is truth here, and cause for sadness; but can the hand of time be turned back, and music regain the artless joy of the seventeenth century, when technique was unknown? Paganini, after all, was only one of the forces that effected the revolution that produced the music of the last half of the nineteenth century. It is not too much to say that the technique of the modern[147] orchestra, in regard to the string section, is due to Paganini. Compare the scores of the classical composers with those of the most modern writers, and see what an enormous difference there is in the work for the strings—from the violins to the double-basses. The orchestral player of to-day is a virtuoso. For good or evil, music has entered upon a phase that has raised executive skill to a pinnacle never attained before: and this it owes to Paganini: may it be the prelude to higher achievements in the spiritual domain of art!

It has been shown that Paganini's performances caused a revolution in the style of composition and execution in piano music, as seen in the works of Liszt. But did violin playing benefit? Since Paganini didn't belong to any school, he didn't establish one either. He had his imitators, but few students and no definite successor. Camillo Sivori is usually mentioned as his only pupil. I've heard that great artist, but—I'll admit—I've never seen him as the equal of what I imagine Paganini to have been. According to William Gardiner, Paganini was accompanied by Antonio Oury when he first went to London. It was Oury who introduced Gardiner to Paganini, and he claimed that Oury was Paganini's favorite student.[50] Then there's the Chevalier[146] Robbio, who appeared at Jullien's concerts at Drury Lane Theatre in 1854, and claimed to have been a pupil of Paganini. Recognized students included Teresa Ottavio, who was performing in Vienna in 1835, and Mlle. Neumann, who gave concerts in Venice and elsewhere in 1838. But all these were not significant. The question remains: Did Paganini influence the art of violin playing, and in what way? Let a very recent writer provide an answer. "We wouldn't trade this greatest of fiddlers in the history of violin playing—not for a Spohr or any other great modern violin master; but his influence can hardly be seen as beneficial. It forced violin playing into a restrictive mold that didn't fit its true nature and mission. Paganini temporarily turned the angel into a devil, and the angel didn’t come out unscathed—Lucifer burned his wings. Violin playing will never be quite what it was before Paganini. He accelerated the aging process—revealing the lines, spots, and wrinkles on the once beautiful face. He, more than anyone else, established the strict rule of technique, accompanied by a host of other issues, taking the place of the gentler charm of the older masters."[51] There is truth in this, and it’s cause for sadness; but can the hand of time be turned back, allowing music to regain the innocent joy of the seventeenth century, when technique was unknown? Paganini was, after all, only one of the forces that brought about the revolution that produced the music of the last half of the nineteenth century. It's fair to say that the technique of the modern[147] orchestra, particularly in the string section, owes a lot to Paganini. Compare the scores of classical composers with those of the most modern writers, and see the massive difference in the work for strings—from violins to double-basses. Today's orchestral player is a virtuoso. For better or worse, music has entered a phase that has elevated technical skill to an unprecedented peak; and this is thanks to Paganini. May it be a prelude to greater achievements in the spiritual realm of art!


CHAPTER XI.

There remains the consideration of Paganini as a composer. It is a truism to say that a composition has primarily to be judged from the standpoint of the age in which it was written. A Genius, we are told, is not only before his own age, but before all ages. All the same, the great Geniuses come into the world precisely at the right moment. To some music one may fitly apply the epithet "Immortal"; for it seems to be written, "not for an age, but for all time." That title is not claimed for the music of Paganini, but, in view of what has been written for the violin, it is necessary to take into consideration the date of Paganini's compositions. Take the two greatest surviving forms—the symphony and the concerto—and compare works in those forms, belonging to different periods. Mendelssohn and Schumann were innovators, so it was said, in regard to symphonic form. Both wrote symphonies of which the movements were connected, and Schumann by the recurrence of themes anticipated the "organic whole" of the symphonic poem. But in 1776, Carl Philipp Emanuel Bach composed symphonies in the modern one-movement style. This is not the time to discuss them, but just[149] taking the first, in D, I may point to the coda of the opening movement, which effects a modulation to E flat, the key of the slow movement. In this the subject enters, for the second time, in B flat; and a deceptive cadence is followed by a passage ending on the dominant of D, and so returning to the primary key for the last movement. The score is for flutes, oboes, one bassoon, horns, first and second violins, viola, violoncello, violone, and cembalo. Now, here is a work quite modern in its disregard of key relationship, and in the linking together of the different movements. Yet it would not be right to judge it by comparison with the symphonies of the last half century.

There’s still the question of Paganini as a composer. It’s a given that a piece of music should primarily be judged from the perspective of the time it was created. A genius, we’re told, exists not only ahead of their own time but ahead of all times. Even so, great geniuses appear in the world right when they’re needed. Some music can rightly be called "Immortal," as it seems to be composed, "not for an age, but for all time." That designation isn’t claimed for Paganini’s music, but when considering what’s been written for the violin, we must take into account the timing of Paganini's compositions. Take the two most significant forms that still exist—the symphony and the concerto—and compare works in those forms from different eras. Mendelssohn and Schumann were said to be innovators regarding symphonic form. They both wrote symphonies with interconnected movements, and Schumann, through the recurrence of themes, anticipated the idea of the "organic whole" of the symphonic poem. However, in 1776, Carl Philipp Emanuel Bach composed symphonies in the modern one-movement style. We won’t go into detail about them now, but just by taking the first one in D, I can point out the coda of the opening movement, which modulates to E flat, the key of the slow movement. Here, the subject reappears for the second time in B flat, and a deceptive cadence leads to a passage that ends on the dominant of D, returning to the original key for the last movement. The score is for flutes, oboes, one bassoon, horns, first and second violins, viola, cello, double bass, and harpsichord. This work is quite modern in its disregard for key relationships and in how it links the different movements. Yet it wouldn’t be fair to judge it by comparing it to the symphonies of the last fifty years.

With regard to the concerto, take that form for the violin only. To go no further back than the works of the great Leipzig Cantor, Johann Sebastian Bach, we find his two concertos, in A minor, and E major, are scored only for strings, though the "continuo" implies the harpsichord. The concerto in D minor for two violins is scored in the same manner; and in all there is evidence that the soloist took part in the tutti sections. Then there is the Symphony movement, from an unknown church cantata, for violin concertante, with accompaniment of two oboes, three trumpets, drums, two violins, viola and continuo. In all these the basic principle is the contrasting of the tutti and solo sections, which sustain a kind of dialogue. Much the same form is observed in Mozart's violin concertos, which, with one exception, are scored for oboes, horns and strings. The exception is the sixth, in E flat, which is scored for one flute, two oboes,[150] bassoons, and horns. In this the form approaches that of the sonata, though the tutti and solo contrasts still remain, and evidently the soloist played in the tutti sections. To Viotti, born in 1753, three years before Mozart, must be assigned the honour of giving the violin concerto its fullest classical form. His orchestral background was rich in colour, he having adopted the complete Haydn Combination; and his solo parts were of prime importance. Beethoven's concerto (1806), and Mendelssohn's (finished in 1844), employ the same orchestra. Beethoven links the slow movement to the Finale, and Mendelssohn connects the whole. The latest concerto form is in part a reversion to the earliest type. The solo part is but a more elaborate line in the orchestral column, and the soloist is scarcely distinguishable from his orchestral colleagues.

Regarding the concerto, let's focus on the form for violin only. Starting with the works of the great Leipzig Cantor, Johann Sebastian Bach, we see that his two concertos, in A minor and E major, are written solely for strings, although the "continuo" suggests the presence of a harpsichord. The concerto in D minor for two violins is composed in a similar way, and throughout these works, it's clear that the soloist participated in the tutti sections. There's also the symphony movement from an unknown church cantata for violin concertante, accompanied by two oboes, three trumpets, drums, two violins, viola, and continuo. In all these pieces, the fundamental principle is the contrast between the tutti and solo sections, which create a sort of dialogue. A similar form is found in Mozart's violin concertos, which, barring one exception, are scored for oboes, horns, and strings. The exception is the sixth concerto in E flat, which is scored for one flute, two oboes,[150] bassoons, and horns. In this case, the form resembles that of the sonata, although the contrasts between tutti and solo sections still persist, and it’s evident that the soloist played during the tutti sections. Viotti, born in 1753, three years before Mozart, deserves credit for giving the violin concerto its most developed classical form. His orchestral background was vibrant, having fully embraced the Haydn Combination, and his solo parts were of significant importance. Beethoven's concerto (1806) and Mendelssohn's (completed in 1844) use the same orchestration. Beethoven connects the slow movement to the finale, while Mendelssohn ties the entire work together. The most recent concerto form partly reverts to the earliest style. The soloist's part is essentially a more intricate line within the orchestral arrangement, making the soloist barely distinguishable from their orchestral peers.

In view of the question I wish to raise, I hope the reader will pardon this digression. Paganini sometimes played pieces by Kreutzer and Rode, but I have not been able to find evidence of his acquaintance with the concertos of Viotti. The reason may not be far to seek. Paganini remained in Italy until 1828; Viotti, born in Italy, left his country, and only once returned to it—in 1783, and that for a very short time. His long residence in Paris led to his being identified with the French School of violinists. His works were played by other performers during his life-time, but it is questionable whether they were known to Paganini. What I want to ask is simply this:—upon what work, or whose work, was Paganini's first concerto modelled? It was written in 1811, according[151] to the Musical World (Vol. for 1851, p. 822), or in 1820 according to the "Oxford History of Music" (Vol. VI., p. 225). The form of the work will be dealt with later; here the question is one of instrumentation. Berlioz wrote: "It was said of Weber, 'He is a meteor!' With equal justice it may be said of Paganini, 'He is a comet!'" I would paraphrase Berlioz and say Paganini's First Concerto came upon the world as a comet—a comet with a most portentous tail! Paganini was the Richard Strauss of his day. Fancy, in the scoring of a concerto, trombones, double-bassoon, cymbals, and bass-drum! and that in the year 1811, possibly. Why, it only requires a few more horns and trumpets, some tubas, a rattle and other percussion instruments, to come up to the latest twentieth century scoring. But a truce to badinage. A big score, of itself, is not necessarily a thing to be praised; however, Paganini's full scoring never obscured the solo part, and that is more than can be said of some violin concertos of later date. I do not pretend to a knowledge of the whole of the literature for the violin, but I have heard much of it; yet I can recall no violin concerto going beyond the orchestral resources adopted by Beethoven in his work, of earlier date than Paganini's first concerto. I have further to confess that I have never seen an original score of any of Paganini's works, but I have written out a score from what I believe to be authentic band parts. I have heard the First Concerto, "reduced to one act," with the exordium cut out; and however much such a rendering may be in accordance with modern taste, I can only regard it as unjust to the[152] composer. In the present day Paganini's music is looked upon with pity not far removed from scorn; how did his contemporaries esteem it?

In light of the topic I want to discuss, I hope the reader will overlook this side note. Paganini occasionally played pieces by Kreutzer and Rode, but I haven’t found any evidence that he was familiar with Viotti's concertos. The reason might be clear. Paganini stayed in Italy until 1828; Viotti, who was born in Italy, left the country and only returned briefly in 1783. His long stay in Paris led to him being associated with the French School of violinists. Other performers played his works during his lifetime, but it's uncertain if they reached Paganini. What I'm simply asking is this: what piece, or whose piece, was Paganini's first concerto based on? It was composed in 1811, according to the Musical World (Vol. for 1851, p. 822), or in 1820 as per the "Oxford History of Music" (Vol. VI., p. 225). The structure of the work will be discussed later; for now, the focus is on instrumentation. Berlioz remarked: "It was said of Weber, 'He is a meteor!' With equal justice it may be said of Paganini, 'He is a comet!'" I would rephrase Berlioz and say that Paganini’s First Concerto burst onto the scene like a comet—a comet with a dramatic tail! Paganini was the Richard Strauss of his time. Imagine, in a concerto, trombones, double-bassoon, cymbals, and bass-drum!—and this was in 1811, potentially. All it would take is a few more horns and trumpets, some tubas, a rattle, and other percussion instruments to match the latest scoring from the twentieth century. But enough of joking around. A large score isn't automatically commendable; however, Paganini's full orchestration never overshadowed the solo part, which is more than can be said for some later violin concertos. I don’t claim to know all the literature for the violin, but I’ve heard a lot of it; still, I can’t remember any violin concerto expanding beyond the orchestral resources used by Beethoven in his earlier work before Paganini's first concerto. I must also admit that I’ve never seen an original score of any of Paganini's pieces, but I've transcribed a score from what I believe to be authentic band parts. I’ve experienced the First Concerto “reduced to one act,” with the introduction left out; and while this version might align with modern preferences, I can only view it as unfair to the composer. Nowadays, Paganini’s music is often regarded with pity bordering on disdain; how did his contemporaries view it?

Rossini is reported to have said: "Truly, it is fortunate that Paganini did not devote himself exclusively to lyric composition; he would have become a very dangerous rival."[52] Moscheles wrote: "His concertos are beautiful, and have even their grand moments; but they remind me of a brilliant firework on a summer's eve, one flash succeeding the other—effective, admirable—but always the same. His 'Sonate Militaire,' and other pieces, have a southern glow about them, but this hero of the violin cannot dispense with the roll of the drum; and completely as he may annihilate his less showy colleagues, I long for a little of Spohr's earnestness, Baillot's power, and even Mayseder's piquancy."

Rossini is said to have remarked: "It's truly lucky that Paganini didn’t focus solely on writing lyrical compositions; he would have been a very tough competitor." [52] Moscheles noted: "His concertos are stunning and have their grand moments; but they remind me of a dazzling firework display on a summer evening, with one burst following another—impressive, remarkable—but always the same. His 'Sonate Militaire' and other pieces have a warm, southern vibe, but this violin hero can't get away from the sound of the drum; and no matter how much he outshines his less flashy peers, I crave a bit of Spohr's seriousness, Baillot's strength, and even Mayseder's flair."

Very little was said of Paganini's compositions—I mean by way of description, orchestration, or even criticism—when the composer was in England. The writers seemed always engrossed and absorbed by the performance and personality of the man.

Very little was said about Paganini's compositions—I mean in terms of description, orchestration, or even criticism—when the composer was in England. The writers always seemed focused and captivated by his performance and personality.

Schumann repeats what was said of Paganini; that he, himself, rated his merit as a composer more highly than his talent as a virtuoso. We know that Rubinstein desired to have his name handed down to posterity as a composer rather than as a pianist. The fates have been unkind to both. To return to Schumann. He remarks that "if general opinion has not, until now, agreed with him (Paganini), it must at least be allowed that his compositions[153] contain many pure and precious qualities, worthy of being firmly fixed in the richer setting required by the pianoforte." This of course referred to the caprices, Op. 1, but the observation is a curious illustration of the way in which individual minds regard things from their own standpoint.

Schumann repeats what was said about Paganini; he valued his abilities as a composer more than his skills as a virtuoso. We know that Rubinstein wanted his name to be remembered as a composer rather than just a pianist. Fate has not been kind to either of them. Back to Schumann. He notes that "if public opinion has not, until now, agreed with him (Paganini), it must at least be acknowledged that his compositions[153] contain many pure and valuable qualities, deserving of being solidly placed in the richer context needed by the pianoforte." This, of course, referred to the caprices, Op. 1, but the comment is an interesting example of how different minds view things from their own perspectives.

Paganini's music appealed to Liszt as a means of creating a new school of pianoforte technique, as well as composition; very little can be gleaned from Liszt as to his æsthetic views regarding it. Fétis says great worth is revealed in the compositions of Paganini, as much by the novelty of the ideas as by the elegance of the form, the richness of the harmony, and the effects of the instrumentation. These qualities shine above all in the concertos; but, he adds, these works require the magic of his talent to produce the effect he intended. Berlioz was, perhaps, the most appreciative of Paganini's contemporaries. In his Soirées de l'Orchestre he says: "A volume might be written in telling all that Paganini has created in his works of novel effect, ingenious contrivances, noble and grandiose forms, and orchestral combinations unknown before his time. His melodies are broad Italian melodies, but full of a passionate ardour seldom found in the best pages of dramatic composers of his country. His harmonics are always clear, simple, and of extraordinary sonorousness. His orchestration is brilliant and energetic, without being noisy. He often introduces the bass drum into his tutti with unusual intelligence."

Paganini's music caught Liszt's attention as a way to develop a new style of piano technique and composition; however, Liszt shared very little about his aesthetic views on it. Fétis points out that the value of Paganini's compositions lies not only in their innovative ideas but also in their elegant structure, rich harmony, and instrumental effects. These qualities are particularly evident in the concertos, but he notes that these pieces need Paganini's unique talent to achieve the intended impact. Berlioz was probably the most appreciative of Paganini's contemporaries. In his Orchestra Evenings, he states: "One could write a whole volume detailing everything that Paganini has achieved with his works filled with novel effects, clever techniques, noble and grand forms, and orchestral combinations that were unprecedented in his time. His melodies are broad Italian tunes, yet brimming with a passionate intensity rarely found in the best works of dramatic composers from his country. His harmonics are always clear, simple, and incredibly resonant. His orchestration is bright and dynamic without being overwhelming. He often smartly includes the bass drum in his tutti."

During Paganini's lifetime no one else seems to have[154] played his music, although one of his imitators is said to have reproduced some pieces from memory. After Paganini's death, the propagandist of his works was his nephew and pupil, Ernesto Camillo Sivori. He made his début at the Leipzig Gewandhaus Concerts, October 3, 1841, and a week later introduced there Paganini's Variations on the Prayer from Mosé in Egitto. In all, some dozen pieces by Paganini were given at those famous concerts from 1841 to 1876. Sivori also introduced Paganini to the then very conservative concerts of the Philharmonic Society, London, in 1844. But they did strange things in those days. The first movement of the Concerto in B minor was included in the first part of the concert on April 29, 1844; the Adagio and Rondo coming in the middle of the second part! Poor Sivori had to submit to similar treatment of his own concerto at the Society's concerts in 1845. It would be interesting to know how Paganini's music fared at the concerts of the Paris Conservatoire, but I have not been able to procure any reliable data relating to the subject.

During Paganini's lifetime, it seems that no one else[154] played his music, although one of his imitators reportedly played some pieces from memory. After Paganini's death, his works were promoted by his nephew and student, Ernesto Camillo Sivori. He made his debut at the Leipzig Gewandhaus Concerts on October 3, 1841, and introduced Paganini's Variations on the Prayer from Moses in Egypt there a week later. In total, about a dozen pieces by Paganini were performed at those famous concerts from 1841 to 1876. Sivori also introduced Paganini to the then very conservative concerts of the Philharmonic Society in London in 1844. But they did strange things back then. The first movement of the Concerto in B minor was played in the first part of the concert on April 29, 1844, while the Adagio and Rondo were performed in the middle of the second part! Poor Sivori had to endure similar mistreatment of his own concerto at the Society's concerts in 1845. It would be interesting to know how Paganini's music was received at the Paris Conservatoire concerts, but I haven't been able to find any reliable information on that topic.

Rumour was long busy with the project entertained by Paganini's son, the Baron Achilles, of publishing a complete edition of the compositions of the great violinist; and in 1887 a paragraph in the Athenæum announced on apparently good authority that the Baron was preparing for immediate publication the whole of the works of his father which still remained in manuscript. Several of those were named, but nothing more has been heard of the undertaking. I have scrutinised the musical[155] press from that date to the present time, and have failed to gather any further information on the subject.

Rumors were busy for a long time about the project that Paganini's son, Baron Achilles, had to publish a complete edition of the great violinist's works. In 1887, a note in the Athenæum claimed, based on apparently reliable sources, that the Baron was getting ready to publish all of his father's works that were still in manuscript form. Several of those were mentioned, but nothing more has been heard about the project. I've searched through the music[155] press from that time until now and couldn't find any more information on the topic.

From every available source I have compiled the following list of Paganini's compositions:—

From all available sources, I've put together the following list of Paganini's compositions:—

Op. 1. Twenty-four Capriccios, for violin alone.

Op. 1. Twenty-four Caprices for solo violin.

Op. 2. Six Sonatas, for violin and guitar.

Op. 2. Six Sonatas for violin and guitar.

Op. 3. Six Sonatas, for violin and guitar.

Op. 3. Six Sonatas for violin and guitar.

Op. 4. Three Grand Quartets, for violin, viola, violoncello and guitar.

Op. 4. Three Grand Quartets for violin, viola, cello, and guitar.

Op. 5. Three Grand Quartets, for the same.

Op. 5. Three Grand Quartets for the same instruments.

Op. 6. Concerto, No. 1, in E flat (D), for violin and orchestra.

Op. 6. Concerto No. 1 in E flat (D) for violin and orchestra.

Op. 7. Concerto, No. 2, in B minor, for the same.

Op. 7. Concerto No. 2 in B minor for the same.

Op. 8. "Le Streghe." Introduction and Variations.

Op. 8. "Le Streghe." Intro and Variations.

Op. 9. "God Save the King." Variations.

Op. 9. "God Save the King." Variations.

Op. 10. "Carnaval de Venise." Variations.

Op. 10. "Carnaval de Venise." Variations.

Op. 11. "Allegro de Concert." "Moto Perpetuo."

Op. 11. "Concert Allegro." "Perpetual Motion."

Op. 12. "Non più mesta." Introduction and Variations.

Op. 12. "Non più mesta." Introduction and Variations.

Op. 13. "Di tanti palpiti." Introduction and Variations.

Op. 13. "Di tanti palpiti." Introduction and Variations.

All for violin and orchestra.

Op. 14. Sixty Studies in Variation form, on the Air "Barucaba," for violin alone.

Op. 14. Sixty Studies in Variation form on the Theme "Barucaba" for solo violin.

Works without Opus number.

Sonata in A, for violin, with accompaniment of violin and violoncello.

Sonata in A for violin, with violin and cello accompaniment.

Bravura Variations on a theme from Rossini's "Moses in Egypt," for violin and string quartet, or pianoforte.

Bravura Variations on a theme from Rossini's "Moses in Egypt," for violin and string quartet or piano.

Bravura Variations on an Original Theme, for violin and guitar, or pianoforte.

Bravura Variations on an Original Theme, for violin and guitar or piano.

Introduction and Variations on the Theme, "Nel cor più non mi sento," for violin alone.

Introduction and Variations on the Theme, "Nel cor più non mi sento," for solo violin.

Duo in C major, for one violin. Solo.

Duo in C major for one violin. Solo.

Recitative and Variations, on Three Airs, for the fourth string.

Recitative and Variations on Three Melodies for the fourth string.

"Le Charme de Padua," Divertissement, for violin and pianoforte.

"Le Charme de Padua," Entertainment for violin and piano."

Works that are unpublished, or that have been lost.

Concertos in D minor, E minor, E major.

Concertos in D minor, E minor, E major.

Concerto in two movements. Violin and orchestra.

Concerto in two movements for violin and orchestra.

Four Concertos, the scoring unfinished.

Four Concertos, the scoring is incomplete.

Concerto, for bassoon, with string trio accompaniment.

Concerto for bassoon with string trio accompaniment.

Nine Quartets, for violin, viola, violoncello and guitar.

Nine Quartets for violin, viola, cello, and guitar.

Fantasia. Violin and orchestra.

Fantasia for violin and orchestra.

Dramatic Sonata, "The Storm," for the same.

Dramatic Sonata, "The Storm," for the same.

Military Sonata on Mozart's "Non più andrai."

Military Sonata based on Mozart's "Non più andrai."

Napoleon Sonata for the fourth string.

Napoleon Sonata for the fourth string.

Sonata on a Theme by Haydn. Ditto.

Sonata on a Theme by Haydn. The same for the others.

Sonata di un Canto Appassionata, e variazioni sopra un Tema Marziale. Ditto.

Sonata of a Passionate Song, and variations on a War Theme. The same for the others.

Sonata with variations on a Theme from Jos. Weigl's "L'Amor Marinaro."

Sonata with variations on a Theme from Jos. Weigl's "L'Amor Marinaro."

Sonata Amorosa Galante, e Tema con variazioni.

Sonata Amorosa Galante, and Theme with Variations.

Sonata for viola and orchestra.

Sonata for viola and orchestra.

Sonata Sentimentale.

Sentimental Sonata.

Sonata, "Varsovie."

Sonata titled "Varsovie."

Sonata for violin alone.

Sonata for solo violin.

Preludio e Rondo brilliant, violin and orchestra.

Preludio e Rondo brillante, for violin and orchestra.

Chant of the Monks of the Monastery of St. Bernard.

Chant of the Monks at St. Bernard's Monastery.

"La Primavera," Sonata for violin alone.

"La Primavera," Sonata for solo violin.

Preludio e Fandango, con Variazioni.

Preludio e Fandango, con Variazioni.

"La ci darem la Mano," Variations.

"La ci darem la Mano," Variations.

Cantabile, violin and pianoforte.

Cantabile for violin and piano.

Polonaise avec variations.

Polonaise with variations.

Cantabile e Valse.

Cantabile and Waltz.

Cantabile, for two strings.

Cantabile for two strings.

Three duos, violin and violoncello.

Three duos for violin and cello.

Duets and small pieces for guitar.

Duets and short pieces for guitar.

Variations sur un thème comique.

Variations on a comic theme.

"The Vagaries of a Farm Yard."

"The Ups and Downs of a Farm Yard."



Romance pour le Chant.

Romance for Singing.

Fantasie Vocale.

Vocal Fantasy.

Works with Opus No.

Op. 1. The full title reads:—Ventiquattro Caprici per Violino solo, dedicati agli artisti; Opera prima. It is not necessary to refer to these pieces in detail; they are in the repertory of the leading violinists, and have been played by Joachim and many others. They embrace[157] almost every kind of violin technique, and have merits apart from that standpoint. Schumann in his Etudés d'apres les Caprices de Paganini, Op. 3, has transcribed for the pianoforte six numbers. They are, No. 5, Agitato, in A minor, without the alteration of a single note; No. 9, Allegretto in E, quite as closely; the Andante of No. 11, in C; No. 13, Allegro, in B flat, beautifully harmonized; No. 19, Lento, Allegro assai, in E flat, more freely treated; and No. 16, Presto, in G minor, the melody assigned to the left hand, and written two octaves lower. These studies were the result of Schumann's hearing Paganini at Frankfort in 1830. The impression the great violinist made on the susceptible youth was so deep, that Wasielewski stated that it was more than probable Schumann's decision to devote himself to music dated from that experience. So here is another debt the musical world owes to Paganini. Schumann's Op. 3 bears the date of 1832. The next year he returned to the Italian master, and his Six Studies, Op. 10, are further transcriptions of the Capriccios. The first is a very free arrangement of No. 12, Allegro molto, in A flat; next is a paraphrase of No. 6, Adagio, in G minor, in which different figuration was absolutely necessary for the keyboard instrument. In No. 10, Vivace, in G minor, he divides the melody for the two hands, and accompanies with bold harmonies. The transcription of No. 4, Maestoso, in C, is almost literal, but there are "cuts," as also in No. 12. No. 2, Moderato, in B minor, with its "leaps and bounds," is altered to bring the intervals more within reach of the hand. The bare octaves which form[158] the opening of No. 3, have been filled in with rich harmonies, and to the Presto movement a counterpoint in semiquavers has been added, making it a very attractive piece of the Tocatta order. It will be remembered that one short movement of Schumann's "Carnival" is entitled Paganini, but it is a reflexion of his style rather than an adaptation of his music. Liszt has borrowed much, in regard to form and melodic outline, from the Capriccios, in his Etudés d'exécution transcendante. Of his Grandes Etudes de Paganini notice will be taken later. Brahms has written two sets of variations on the theme of the Capriccio, No. 24, Quasi presto, in A minor. These are extraordinarily difficult and brilliant. They were published in 1866, and Carl Tausig was fond of playing them. Paganini's Op. 1, was published by Ricordi about the year 1820.

Op. 1. The full title is:—Twenty-Four Caprices for Solo Violin, dedicated to the artists; First Work. There’s no need to detail these pieces; they are part of the repertoire of top violinists and have been performed by Joachim and many others. They cover[157] almost every type of violin technique and have value beyond that. Schumann in his Studies based on the Caprices of Paganini, Op. 3, has arranged six pieces for the piano. They are: No. 5, Agitato, in A minor, without changing a single note; No. 9, Allegretto in E, just as closely; the Andante of No. 11, in C; No. 13, Allegro, in B flat, beautifully harmonized; No. 19, Lento, Allegro assai, in E flat, more freely arranged; and No. 16, Presto, in G minor, with the melody given to the left hand and written two octaves lower. These studies came from Schumann hearing Paganini in Frankfort in 1830. The impact the great violinist had on the impressionable young man was so profound that Wasielewski noted it’s likely Schumann’s decision to pursue music began with that experience. So here's another debt the music world owes to Paganini. Schumann's Op. 3 is dated 1832. The following year, he revisited the Italian master, and his Six Studies, Op. 10, are additional arrangements of the Capriccios. The first is a very free adaptation of No. 12, Allegro molto, in A flat; next is a paraphrase of No. 6, Adagio, in G minor, for which different figuration was essential for the piano. In No. 10, Vivace, in G minor, he splits the melody between both hands and supports it with bold harmonies. The arrangement of No. 4, Maestoso, in C, is almost direct, but there are "cuts," as in No. 12. No. 2, Moderato, in B minor, with its "leaps and bounds," has been adjusted to make the intervals easier to play. The bare octaves that start[158] No. 3 have been enhanced with rich harmonies, and the Presto movement has a counterpoint in semiquavers added, making it a very appealing piece in the style of a Toccata. It's noteworthy that one brief section of Schumann's "Carnival" is called Paganini, but it's more a reflection of his style than an adaptation of his music. Liszt took much in terms of form and melodic structure from the Capriccios for his Transcendent execution studies. There will be further discussion on his Paganini's Grand Studies later. Brahms composed two sets of variations on the theme of Capriccio No. 24, Quasi presto, in A minor. These are extremely challenging and bright. They were published in 1866, and Carl Tausig enjoyed playing them. Paganini's Op. 1 was published by Ricordi around 1820.

Op. 2, and Op. 3. The house of Ricordi publish the Twelve Sonatas for violin and guitar, and Breitkopf and Härtel publish an edition for violin and pianoforte, edited by Ferdinand David. There is no clue as to the arranger of the pianoforte part, but it may be the work of Moscheles, who, it will be remembered, was induced "to make a pianoforte accompaniment for twelve small violin pieces," but who refused to have his name affixed to the title-page. Anyway, the pianoforte accompaniment is the work of a good musician. The title page of Op. 2 runs thus: Sei Sonate per Violino e chitarra, Composte e Dedicate Al Signor Dellepiane, Da Nicolo Paganini. The pieces are sonatas in the primitive sense of the term. Each contains two movements only. No. 1, Minuetto,[159] Adagio in A, three-four, the violin part in the nature of a florid cadenza but very clear in rhythm, the guitar accompaniment in semiquaver groups of broken chords. Second movement, Polonese, Quasi allegro, A major, three-four, tuneful, all derived from a short motive, not difficult. No. 2, Larghetto expressivo, C major, six-eight, lyrical, melody highly embellished after the first phrase, varied bowing. Allegro spiritoso, same key and measure, in the style of a Canto popolare. No. 3, Adagio maestoso, D minor, two-four, principal motive of a dramatic kind, with brilliant passages intervening. Andantino gallantement, a crisp, staccato melody, with middle section in D major. No. 4, Andante calcando, A major, four-two, theme, in sixths, thirds and octaves. The movement is entitled La Sinagoga, but I can trace no Jewish melody corresponding to its subject. The second movement, Andantino con brio, in two-four measure is as bright and sparkling as the corresponding movement in No. 3. No. 5, Andante moderato, D major, two-four, two strains of eight bars, with a lyrical theme. The second movement in six-eight rhythm, is another specimen of the Italian Cantilena. No. 6, Largo, A minor, six-eight, a combination of recitative and Cadenza passages. Tempo di Valse, in three-eight measure, a tripping, fluent theme, for light bowing. The music altogether is light and pleasing, abounding in showy passages, and with the real Italian gift of melody. The accompaniments are in no way difficult.

Op. 2 and Op. 3. The Ricordi publishing house is releasing the Twelve Sonatas for violin and guitar, while Breitkopf and Härtel are putting out an edition for violin and piano, edited by Ferdinand David. There's no indication of who arranged the piano part, but it might be Moscheles, who was asked "to create a piano accompaniment for twelve small violin pieces," yet declined to have his name on the title page. Regardless, the piano accompaniment is by a skilled musician. The title page of Op. 2 states: Six Sonatas for Violin and Guitar, Composed and Dedicated to Mr. Dellepiane, by Nicolo Paganini. The pieces are sonatas in the most basic sense of the word. Each consists of just two movements. No. 1, Minuetto, [159] Adagio in A, three-four time, features the violin part as a decorative cadenza but very clear in rhythm, with the guitar accompaniment in groups of broken chords. The second movement, Polonese, Quasi allegro, A major, three-four time, is melodic, based on a short motif, and not difficult. No. 2, Larghetto expressivo, C major, six-eight time, is lyrical, with a highly embellished melody after the first phrase, showcasing varied bowing. Allegro spiritoso, in the same key and time signature, takes on the style of a Folk song. No. 3, Adagio maestoso, D minor, two-four time, has a dramatically themed principal motive, featuring brilliant interludes. Andantino gallantement presents a crisp, staccato melody, with a middle section in D major. No. 4, Andante calcando, A major, four-two time, features a theme in sixths, thirds, and octaves. Although titled The Synagogue, I can't find any corresponding Jewish melody. The second movement, Andantino con brio, in two-four time, is just as bright and lively as the corresponding movement in No. 3. No. 5, Andante moderato, D major, two-four time, has two strains of eight bars with a lyrical theme. The second movement in six-eight rhythm is another example of the Italian Cantilena. No. 6, Largo, A minor, six-eight time, combines recitative and cadenza passages. Tempo di Valse, in three-eight time, features a lively, flowing theme for light bowing. Overall, the music is light and enjoyable, filled with flashy passages and showcasing the true Italian talent for melody. The accompaniments are not difficult at all.

The Six Sonatas, Op. 3, have rather a curious dedication: Alla Ragazza Eleonora. "Ragazza" is a familiar[160] term for a girl, and may be translated as "lass," or even "wench." The Eleonora it may be impossible now to identify, though the lady possibly was connected with the period of Paganini's disappearance when Napoleon invaded Italy. Sonata, No. 1, is in two movements, as are all the others. The first, Larghetto, A major, six-eight measure, has a theme resembling a popular melody, the close of each strain being highly embellished. Ricordi's edition gives an alternative reading of the penultimate bar, in the style of a cadenza. The second movement, Presto variato, in two-four rhythm, has a dance-like theme, with one variation. The two bars preceding the final cadence have semiquaver groups to be played pizzicato, each note with right and left hand alternately. No. 2, Adagio, con dolcezza, G major, three-eight, theme, pure Italian cantilena, in thirds or sixths throughout. Andantino scherzoso, two-four, crisp, tripping melody, chiefly for staccato bowing, ending with arpeggios extending to four octaves. No. 3, Andante sostenuto, D major, two-four, theme for six bars to be played on the second string. Rondo, Molto allegro, six-eight, bright and spirited; the opening might have been inspired by the Irish air "Garyone"—the lilt is so much the same. The movement ends with a rapid descending chromatic scale of three octaves. No. 4, Andante largo, A minor, two-two, the opening bars of the theme for the third string, declamatory, sad. Allegretto mottegiando, two-four, light, tripping melody, to be delivered in a spirit of banter. No. 5, Adagio amorosa, A major, two-four, theme, Italian melody embellished, in thirds[161] throughout, with some semi-staccato bowing. Allegretto energicamente, two-four, a merry, quick-step movement of two eight-bar periods. The second part, in the tonic minor, has the theme divided equally for guitar and violin, in each strain. A coda of four bars, major, is added by way of close. In the arrangement for pianoforte, the violin has the theme throughout. No. 6, Andante innocentemente, E minor, four-four, a pathetic melody, simple, but touching. Allegro vivo e spiritoso, six-eight. One could imagine an Italian peasant singing this melody; it has all the characteristics of a folk-song. It is written throughout in double-notes, mostly thirds. The second part, in the minor, is in a different manner to the first part, which is repeated after it. The guitar accompaniments, with the exception named, are all in chords or arpeggios. The pianoforte part has more variety. It may be observed that the movements in two-four measure have much of the spirit of Haydn's Allegros.

The Six Sonatas, Op. 3, have an interesting dedication: To Eleonora. "Ragazza" is a casual term for a girl and can be translated as "lass" or even "wench." It's hard to identify who Eleonora is now, but she may have been linked to the time when Paganini disappeared during Napoleon's invasion of Italy. Sonata No. 1 has two movements, like all the others. The first, Larghetto, in A major, is in six-eight time and features a theme similar to a popular melody, with the end of each phrase being quite embellished. Ricordi’s edition offers an alternative interpretation of the second-to-last bar, styled like a cadenza. The second movement, Presto variato, in two-four time, has a dance-like theme with one variation. The two bars before the final cadence have sixteenth notes to be played pizzicato, alternating between the right and left hands for each note. No. 2, Adagio, con dolcezza, in G major, three-eight time, has a theme that showcases pure Italian cantilena, played in thirds or sixths throughout. Andantino scherzoso, in two-four time, features a crisp, lively melody, mainly for staccato bowing, ending with arpeggios spanning four octaves. No. 3, Andante sostenuto, in D major, two-four time, presents a six-bar theme played on the second string. Rondo, Molto allegro, in six-eight time, is bright and spirited; the opening might have been inspired by the Irish air "Garyone"— the lilt is very similar. The movement concludes with a rapid descending chromatic scale of three octaves. No. 4, Andante largo, in A minor, two-two time, opens with a theme on the third string that is declamatory and sad. Allegretto mottegiando, in two-four time, features a light, playful melody meant to be delivered with a sense of banter. No. 5, Adagio amorosa, in A major, two-four time, presents an embellished Italian melody, using thirds throughout, with some semi-staccato bowing. Allegretto energicamente, in two-four time, is a merry, quick-step movement consisting of two eight-bar sections. The second part, in the tonic minor, shares the theme equally between guitar and violin, in each section. A four-bar coda in major wraps things up. In the piano arrangement, the violin carries the theme throughout. No. 6, Andante innocentemente, in E minor, four-four time, features a simple but touching melody. Allegro vivo e spiritoso, in six-eight time. One could picture an Italian peasant singing this tune; it captures all the traits of a folk song. It's written entirely in double notes, mostly in thirds. The second part in the minor is different from the first part, which is repeated afterward. The guitar accompaniments, except for one, are all in chords or arpeggios. The piano part adds more variety. It’s noticeable that the movements in two-four time carry much of the spirit of Haydn's Allegros.

Op. 4, Three Quartets for violin, viola, violoncello and guitar. These were once in the Circulating Music Libraries of the firms of Novello and Augener, but are no longer to be met with. I have failed to obtain copies elsewhere.

Op. 4, Three Quartets for violin, viola, cello, and guitar. These used to be available in the Circulating Music Libraries of Novello and Augener, but you can't find them anymore. I've been unable to get copies from anywhere else.

Op. 5, Tre Quartetti a Violino, Viola, Chitarra e Violoncello. Composti e Dedicati Alle Amatrici Da Nicolò Paganini. Milano. Presso Gio. Ricordi. By the courtesy of the firm of Novello, I have been enabled to examine this set, the title page of which I quote. The copy I examined is evidently of the original edition. Each[162] quartet is in four movements. No. 1, Presto, D major, sixteen-eight, a peculiar signature, but apparently adopted by reason of the "figures" in quavers. This movement is very much in Rossini Overture form. Andante sotto voce e staccato, D minor, three-four, Canone a tre. The violin begins, the viola answers one bar later, an octave lower, and the violoncello follows in like manner. The guitar is silent. The Canon is kept up strictly to the end. The Trio—not in Canon—is in B flat major, and the guitar supports the strings with full chords. Tema con variazioni, Cantabile quasi Larghetto, D major, two-four, two strains of eight bars, the theme in each begun by the viola, and repeated by the violoncello. Three variations follow, the theme being allotted to each instrument in turn, the guitar included. Finale, Prestissimo, D major, three-eight, a brilliant, showy movement.

Op. 5, Three Quartets for Violin, Viola, Guitar, and Cello. Composed and Dedicated to the Amateurs by Nicolò Paganini. Milan. Published by Gio. Ricordi. Thanks to the Novello firm, I've been able to look at this set, and here’s the title page I’m quoting. The copy I reviewed clearly comes from the original edition. Each[162] quartet has four movements. No. 1, Presto, D major, sixteenth-eighth, has a unique signature, probably chosen because of the "figures" in the eighth notes. This movement resembles a Rossini Overture. Andante sotto voce e staccato, D minor, three-four, is structured as a Canon for three instruments. The violin starts, the viola responds one bar later an octave lower, and the cello follows in the same way. The guitar stays silent. The Canon continues strictly until the end. The Trio—not in Canon—is in B flat major, with the guitar supporting the strings with full chords. Tema con variazioni, Cantabile quasi Larghetto, D major, two-four, consists of two themes over eight bars, starting with the viola and repeated by the cello. Three variations follow, with the theme given to each instrument in turn, including the guitar. Finale, Prestissimo, D major, three-eight, is a lively, flashy movement.

No. 2, Allegro, C major, four-four measure, in binary form, the subjects given to the violin and violoncello. Minuetto, Allegretto, A minor, three-four, with Trio in two sections, F major and D minor. The violin has the theme, the others accompany with chords. Cantabile, Larghetto, A major, six-eight, the melody, floridly embellished, for violin, the other instruments accompanying. Polacca, Quasi presto, C major, six-four. The violin has the chief melody, subordinate parts being given to the viola and violoncello. The guitar has full chords throughout.

No. 2, Allegro, C major, four-four time, in binary form, with the themes assigned to the violin and cello. Minuet, Allegretto, A minor, three-four time, featuring a Trio in two sections, F major and D minor. The violin plays the main theme while the others provide chordal support. Cantabile, Larghetto, A major, six-eight time, with a beautifully decorated melody for the violin, accompanied by the other instruments. Polacca, Almost Presto, C major, six-four time. The violin carries the main melody, while the viola and cello play subordinate parts. The guitar plays full chords throughout.

No. 3, Allegro, D minor, four-four rhythm, Coda in D major, principal themes for the violin, the viola and violoncello taking up portions here and there with chords[163] and arpeggios for the guitar. Allegro moderato, D minor, three-four, Canone a tre, theme for violin, answered by viola and violoncello at one bar interval, an octave below, as in No. 1. Guitar tacet. Tema Cantabile, Quasi adagio, B flat major, two-four. The movement consists of two periods, the theme for viola and violin alternately, in each. Variation I., florid, violoncello and violin in response; II., in G minor, more elaborate, theme for violoncello and violin, rapid arpeggios for guitar; III., in B flat major, theme for viola and violin, alternately, and finally for guitar. Polacchetta, Allegro con brio, D minor, three-four, a brilliant movement, with themes for the violin; the viola and violoncello share in the figurated passages, and the guitar has an accompaniment in chords and arpeggios.

No. 3, Allegro, D minor, 4/4 time, Coda in D major, main themes for the violin, with the viola and cello taking parts here and there with chords[163] and arpeggios for the guitar. Allegro moderato, D minor, 3/4 time, Canone a tre, theme for violin, answered by viola and cello with a one-bar interval, an octave lower, like in No. 1. Guitar silent. Tema Cantabile, Quasi adagio, B flat major, 2/4 time. The movement has two sections, the theme for viola and violin alternating in each. Variation I., florid, cello and violin in response; II., in G minor, more intricate, theme for cello and violin, rapid arpeggios for guitar; III., in B flat major, theme for viola and violin alternating, and finally for guitar. Polacchetta, Allegro con brio, D minor, 3/4 time, a lively movement, with themes for the violin; the viola and cello participate in the figurative passages, and the guitar provides an accompaniment with chords and arpeggios.

Paganini is said to have repudiated this work, although according to Fétis, the quartets were published at Genoa under his very eyes. I should rather say that the Milan edition was the first, and perhaps the only one. Paganini's assertion was that some one had taken a few of his themes, and badly arranged them. Fétis further states that various pieces published before, and up to, 1851, must be considered as "commercial frauds." Some of them are named, and will be referred to in due course. The music of Op. 5 cannot be regarded as in any way great, but there are graceful melodies, and the movements in Canon form are ingeniously worked out.

Paganini reportedly rejected this work, although Fétis claims the quartets were published in Genoa right in front of him. I would say that the Milan edition was the first, and possibly the only one. Paganini claimed that someone had taken a few of his themes and arranged them poorly. Fétis also mentions that various pieces published before and up to 1851 should be seen as "commercial frauds." Some of these are identified and will be discussed later. The music of Op. 5 can't really be considered great, but there are elegant melodies, and the sections in Canon form are cleverly crafted.

Op. 6, Premier Concerto (Mi Bémol), pour le violin avec accomp. de l'orchestrè. This was the first of the posthumous works, published by the firm of Schott and Co., Paris, in[164] 1851. It is scored for two flutes, oboes, clarinets, bassoon, double bassoon, two horns, trumpets, three trombones, kettle drums, bass drum, cymbals, and the usual quintet of strings. The solo violin is tuned a semitone higher, and the part is in D, while the orchestra plays in E flat. Breitkopf and Härtel publish the orchestral parts in the key of D. There is an arrangement of the first movement, by August Wilhelmj, but with that I have nothing to do here. First movement, Allegro maestoso, E flat, four-four. The orchestral exordium extends to ninety-four bars, six more than in the introduction of Beethoven's Concerto. The movement—so it may be termed—is symphonic in form, with second subject in the dominant, and it is richly scored. The exception I take to it is the persistent employment of the cymbals with the bass drum. There is a delightful little touch in the canonic imitation for first violins and violoncellos. The solo has a principal theme scarcely indicated in the introduction, and also several important episodes. The slow movement, Adagio, C minor, four-four, was inspired, as already mentioned, by the Italian tragedian, Demarini. Paganini witnessed his performance in a prison scene, where, after recapitulating his misfortunes, he supplicated Providence to relieve him of the burden of his life. Paganini retired to rest still under the influence of the emotions excited by the actor. He could not sleep: he rose and sought through his violin a means of expression by which he could pour out the feelings that consumed his soul. Thus, genius tortures and produces. It must have been this movement in[165] which William Gardiner heard "tones more than human, which seemed to be wrung from the deepest anguish of a broken heart." Observe, especially, the recitative passages that close the movement. Finale, Rondo, Allegro spiritoso, E flat, two-four. This is the longest concerto movement known to me, running on to four hundred and eighty-three bars, but the "measure" is short. The concerto is not so long as that of Beethoven, the first and second movements containing fewer bars. It may be noted that in the first and last movements Paganini introduces harmonics, and passages in tenths, most probably for the first time in a concerto. In the slow movement there is no double stopping. The Cadenzas were improvised, and Paganini, like Beethoven, in his improvisations surpassed anything he ever committed to paper.

Op. 6, Premier Concerto (E Flat) for violin with orchestral accompaniment. This was the first of the posthumous works, published by Schott and Co., Paris, in[164] 1851. It is scored for two flutes, oboes, clarinets, bassoon, double bassoon, two horns, trumpets, three trombones, kettle drums, bass drum, cymbals, and the usual quintet of strings. The solo violin is tuned a semitone higher, and the part is in D, while the orchestra plays in E flat. Breitkopf and Härtel publish the orchestral parts in the key of D. There is an arrangement of the first movement by August Wilhelmj, but that’s not my focus here. First movement, Allegro maestoso, E flat, four-four. The orchestral introduction lasts ninety-four bars, six more than in Beethoven's Concerto. The movement—so it can be called—is symphonic in structure, with the second subject in the dominant, and it is richly orchestrated. My only issue with it is the constant use of cymbals with the bass drum. There’s a charming little detail in the canonic imitation for first violins and cellos. The solo has a main theme barely hinted at in the introduction, along with several key episodes. The slow movement, Adagio, C minor, four-four, was inspired, as mentioned earlier, by the Italian tragedian, Demarini. Paganini saw him perform in a prison scene, where, after recounting his misfortunes, he pleaded with Providence to relieve him of the burden of his life. Afterward, Paganini went to rest, still moved by the emotions stirred up by the actor. He couldn’t sleep: he got up and sought to express through his violin the feelings that overwhelmed him. Thus, genius struggles and creates. It must have been this movement in[165] that William Gardiner heard as "tones more than human, which seemed to be wrung from the deepest anguish of a broken heart." Pay special attention to the recitative passages that close the movement. Finale, Rondo, Allegro spiritoso, E flat, two-four. This is the longest concerto movement I know of, extending to four hundred and eighty-three bars, but the "measure" is short. The concerto is not as long as Beethoven’s, with the first and second movements containing fewer bars. It’s worth noting that in the first and last movements, Paganini introduces harmonics and passages in tenths, probably for the first time in a concerto. In the slow movement, there is no double stopping. The cadenzas were improvised, and Paganini, like Beethoven, surpassed anything he ever wrote down in his improvisations.

Op. 7, Concerto No. 2, in B minor. Allegro maestoso, B minor, twelve-eight. Adagio, D major, two-two. Rondo, Andantino allegretto moderato, B minor, six-eight. This is not so long as the first concerto by some two hundred bars, and is not so fine a work, but it is a piece worthy of being occasionally heard. In the principal theme of the Rondo occur the passages where the silver bell three times echoes the violin note—the top F sharp of the pianoforte keyboard. Failing the bell, the violinist produces the sound by an artificial harmonic. It is this Rondo that Liszt has included in his Grosse Etüden von Paganini. His treatment of Paganini must be briefly described. There are six "studies," the first a transcription of Paganini's Caprice, No. 6, Adagio, G[166] minor. To this Liszt adds a prefix, the arpeggio prelude of No. 5. The Caprice itself is very literally copied, the whole being an octave lower, and at first assigned to the left hand alone. After the sixteenth bar the treatment becomes more free, while the figuration is much the same. The study ends with the arpeggio passage as at the beginning. The second takes for subject No. 17, Andante, E flat. Scarcely a note is omitted, but the passages are placed higher or lower, and the runs given to either hand. This is a marvel of ingenuity, forming a most brilliant pianoforte solo. It is followed, as by a second sonata movement, by the "Campanella" Rondo, the two being intended to be performed in succession. For this purpose the Rondo from the Concerto is transposed to G sharp minor, the closing E flat of the previous movement changing enharmonically to D sharp.

Op. 7, Concerto No. 2, in B minor. Allegro maestoso, B minor, twelve-eight. Adagio, D major, two-two. Rondo, Andantino allegretto moderato, B minor, six-eight. This concerto is about two hundred bars shorter than the first one and isn’t as impressive, but it’s still a piece worth hearing from time to time. In the main theme of the Rondo, there are sections where a silver bell echoes the violin note three times—the top F sharp on the piano. If the bell isn’t available, the violinist creates the sound using an artificial harmonic. This Rondo is included in Liszt’s Paganini's Great Studies. Liszt’s approach to Paganini can be briefly described. There are six "studies," with the first being a transcription of Paganini's Caprice, No. 6, Adagio, G[166] minor. Liszt adds an introductory arpeggio prelude based on No. 5. The Caprice is copied quite literally, transposed an octave lower and initially played by the left hand only. After the sixteenth bar, it becomes freer in treatment, although the figuration remains similar. The study concludes with the same arpeggio passage as at the beginning. The second study uses subject No. 17, Andante, E flat. Almost every note is included, but the passages are shifted higher or lower, and the runs are assigned to either hand. This piece is a marvel of creativity and makes for an incredibly brilliant piano solo. Following this, there's a second sonata movement, the "Campanella" Rondo, with both pieces meant to be played together. For this, the Rondo from the Concerto is transposed to G sharp minor, with the ending E flat from the previous movement changing enharmonically to D sharp.

The first exposition of the subject follows Paganini very closely, but in the development and further progress of the movement Liszt follows his own bent, repeating the principal theme again and again with ever varying treatment. This is a piece for the virtuoso, and one of the most showy in the pianist's repertory. The fourth study is an extremely clever transcription of the Caprice No. 1, Andante, E major. Not a note of Paganini's piece is left out, and the arpeggios are ingeniously set out for interwoven fingering, causing the performance to be something to look at as well as to hear. It is nearly all cross-handed work. The fifth study is an arrangement of the Caprice No. 9, Allegretto, E major. On paper it appears easier than the setting by Schumann, but it is[167] more difficult to play. Here, again, the phrases are divided for both hands. The glissando passages in sixths are impossible on modern instruments. The sixth and last study, on the Caprice, No. 24, Tema, con variazioni, A minor, is the most ingenious of all. The theme is simply harmonised at first, then used as a counterpoint to the arpeggios in the first variation. The next is more simply treated, and in the third variation Paganini's theme forms the bass upon which the figuration of the initial motive is superposed. To the end Liszt shows what possibilities in keyboard execution were latent in Paganini's violin figures; and if the latter had written only these Capriccios he would survive as the cause of the most original inventions in pianoforte technique that have yet seen the light.

The first presentation of the topic closely follows Paganini, but as the piece develops, Liszt takes his own direction, repeatedly presenting the main theme with increasingly varied interpretations. This is a piece for the virtuoso, and one of the flashiest in a pianist's repertoire. The fourth study is a highly clever transcription of Caprice No. 1, Andante, E major. Not a single note from Paganini's work is missing, and the arpeggios are skillfully arranged for interwoven fingering, making the performance visually impressive as well as audibly captivating. It's mostly cross-handed playing. The fifth study is an arrangement of Caprice No. 9, Allegretto, E major. On paper, it looks easier than Schumann's version, but it is[167] actually trickier to play. Here too, the phrases are split between both hands. The glissando sections in sixths are unplayable on modern instruments. The sixth and final study, based on Caprice No. 24, Tema, con variazioni, A minor, is the most inventive of all. The theme is initially harmonized simply, then employed as a counterpoint to the arpeggios in the first variation. The next variation is treated more simply, and in the third variation, Paganini's theme forms the bass over which the figures of the original motif are layered. Throughout, Liszt reveals the potential for keyboard execution that was inherent in Paganini's violin figures; and had the latter composed only these Caprices, he would still be remembered as the source of the most original innovations in piano technique that have emerged to date.

Op. 8, Le Streghe. Variations on the "Witches' Dance," theme from the Ballet, "Le Nozze di Benevento," by Vigano, music by Süssmayer. It has already been stated that Paganini witnessed a performance of this ballet, at La Scala, Milan, in 1813. He took the theme from a fantastic scene where the witches appear. In his London programmes Paganini thus described the piece; "Variations on the Country Dance Della Streghe alla Noce di Benevento (or the comic dances of the Witches under the walnut tree of Benevento), composed and performed by Signor Paganini." The piece is in the key of E flat, and the violin is to be tuned a semitone higher, the soloist playing in D. There is an orchestral prelude of eighteen bars, Maestoso, followed by a solo, Larghetto, a beautiful Italian melody, embellished, in[168] two short strains. The theme is simply set forth, and the variations serve for the display of bravura playing with pizzicato and harmonics in the second movement, fourth string melody, and double harmonics in the third, and with the Finale resembling a Galopade. Orchestral parts are published, as well as the arrangement with pianoforte.

Op. 8, The Witches. Variations on the "Witches' Dance," a theme from the ballet, "The Weddings of Benevento," by Vigano, with music by Süssmayer. It's already noted that Paganini saw a performance of this ballet at La Scala in Milan in 1813. He took the theme from a fantastic scene featuring the witches. In his London programs, Paganini described the piece as follows: "Variations on the Country Dance From Witches to the Walnut of Benevento (or the comic dances of the Witches under the walnut tree of Benevento), composed and performed by Signor Paganini." The piece is in the key of E flat, and the violin is tuned a semitone higher, allowing the soloist to play in D. There’s an orchestral prelude of eighteen bars, marked Maestoso, followed by a solo section in Larghetto, which features a beautiful Italian melody embellished in[168] two brief phrases. The theme is presented clearly, and the variations showcase virtuoso playing with pizzicato and harmonics in the second movement, a fourth string melody, and double harmonics in the third, ending with a finale that has a Galopade feel. Orchestral parts are available, along with a piano arrangement.

Op. 9, Variations on "God save the King." Théme, Andante, G major, with Six Variations. One principal feature is the intermingling of left hand staccato with bowed notes. At the close there are sustained open notes on the G and D strings, bowed, with double pizzicato, in sixths, above.

Op. 9, Variations on "God Save the King." Theme, Andante, G major, with Six Variations. One key feature is the mixing of left-hand staccato with bowed notes. At the end, there are sustained open notes on the G and D strings, played with a bow, along with double pizzicato, in sixths, above.

Op. 10, Variations on "The Carnival of Venice." For this the violin is tuned a semitone higher, the solo being played in A, and the accompaniment in B flat. The theme is a popular Venetian air, "O Mamma!" Paganini heard it when in Venice in 1816, but whether he then composed the variations is not certain. It was not long, however, before Paganini made the air a favourite everywhere he went, and it is to him the melody owes its world-wide popularity. The composer of the air remains unknown. Joseph Ghys published, at Paris and Berlin, what purported to be Paganini's variations; Ernst and Sivori played versions more or less exactly in accordance with the original; but the text was finally settled by the publication of the piece in 1851. There are twenty variations. The 9th and 14th are for the fourth string; the 11th has alternate bowed and pizzicato notes; the 15th and 18th are pizzicato throughout; the 19th is[169] in tenths and thirds; and the piece ends with a short brilliant coda.

Op. 10, Variations on "The Carnival of Venice." For this, the violin is tuned a half step higher, with the solo in A and the accompaniment in B flat. The theme is a popular Venetian tune, "O Mamma!" Paganini heard it while in Venice in 1816, but it's unclear if he composed the variations at that time. However, it wasn't long before Paganini made the tune a favorite wherever he went, and he's responsible for its worldwide popularity. The original composer of the tune remains unknown. Joseph Ghys published what claimed to be Paganini's variations in Paris and Berlin; Ernst and Sivori performed versions that closely followed the original; but the definitive text was settled with the publication of the piece in 1851. There are twenty variations. The 9th and 14th are for the fourth string; the 11th alternates between bowed and plucked notes; the 15th and 18th are entirely pizzicato; the 19th is [169] in tenths and thirds; and the piece concludes with a short, dazzling coda.

Op. 11, Moto Perpetuo. Allegro vivace, C major. Fétis terms this piece a movement from a Sonata for violin and orchestra. It is in the repertory for all violinists, and its running passages of staccato semiquavers need no description.

Op. 11, Moto Perpetuo. Fast and lively, C major. Fétis describes this piece as a movement from a sonata for violin and orchestra. It's part of every violinist's repertoire, and the quick, staccato notes speak for themselves.

Op. 12, Introduction and Variations on the air "Non più mesta accanto al fuoco." The theme is from Rossini's opera "La Cenerentola" (Cinderella), produced at Rome during the Carnival season of 1817, and forms the concluding number of the work. Paganini again directs the violin to be tuned a semitone higher, writing the solo part in D, and the accompaniment in E flat. The Introduction, Adagio Cantabile, is another example of Paganini's pure Italian style of melody. The theme seems to have appealed to him—doubtless he witnessed the première of the opera—for the variations have a spontaneity and brilliance of their own. There are four variations, and a Finale full of dashing bravura.

Op. 12, Introduction and Variations on the theme "No longer sad next to the fire." The theme is from Rossini's opera "Cinderella" (Cinderella), which premiered in Rome during the Carnival season of 1817, and it serves as the last piece of the work. Paganini instructs the violin to be tuned a semitone higher, composing the solo part in D, and the accompaniment in E flat. The Introduction, Adagio Cantabile, is another illustration of Paganini's distinct Italian style of melody. The theme seems to have resonated with him—he likely saw the première of the opera—because the variations display a naturalness and brilliance of their own. There are four variations, and a Finale filled with exciting bravura.

Op. 13, Introduction and Variations on the air "Di tanti palpiti," from Rossini's first serious opera, "Tancredi," produced at Venice in 1813. Rossini is said to have taken the theme from a Greek Litany he heard sung in a church on one of the Islets of the Laguna, near Venice. A Signora Righetti, a singer, writing in 1823 (?), stated that there was no truth in the assertion. Be that as it may, "Di tanti palpiti" made the opera, and Paganini's variations extended its popularity. The introduction is an elaborate movement, the violin tuned a[170] semitone higher, and the part written in A, with accompaniment in B flat. There are three variations, the second being almost throughout in harmonics, single and double, and excessively difficult. This piece is very rarely played.

Op. 13, Introduction and Variations on the air "Of so many heartbeats," from Rossini's first serious opera, "Tancredi," which premiered in Venice in 1813. It's said that Rossini got the theme from a Greek litany he heard sung in a church on one of the islets of the lagoon near Venice. A singer named Signora Righetti wrote in 1823 (?), claiming there was no truth to that story. Regardless, "So many heartbeats" was the highlight of the opera, and Paganini's variations boosted its popularity. The introduction is a complex movement, with the violin tuned a[170] semitone higher, and the part is written in A with accompaniment in B flat. There are three variations, with the second one mostly featuring harmonics, both single and double, making it extremely challenging. This piece is rarely performed.

Op. 14, Sixty Studies in Variation form, on the air known at Genoa as "Barucabà," for violin alone. This is one of the composer's latest works, and was written at Genoa in February 1835, and dedicated to Paganini's friend the Advocate, L. G. Germi. The theme is short, in simple ternary form, the opening sentence of four bars being repeated after the middle period of eight bars. The theme is in A major, Maestoso. The variations are studies upon various species of difficulties, and a special feature is the order of keys. Of the fifteen possible major keys, Paganini employs thirteen, and he is quite modern in the way in which he causes the one to succeed the other. Thus the second variation is in D, the third in B flat, the fourth in F sharp, and the fifth in D—in each case the drop of a major third or its enharmonic equivalent. Then he starts a new series, from D to B, thence to G, E, C, A flat, F, D flat, back to A. In 1835 such a sequence was very uncommon; even Beethoven, in his Variations, only has one such, in the Variations in F, Op. 34. The Variation form is again in full vogue; at this distance we can afford to be just in our estimate of Paganini's achievements. He was not a Beethoven, but his Variations are not to be despised.

Op. 14, Sixty Studies in Variation form, based on the tune known in Genoa as "Barucabà," for solo violin. This is one of the composer’s recent works, written in Genoa in February 1835, and dedicated to Paganini's friend, Advocate L. G. Germi. The theme is short, consisting of a simple ternary form, with the opening four-bar phrase repeated after the eight-bar middle section. The theme is in A major, Maestoso. The variations are studies focused on various types of difficulties, and a notable aspect is the sequence of keys. Out of the fifteen possible major keys, Paganini uses thirteen, and he approaches transitions between them in a very modern way. For example, the second variation is in D, the third in B flat, the fourth in F sharp, and the fifth returns to D—each time dropping by a major third or its enharmonic equivalent. He then begins a new series, moving from D to B, then to G, E, C, A flat, F, D flat, and finally back to A. In 1835, such a key progression was quite rare; even Beethoven includes just one instance of this in his Variations in F, Op. 34. The Variation form is again popular; in hindsight, we can fairly assess Paganini's contributions. He wasn’t Beethoven, but his Variations deserve respect.

Works without Opus No.

Sonata in A major. As published in the collection of[171] posthumous compositions, this Sonata is for violin, with pianoforte accompaniment. The piece consists of an Introduction, Theme, Three Variations and Coda, the term "Sonata" being employed quite in its primitive sense:—a piece to be played. The Introduction is only eight bars in length, ending with a short cadenza leading to the theme, Andantino, A major, two-four measure. The first part consists of two four-bar phrases, repeated; the second has a phrase extended, by a Codetta, to six bars, and ends with a repetition of the first phrase, with close in A. The first variation has a more florid version, in triplets, of the melody; the second begins with a simple form of the theme for the fourth string, and introduces harmonics; the third is a bravura movement, chiefly for staccato bowing in demisemiquaver passages. The coda, termed Finale, is made up of cadences, on a tonic pedal for eight bars. The accompaniment is easy. Messrs. Schott also publish the Sonata for violin, with accompaniment of violin and violoncello, very easy parts for these last.

Sonata in A major. As published in the collection of[171] posthumous compositions, this Sonata is for violin, with pianoforte accompaniment. The piece consists of an Introduction, Theme, Three Variations, and Coda, with the term "Sonata" used in its original sense: a piece to be played. The Introduction is only eight bars long, ending with a short cadenza leading into the theme, Andantino, A major, two-four time. The first part contains two four-bar phrases, repeated; the second has a phrase extended by a Codetta to six bars and ends with a repetition of the first phrase, closing in A. The first variation features a more elaborate version, in triplets, of the melody; the second starts with a simple form of the theme for the fourth string and includes harmonics; the third is a virtuosic movement, mainly using staccato bowing in demisemiquaver passages. The coda, called Finale, consists of cadences on a tonic pedal for eight bars. The accompaniment is straightforward. Messrs. Schott also publish the Sonata for violin, with accompaniment for violin and violoncello, which have very easy parts for the latter.

Variazioni di bravura sopra Temi del Mosè di G. Rossini, per Violino sulla quanta corda, di Nicolo Paganini. This was originally for violin and orchestra. Berlioz has a reference to this piece, in which he states that Paganini employed the bass-drum with better effect than did Rossini himself in the accompaniment to the prayer, "Del tuo stellato soglio." Paganini placed the stroke of the drum on the syncopated beat to which the verbal accent was assigned, whereas Rossini gave the drum stroke on the first beat of the bar. Some one, complimenting[172] Paganini upon his composition, added; "It must be confessed that Rossini furnished you a very beautiful theme." "That's very true," replied Paganini, "but he didn't invent my bang of the big drum." It is said that in this piece Paganini produced a tone that dominated the whole orchestra even in fortissimo passages.

Variations on Themes from Moses by G. Rossini, for Violin on the G string, by Nicolo Paganini. This was originally for violin and orchestra. Berlioz referenced this piece, noting that Paganini used the bass drum more effectively than Rossini did in the accompaniment to the prayer, "From your starry throne." Paganini hit the drum on the syncopated beat where the verbal emphasis fell, while Rossini struck the drum on the first beat of the measure. Someone complimenting [172] Paganini on his composition added, "It must be acknowledged that Rossini gave you a really beautiful theme." "That's absolutely true," replied Paganini, "but he didn't come up with my bang of the big drum." It's said that in this piece, Paganini created a sound that overshadowed the entire orchestra, even in the loudest sections.

The firm of Ricordi publish an arrangement, for string quintet, and for pianoforte accompaniment. The G string of the solo violin is raised to B flat, and the Adagio is played in C minor and major, while the accompaniment is in E flat minor and major. The strain in the minor key is played three times. The second time, the first eight bars are to be played an octave higher then the first time; the third in harmonics. The Introductory Adagio is the celebrated Prayer. Then follows a Tema, Tempo alla Marcia, E flat, four-four, the violin part in C. This is a different theme, and appears to be a paraphrase of part of the March and Chorus (in the Oratorio), "Hail, happy day!" There are three variations, and a short coda. Harmonics are sparingly introduced. Rossini's opera, "Mosè in Egitto," was produced at Naples in 1818, and was remodelled by the composer some years later, for performance at the Grand Opera, Paris (1827). It is not known when Paganini wrote his variations, but his themes were most probably taken from the first version of the opera.

The company Ricordi has published an arrangement for string quintet with piano accompaniment. The G string of the solo violin is tuned up to B flat, and the Adagio is performed in C minor and major, while the accompaniment is in E flat minor and major. The minor key section is played three times. The second time, the first eight bars should be played an octave higher than the first time; the third time, in harmonics. The Introductory Adagio is the famous Prayer. Next is a Theme, Tempo alla Marcia, E flat, four-four time, with the violin part in C. This is a different theme, and seems to be a paraphrase of part of the March and Chorus (in the Oratorio), "Hail, happy day!" There are three variations, and a short coda. Harmonics are used sparingly. Rossini's opera, "Moses in Egypt," premiered in Naples in 1818 and was revised by the composer several years later for performance at the Grand Opera in Paris (1827). It's unclear when Paganini wrote his variations, but he likely used themes from the first version of the opera.

Variazioni di Bravura per Violino sopra un tema originale con accompagnamento di Piano o Chitarra. The theme is that of the Twenty-fourth Caprice, from Op. 1, and the variations are the same, only the notation of the eighth is[173] different. The accompaniment, for either guitar or pianoforte, is extremely simple. There is a short interlude (called Tutti in Ricordi's edition) of six bars to be played between the variations.

Variations of Bravura for Violin based on an original theme with Piano or Guitar accompaniment. The theme is from the Twenty-fourth Caprice, Op. 1, and the variations are the same; the only difference is in the notation of the eighth variation is [173]. The accompaniment for either guitar or piano is very simple. There is a short interlude (called Tutti in Ricordi's edition) of six bars that should be played between the variations.

Introduzione e Variazioni sul Tema nel cor più mi sento per Violino solo di Nicolò Paganini. So runs the title in the edition published by Ricordi and Co. The theme is the duet in Paisiello's opera, La Molinara, which Beethoven also took as a subject for variations (in 1795). Ricordi's publication agrees in every particular with the version to be found in Guhr's treatise on Paganini's "Art of Playing the Violin," published in 1831—preface dated Frankfurt, November, 1829. Guhr[53] heard Paganini many times, closely watched his playing, and frequently conversed with him on the subject. This piece was written from memory, and is certainly a great accomplishment; but it can scarcely be regarded as an authentic version. The introduction is brilliant, the theme, Andante, G major, six-eight measure, is profusely ornamented, and each of the seven variations—No. 6 is in G minor, the others in G major—has some special form of virtuosity. In the third there are double shakes in harmonics, which Guhr explains. The last is in widespread ascending and descending arpeggios throughout. The theme and third variation are written on two staves, one for bowed melody, the other for left hand pizzicato.

Introduction and Variations on the Theme "Nel cor più mi sento" for Solo Violin by Nicolò Paganini. This is the title in the edition published by Ricordi and Co. The theme comes from the duet in Paisiello's opera, La Molinara, which Beethoven also used as a theme for variations (in 1795). Ricordi's publication matches perfectly with the version found in Guhr's book on Paganini's "Art of Playing the Violin," published in 1831—with a preface dated Frankfurt, November 1829. Guhr[53] saw Paganini perform many times, closely observed his technique, and often discussed it with him. This piece was composed from memory and is undoubtedly a significant achievement; however, it can hardly be considered an authentic version. The introduction is dazzling, the theme, Andante, G major, in six-eight time, is richly decorated, and each of the seven variations—No. 6 is in G minor, the others in G major—features a unique style of virtuosity. The third variation includes double shakes in harmonics, which Guhr explains. The final variation showcases extensive ascending and descending arpeggios throughout. The theme and the third variation are written on two staves, one for the melody played with the bow, and the other for left-hand pizzicato.

That Paganini did not always play the piece in the[174] form in which Guhr wrote it down, is proved by the existence of another manuscript, which is, perhaps, very little known. It was written by the late Mrs. Tom Taylor, who gave it to Mr. Alfred Burnett many years ago, and that gentleman has kindly permitted me to examine it. For this the violin is tuned a whole tone higher. The Introduction is altogether different, and the theme much less floridly embellished. The first variation corresponds to Guhr's No. 2, but the harmonics are not quite the same. In this the melody floats above tremolando chords. The second, in outline, resembles Guhr's No. 4, but whereas the latter has alternate natural notes and harmonics, Mrs. Taylor gives alternations of detached bowed notes and pizzicati. The third is like Guhr's No. 3, in that it has short figures in double notes, alternately for fundamental and harmonic sounds. Guhr's variation consists of twenty-five bars; Mrs. Taylor's of thirty-one, there being a short cadenza. The fourth resembles Guhr's No. 7 in the wide-spread arpeggios, but the harmonics are differently distributed, and the coda is not the same as in Guhr.[54]

That Paganini didn’t always perform the piece exactly as Guhr wrote it down is demonstrated by another manuscript that’s probably not very well known. It was created by the late Mrs. Tom Taylor, who gave it to Mr. Alfred Burnett many years ago, and he has kindly allowed me to take a look at it. In this version, the violin is tuned a whole step higher. The Introduction is completely different, and the theme is much less elaborately decorated. The first variation matches Guhr's No. 2, but the harmonics aren’t quite the same. In this version, the melody floats above tremolo chords. The second variation is similar in structure to Guhr's No. 4, but while the latter features alternate natural notes and harmonics, Mrs. Taylor alternates between separate bowed notes and pizzicati. The third variation resembles Guhr's No. 3 because it has short figures in double notes, alternating between fundamental and harmonic sounds. Guhr's variation consists of twenty-five bars; Mrs. Taylor’s has thirty-one and includes a short cadenza. The fourth variation is like Guhr's No. 7 in terms of wide-spread arpeggios, but the distribution of the harmonics is different, and the coda isn’t the same as in Guhr.[54]

In the Imperial Library, Berlin, there is a manuscript by Paganini, inscribed "Capriccio a Violino Solo di Nicolo Paganini In cor più non mi sento," in which the embellished theme differs from both those already described.[175] The first page is reproduced in facsimile in Paul Stoeving's "Story of the Violin," p. 213. Then there is an autograph copy in the British Museum with this inscription: "In cuor più non mi sento, Thema con variazioni per Violino, con Accompagnementi di Violino e Violoncello Composta da Niccolo Paganini." The piece consists of an Introduction, Theme and four Variations, and, so far, agrees with Mrs. Taylor's copy. Finally, Paganini played the piece with the orchestra, as will be seen from this extract from a programme: "Prelude and Variations on the Tema, 'Nel cor più non missento,' with orchestral accompaniment, by Signor Paganini." This was played at the concert of June 27th, 1831, at the King's Theatre, and the programme from which this extract is taken is in possession of Mr. Richard Harrison, of Brighton, who most obligingly copied it for me.

In the Imperial Library in Berlin, there's a manuscript by Paganini that is labeled "Caprice for Solo Violin by Nicolo Paganini In my heart, I no longer feel," where the embellished theme is different from the ones previously mentioned.[175] The first page is shown in facsimile in Paul Stoeving's "Story of the Violin," p. 213. Additionally, there's an autograph version in the British Museum with the inscription: "In my heart, I feel nothing, Thema with variations for Violin, with accompaniments for Violin and Cello composed by Niccolo Paganini." The piece includes an Introduction, a Theme, and four Variations, and so far aligns with Mrs. Taylor's copy. Lastly, Paganini performed the piece with the orchestra, as shown in this program excerpt: "Prelude and Variations on the Tema, 'In my heart, I no longer feel,' with orchestral accompaniment, by Signor Paganini." This was performed at the concert on June 27th, 1831, at the King's Theatre, and the program from which this excerpt is taken is held by Mr. Richard Harrison of Brighton, who kindly copied it for me.

Duo pour le violon seul. This begins with an Adagio, C major, three-four measure, with a melody for the bow, and left hand pizzicato accompaniment. A short Allegro molto follows, in square time, the pizzicato accompaniment being chiefly in double notes, with occasional chromatic harmonics. This little piece must have been on sale in London a year before Paganini arrived, for the following anecdote was in print in May, 1830. "A few days since, a footman went into Mori's music shop to buy a fiddle string. While he was making his choice a gentleman entered the shop, and began to examine various compositions for the violin. Among the rest he found Paganini's celebrated Merveille—duo pour un seul Violon and, perceiving the difficulties in which it abounded,[176]
[177]
[178]
asked the shopman if he thought that Mori himself could play it. The young man, a little perplexed and unwilling to imply that his master's powers had any limits, at length replied, that he had no doubt he could perform it, provided he practised it for a week. Upon which the footman, who stood intent upon the conversation, broke in on the discourse and swore that Mori could do no such thing, for that he himself had been practising the piece for three weeks and could not play it yet."

Duo for solo violin. It starts with an Adagio in C major, 3/4 time, featuring a melody for the bow and left-hand pizzicato accompaniment. A brief Allegro molto follows, in regular time, with the pizzicato mostly in double notes and some chromatic harmonics. This little piece must have been available in London a year before Paganini arrived, as the following anecdote was published in May 1830. "A few days ago, a footman went into Mori's music shop to buy a violin string. While he was choosing, a gentleman entered the shop and began looking at various violin compositions. Among them, he found Paganini's famous Merveille—duo for one violin and, noticing the challenges it presented,[176]
[177]
[178]
asked the shopkeeper if he thought Mori himself could play it. The young man, a bit confused and not wanting to suggest that his master's abilities had any limits, finally replied that he had no doubt Mori could perform it, as long as he practiced for a week. At that point, the footman, who had been listening closely to the conversation, interjected and insisted that Mori couldn't possibly do that, because he himself had been practicing the piece for three weeks and still couldn't play it."

Trois Airs Variés pour le Violon, pour étre éxécutes sur la Quatrieme Corda seulement, avec accompagnement de Piano par Gustavo Carulli. Fétis says these are merely souvenirs arranged by the author of the accompaniments.[55] Antonio Minasi includes them in the lists of works performed by Paganini in England. The fourth string is to be raised to A, for all three. The first is in C, with two easy variations; the second, in G, resembles a folk song, and has three variations; the third, in C, also has three variations. The first two are marked Andante; the third, Andantino. The accompaniments are of the easiest song kind.

Three Variations for Violin, to be played solely on the Fourth String, with piano accompaniment by Gustavo Carulli. Fétis states these are just memories arranged by the author of the accompaniments.[55] Antonio Minasi includes them in the lists of works performed by Paganini in England. The fourth string should be tuned to A for all three. The first is in C, with two simple variations; the second, in G, sounds like a folk song and has three variations; the third, in C, also features three variations. The first two are marked Andante; the third, Andantino. The accompaniments are of the simplest song type.

Le Charme de Padua, Divertimento pour Violon et Piano concertant, composé par Nicolo Paganini. This piece was published in London before the date of Paganini's first concert, and possibly before the arrival of that artist in England. It was issued by a firm of repute, Wessel and Stodar, who were the first publishers in England of the works of Chopin. The music was[179] reviewed in The Harmonicon, June 1831, the notice concluding thus: "It perhaps is a bagatelle on which he (Paganini) has bestowed little time and less thought. It certainly is a flimsy affair, and might have been produced by the dullest and most mechanical repieno in the band of a suburb (sic) theatre." The piece consists of a Larghetto and Presto, in C major, the slow introduction being in six-eight rhythm, the Presto in six-four. There is one principal theme in the first part, given out by the violin and repeated by the pianoforte, a simple melody, with embellishments. The Presto is in Rondo form, with leading theme for pianoforte, continued by violin, and relieved by an episode contrasted in character. The music is not great, but unprejudiced musicians will scarcely endorse the captious remarks of the reviewer. The firm of Edwin Ashdown (successor to Wessel) publish the composition, also a version by S. Godbé for viola and pianoforte. In this the themes are written an octave lower, and modifications occur in double-stops, and so forth, to suit the viola. There is likewise an arrangement for flute and pianoforte, by J. Sedlazek. It is not stated by whom the pianoforte part was written, but it is very well done, and is not a mere accompaniment.

Le Charme de Padua, Divertimento for Violin and Concert Piano, composed by Nicolo Paganini. This piece was published in London before the date of Paganini's first concert, and possibly before he even arrived in England. It was issued by a reputable firm, Wessel and Stodar, who were the first publishers in England of Chopin's works. The music was[179] reviewed in The Harmonicon, June 1831, with the review concluding: "It seems to be a trivial piece that he (Paganini) has likely spent little time and effort on. It certainly feels flimsy and could have been created by the most tedious and mechanical repieno in a suburban (sic) theater." The piece consists of a Larghetto and Presto in C major, with the slow introduction in six-eight time and the Presto in six-four. The first part features a main theme presented by the violin and repeated by the piano, which is a simple melody with embellishments. The Presto is in Rondo form, starting with a main theme for the piano, followed by the violin, and includes an episode that contrasts in character. While the music isn't extraordinary, unbiased musicians are unlikely to agree with the reviewer's critical remarks. The firm of Edwin Ashdown (successor to Wessel) publishes the composition, along with a version by S. Godbé for viola and piano. In this version, the themes are written an octave lower, with adjustments in double-stops and so on to suit the viola. There is also an arrangement for flute and piano by J. Sedlazek. It's not specified who wrote the piano part, but it's very well done and not just a simple accompaniment.

Unpublished or Lost Works.

Concerto in D minor. Fétis terms this a magnificent concerto; it was performed by Paganini at the first concert he gave in Paris, March 25th, 1831, and that seems to be all that is known about the piece. Concerto in E minor. This was in three movements; Allegro[180] maestoso; Adagio flebile, con sentimento; Rondo, Andantino Gàjo, "with a triangle accompaniment." It was played by Paganini at the King's Theatre, June 13th, 1831. Concerto in E major. The three movements of this piece were; Allegro Marziale; Cantabile Spianato; and Polacca brillante. Paganini played this concerto at his concert, July 4th, 1831. Concerto in two movements. This was a medley. The one movement, Cantabile a doppie corde, was by Paganini; the other, Ronda scherzoso, by Rodolphe Kreutzer. Played, August 17th, 1831.

Concerto in D minor. Fétis calls this a magnificent concerto; it was performed by Paganini at his first concert in Paris on March 25th, 1831, and that seems to be everything that's known about the piece. Concerto in E minor. This was composed of three movements: Allegro maestoso; Adagio flebile, con sentimento; Rondo, Andantino Gàjo, "with a triangle accompaniment." Paganini played this at the King's Theatre on June 13th, 1831. Concerto in E major. The three movements of this piece were: Allegro Marziale; Cantabile Spianato; and Polacca brillante. Paganini performed this concerto at his concert on July 4th, 1831. Concerto in two movements. This was a medley. One movement, Cantabile a doppie corde, was by Paganini; the other, Ronda scherzoso, was by Rodolphe Kreutzer. Played on August 17th, 1831.

Four Concertos, of which the instrumentation was not written. Of these nothing seems now to be known. Fétis says that the last of the four was composed at Nice a short time before the death of Paganini.

Four Concertos, for which the instrumentation was not specified. Nothing seems to be known about them now. Fétis states that the last of the four was composed in Nice shortly before Paganini's death.

Concerto for bassoon, with string trio accompaniment. This was discovered at Stockholm in 1890, and the manuscript was said to be in the composer's hand-writing. The announcement of the discovery will be found in The Musical Times, of November, 1890, page 681. I have found no further reference to the subject.

Concerto for bassoon, with string trio accompaniment. This was found in Stockholm in 1890, and the manuscript was reportedly in the composer's handwriting. The announcement of the discovery can be found in The Musical Times, from November 1890, page 681. I have not found any further references to this topic.

Nine Quartets for Violin, Viola, Violoncello and Guitar. These are in the list drawn up by Constabile as being among the manuscripts preserved by the son of the composer. It is impossible now to say where these manuscripts are; the first three seem completely lost. A copy, probably unique, of the Quartets, Nos. 10 to 15, is among the treasures in the possession of Mr. Alfred Burnett, and by his kindness I am enabled to give a description of the music. Five of the Quartets, Nos. 10[181] to 14, were composed and dedicated "Al suo Amico Il Sig. Avvocato Luigi Guglièlmo Germi." No. 14 was composed "expressly" for that friend. The Quartets dedicated to Germi might be designated "house music," for though they are difficult, they do not seem to have been written for the "great public." They contain the most lovely music Paganini ever penned. If only the guitar were once more in fashion, these pieces might be heard, and I feel certain they would charm lovers of pure melody.[56] But this is to anticipate.

Nine Quartets for Violin, Viola, Cello, and Guitar. These are listed by Constabile as the manuscripts kept by the composer’s son. It's impossible to say now where these manuscripts are; the first three seem completely lost. A possibly unique copy of Quartets Nos. 10 to 15 is among the treasures owned by Mr. Alfred Burnett, and thanks to his kindness, I'm able to provide a description of the music. Five of the Quartets, Nos. 10[181] to 14, were composed and dedicated "To his friend Mr. Lawyer Luigi Guglièlmo Germi." No. 14 was composed "specifically" for that friend. The Quartets dedicated to Germi could be called "house music," since, while they are challenging, they don’t seem to have been intended for the "general public." They contain some of the most beautiful music Paganini ever wrote. If only the guitar were trendy again, these pieces could be heard, and I'm sure they would captivate lovers of pure melody.[56] But that's anticipating.

Quartet, No. 10, in A major, in four movements (as indeed are five out of the six). Allegro, A major, four-four rhythm, in free sonata form, with first and second subject—both lyrical—middle modulatory section, and recapitulation. The violin has the melody, the other instruments accompanying. Minuetto Scherzo, Allegretto, A major, three-four measure, with first short strain on a figure in triplets. Trio in D major, Cantabile theme for violin, doubled by the viola in the octave below. Adagio Cantabile, D major, two-four rhythm. A melody that might be signed Haydn or Mozart, but embellished with a grace peculiar to Italian art. Here the violin is the solo instrument, the others supporting with rich harmonies, the 'cello emphasising the rhythm with frequent pizzicato notes. Rondo Andantino con brio, A major, two-four measure, a bright, sparkling principal theme, staccato, with contrasting episodes, one in D, with fourth string[182] phrases, also with brilliant passages in thirds for the violin, which again has all the thematic work. This is a well developed movement.

Quartet No. 10 in A major consists of four movements (which is true for five out of the six). The first movement is Allegro in A major, 4/4 time, following a free sonata form that features both a lyrical first and second subject, a middle modulatory section, and a recapitulation. The violin carries the melody while the other instruments provide accompaniment. The second movement, Minuetto Scherzo, is Allegretto in A major, in 3/4 time, starting with a short figure in triplets. The Trio is in D major, featuring a cantabile theme for the violin, supported by the viola an octave lower. The third movement, Adagio Cantabile, in D major, is in 2/4 time, with a melody that could be attributed to Haydn or Mozart but is decorated with a distinctly Italian flair. Here, the violin takes the lead while the other instruments contribute rich harmonies, and the cello emphasizes the rhythm with frequent pizzicato notes. The final movement, Rondo Andantino con brio, is in A major, 2/4 time, boasting a bright, sparkling main theme that is staccato, accompanied by contrasting episodes, one in D, with phrases in fourths on the string, along with brilliant passages in thirds for the violin, which again handles all the thematic material. This is a well-developed movement.

Quartet, No. 11, in B major. For this the guitar is tuned a tone higher, the capo tasto raising the E strings to F sharp, and the guitar part is written in the open key of A. The first movement, Allegro moderato, B major, four-four rhythm is free in form, with repeat of the first part. The thematic material is assigned chiefly to the violin, but in the second part there is an episode, a sort of folk-tune, given to the violoncello. Minuetto, Allegretto, B major, three-four, with Trio in G major. The melodies are fresh, and move step-wise, very much like those in the Minuet of Beethoven's first Symphony. They are in scale formation, up and down, and there is only one skip of a third in the first sixteen bars. Again the violin takes all the themes. Larghetto con passione, F sharp minor, six-eight measure, a Lament, a fine expressive theme, opening nobly, but with the elevated style not maintained throughout. The viola and violoncello parts are in keeping with the pathetic feeling of the movement, but the rhythmic figure of the guitar part detracts from its dignity. Polacca, Andantino mosso, B major, three-four measure, a well-written movement, with three clearly defined subjects, two of which are taken up by the viola and violoncello. The violin part in this quartet is brilliant, but not particularly difficult; there is no double-stopping, excepting in chords of accompaniment.

Quartet No. 11 in B major. For this piece, the guitar is tuned a whole step higher, with the capo tasto raising the E strings to F sharp, and the guitar part is written in the open key of A. The first movement, Allegro moderato, is in B major and has a four-four rhythm that is flexible in form, repeating the first part. The main themes are mostly played by the violin, but in the second part, there’s an episode, a kind of folk tune, played by the cello. Minuetto, Allegretto, is in B major with a three-four time signature, featuring a Trio in G major. The melodies are fresh and move stepwise, similar to those in the Minuet of Beethoven's first Symphony. They follow a scale pattern, ascending and descending, with only one leap of a third in the first sixteen bars. Again, the violin plays all the themes. Larghetto con passione, in F sharp minor and six-eight time, is a lament with a beautifully expressive theme that begins nobly but doesn't quite maintain that elevated style throughout. The viola and cello parts match the movement's emotional tone, but the rhythmic figure in the guitar part takes away from its dignity. Polacca, Andantino mosso, is in B major with a three-four time signature and is a well-structured movement featuring three clearly defined subjects, two of which are taken up by the viola and cello. The violin part in this quartet is brilliant but not particularly difficult; there’s no double-stopping, except in accompaniment chords.

Quartet, No. 12, in A minor. This number is in three[183] movements only. The first, Allegro giusto, A minor, four-four rhythm, is quite orchestral in character, and opens with a theme of symphonic breadth. There is science displayed in the development of this movement. In the first part the second subject is in C major, and in the recapitulation in A major. The slow movement, Adagio tenuto, con precisione, C major, three-four measure, has at first a very broad and declamatory theme for the violin. The writing becomes very elaborate, and the rhythmic figuration complex, passages with four and five-stroke notes occurring. The Finale, Minuetto, Allegretto mosso, is a fully developed movement quite in sonata form, with first part repeated. The exposition has a first subject of two extended members, the second in the major mode. The second subject, in E, is well contrasted. There is a long working out section, with episodial matter, and the recapitulation is very happily led up to. The music has a lilt that is irresistible, and the writing is interesting for each instrument.

Quartet, No. 12, in A minor. This piece has three movements only. The first, Allegro giusto, A minor, in four-four time, feels very orchestral and starts with a theme that has a symphonic feel. There’s a noticeable crafting in the development of this movement. In the initial section, the second subject is in C major, and it returns in A major during the recapitulation. The slow movement, Adagio tenuto, con precisione, in C major and three-four time, begins with a broad and expressive theme for the violin. The writing becomes quite intricate, featuring complex rhythmic patterns, including passages with four and five notes per beat. The Finale, Minuetto, Allegretto mosso, is a fully developed movement in sonata form, with the first part repeated. The exposition has a first subject with two extended sections, and the second is in the major mode. The second subject, in E, offers a good contrast. There’s a lengthy development section with episodic material, and the recapitulation leads up very successfully. The music has an irresistible lilt, and the writing is engaging for each instrument.

Quartet, No. 13, in F. The first movement, Allegro con brio, F major, four-four time, opens with a theme of a declamatory type, and the expression is dramatic. The second subject in C, is in the style of the Italian aria, concluding with the lively Cabaletta strain. A short Coda ends the first part. In the working out section there is an important episodial theme for the violoncello, and in the recapitulation the second subject, now in F, is allotted to the viola, the violin taking up the Cabaletta. Both parts are marked for repetition. Minuetto, Allegretto,[184] F major, three-four measure. The violin has the theme of the first strain of eight bars repeated; the violoncello responds with the subject of the next strain of twenty-five bars, one phrase lengthened to five bars. The Trio in B flat has a tripping theme for the viola, legato and staccato bowing in the same "figure." Later the phrases are broken into dialogue for violin and viola. In the Minuet the guitar has a "second" to the violin melody. Larghetto tenuto, con anima, D flat major, six-eight rhythm, a broad, cantabile theme for the violin, with spare embellishment. The movement must be slow, for there are arpeggios of eight notes to the quaver beat in the guitar part. Finale, Prestissimo, F major, two-two measure. The theme for the violin resembles very much some of those merry "tributary" motives found in Mozart's symphonies towards the close of the first part of a movement—the "Jupiter," first movement for instance. The second subject affords contrast. The whole is most spirited and light-hearted. Paganini must have been in a happy mood when he wrote this quartet.

Quartet No. 13 in F. The first movement, Allegro con brio, F major, four-four time, starts with a bold theme, and the expression is dramatic. The second subject in C has the style of an Italian aria, ending with a lively Cabaletta section. A brief Coda wraps up the first part. In the development, there’s an important episodic theme for the cello, and in the recapitulation, the second subject, now in F, is given to the viola, while the violin carries the Cabaletta. Both sections are marked for repetition. Minuetto, Allegretto, F major, three-four time. The violin presents the theme of the first eight-bar phrase, which is repeated; the cello responds with the next twenty-five-bar phrase, where one phrase is extended to five bars. The Trio in B flat features a lively theme for the viola, using both legato and staccato bowing in the same pattern. Later, the phrases become a dialogue between the violin and viola. In the Minuet, the guitar provides a counterpoint to the violin melody. Larghetto tenuto, con anima, D flat major, six-eight time, offers a broad, cantabile theme for the violin with minimal embellishment. The movement needs to be slow, as there are eight-note arpeggios matching the quaver beat in the guitar part. Finale, Prestissimo, F major, two-two time. The theme for the violin closely resembles some of those cheerful "tributary" motives found in Mozart's symphonies towards the end of the first part of a movement—like the "Jupiter," first movement, for example. The second subject provides a contrast. The whole piece is very spirited and light-hearted. Paganini must have been in a great mood when he wrote this quartet.

Quartet, No. 14, in A major. The first movement, Allegro maestoso, A major, four-four measure, is very brilliant, opening with a theme in which arpeggio and scale figures abound. This closes in B, and the second subject begins in E. Here occurs some very free chromatic writing, suggestive of Richard Strauss, as, for instance, D sharp for violoncello against E flat for guitar and viola; and C natural opposed to B sharp. But it is a mere matter of spelling. The first part ends in E, and is marked for repetition. Then, with a single[185] prefatory chord of E minor, the working out section begins in C, with a new motive, which passes through a number of keys, the primary returning with the second subject. Minuetto, Scherzo affettuoso, A major, three-four. The subject is based on a three-note figure, giving, by cross accents, to the four-bar phrase the effect of a six-bar phrase in duple measure—Tempo rubato. The Trio, in D, has a theme in triple measure, but the middle sentence has the displaced accents of the Minuet. Largo, con sentimento, G flat major, four-four measure. For this the pitch of the guitar is raised a tone, and the part written in E major. The movement is in song form, the melody opening in stately fashion, but the writing soon becomes florid. At the second entry the theme begins in A major, the return to G flat being ingeniously effected. There are some rapid pizzicato passages for the violoncello. Finale, Allegro vivace, A major, four-four rhythm. This is a moto perpetuo, sempre staccato, for the violin. The theme is quite unlike that of the movement known as Op. 11. After the exposition of the subject, the violin has figure-playing of an easy kind, while the violoncello has a Cantabile theme. This recurs, and snatches of it are heard in the brief coda. The other instruments merely accompany. This quartet has distinct character.

Quartet, No. 14, in A major. The first movement, Allegro maestoso, in A major, four-four time, is very bright, starting with a theme that features lots of arpeggios and scales. This section ends in B, and the second theme begins in E. Here, you'll find some very free chromatic writing, reminiscent of Richard Strauss, like D sharp for the cello paired with E flat for the guitar and viola; and C natural contrasted with B sharp. But it's just a matter of note spelling. The first part wraps up in E and is marked for repetition. Then, with a single introductory chord of E minor, the development section kicks off in C, introducing a new motive that is explored through various keys, with the primary theme returning along with the second one. Minuetto, Scherzo affettuoso, A major, three-four time. The theme is built on a three-note figure, which, due to cross accents, gives the four-bar phrase the feel of a six-bar phrase in duple time—Tempo rubato. The Trio, in D, features a theme in triple time, but the middle section has the offbeat accents of the Minuet. Largo, con sentimento, G flat major, four-four time. For this, the guitar is tuned a whole step higher, and it's written in E major. The movement is in song form, starting off stately, but soon becomes more elaborate. At the second entry, the theme begins in A major, with a clever transition back to G flat. There are some quick pizzicato sections for the cello. Finale, Allegro vivace, A major, four-four rhythm. This is a moto perpetuo, always staccato, for the violin. The theme is quite different from the one in the movement known as Op. 11. After introducing the subject, the violin plays simple figures while the cello presents a cantabile theme. This theme returns, and snippets of it appear in the short coda. The other instruments mainly provide accompaniment. This quartet has a distinct character.

Quartet, No. 15. The title simply runs: "Composto da Nicola Paganini," without any dedication. Note the copyist's spelling of the Christian name. In the first movement, Maestoso, A minor, four-four measure, the first subject is given out by the viola. It begins with a mournful, somewhat stern motive, bold, and with an[186] embellished subordinate theme. The second subject, also assigned to the viola, is an impassioned lyrical theme in C major. In the working out section, the violin takes the first subject, and joins the violoncello in an episodial theme, the viola contributing a florid counterpoint. There are modifications in the recapitulation, but the viola again has the second subject now in the tonic major. The guitar is busy throughout the movement, with full chords and extended arpeggios. Minuetto a Canone, Andantino, A major, three-four measure. The Canon is confined to the violin and viola, the latter starting with a theme in short, detached figures, the violin following, an octave higher, one beat later. Guitar and violoncello give supporting harmonies. In the Trio, in D major, the melody is given to the guitar, with a pizzicato accompaniment for the other instruments. At the seventeenth bar, there are again four bars of canon, this time in the unison, staccato bowing. The Minuet, abbreviated, is then repeated. The canon is not continuous, a cadence occurring at the end of each eight bars. Next comes an Interlude, Recitative, Andante sostenuto, con sentimento, D major. This is for the viola, and extends to twenty-one bars, the expression being dramatic. The other instruments have a rather elaborate accompaniment. The slow movement immediately ensues, Adagio Cantabile, D major, two-four rhythm. The viola has the melody, in the form of the Italian aria, embellished with prima donna fioriture. The movement is short, only running to forty-six bars. Rondo, Allegretto, A minor, two-four. The leading[187] theme, marked by syncopations, is given to the viola, the violin joining in the repetition. The tonality is constantly changing from the minor to the major and back again. There is a new theme in the middle section, and some elaboration before the first subject returns. The close is abrupt. The viola has the chief part in this quartet, which is quite different to the others.

Quartet, No. 15. The title simply reads: "Composed by Nicola Paganini," without any dedication. Note the copyist's spelling of the first name. In the first movement, Maestoso, A minor, four-four time, the first theme is introduced by the viola. It starts with a sad, somewhat serious motive, bold, and features an[186] embellished secondary theme. The second theme, also played by the viola, is a passionate lyrical theme in C major. In the development section, the violin takes up the first theme and joins the cello in a thematic episode, with the viola providing a decorative counterpoint. There are changes in the recapitulation, but the viola again presents the second theme now in the tonic major. The guitar remains active throughout the movement, playing full chords and extended arpeggios. Minuetto a Canone, Andantino, A major, three-four time. The Canon is limited to the violin and viola, the latter starting with a theme in short, detached notes, with the violin following an octave higher, one beat later. Guitar and cello provide the supporting harmonies. In the Trio, in D major, the melody is played by the guitar, with pizzicato accompaniment from the other instruments. At the seventeenth bar, there are once more four bars of canon, this time in unison, using staccato bowing. The Minuet, shortened, is then repeated. The canon is not continuous, with a cadence occurring at the end of every eight bars. Next comes an Interlude, Recitative, Andante sostenuto, con sentimento, D major. This part is for the viola and extends to twenty-one bars, featuring dramatic expression. The other instruments provide a rather elaborate accompaniment. The slow movement follows immediately, Adagio Cantabile, D major, two-four time. The viola carries the melody, structured like an Italian aria, with embellishments reminiscent of a prima donna. This movement is brief, only lasting forty-six bars. Rondo, Allegretto, A minor, two-four time. The main[187] theme, marked by syncopation, is played by the viola, with the violin joining in the repetition. The tonality frequently shifts between minor and major. There is a new theme in the middle section, with some elaboration before the first theme returns. The conclusion is sudden. The viola has the central role in this quartet, which is quite different from the others.

I have only a few notes concerning some of the works yet to be considered. Dramatic Sonata, "The Storm," for violin and orchestra. This was evidently a piece of programme music, for it was thus described:—Part I., the approach of the storm; II., the commencement of the tempest; III., the prayer; IV., the fury of the sea; V., the hurricane; VI., the tumult at its height; VII., the stilling of the tempest; VIII., an outburst of the most lively joy. It was played at Paganini's third and last concert at Prague, December 20th, 1828, and one account refers to it as a "dramatic sonata for a full orchestra, with analogous embellishments and solos and variations, by Paganini on the fourth string."[57]

I have just a few notes about some of the works we still need to discuss. Dramatic Sonata, "The Storm," for violin and orchestra. This was clearly a piece of program music, as it was described:—Part I., the approach of the storm; II., the start of the tempest; III., the prayer; IV., the rage of the sea; V., the hurricane; VI., the chaos at its peak; VII., the calming of the storm; VIII., an explosion of the most joyful celebration. It was performed at Paganini's third and final concert in Prague on December 20th, 1828, and one account refers to it as a "dramatic sonata for a full orchestra, with corresponding embellishments and solos and variations, by Paganini on the fourth string."[57]

"Sonata Militaire," in G, for the fourth string, theme, the air "Non più andrai," from Mozart's opera "Le Nozze di Figaro." This piece was composed expressly for the second of the two concerts Paganini gave in Genoa in 1824, when the young singer, Antonia Bianchi, made her début. The Sonata was played by Paganini at his first concert in London. All traces of it appear to have been lost.

"Military Sonata," in G, for the fourth string, theme, the piece "No more will you go," from Mozart's opera "The Marriage of Figaro." This work was specifically composed for the second of the two concerts Paganini held in Genoa in 1824, when the young singer, Antonia Bianchi, made her debut. Paganini performed the Sonata at his first concert in London. All evidence of it seems to have been lost.

"Napoleon Sonata," for the fourth string. Paganini[188] gave an account of the origin of this piece to his friend, Julius Schottky, and to what has already been related in connection therewith may now be added the further statement he made. Paganini sang to his friend the first movement of this Sonata "in an animated though feeble tone," and said that Rossini transferred the theme into one of his earlier operas. It would be interesting to know the opera in question, but the early works of Rossini would be searched in vain without the clue afforded by the Sonata, which appears to have vanished completely.

"Napoleon Sonata," for the fourth string. Paganini[188] shared the story of how this piece came to be with his friend, Julius Schottky. In addition to what has already been mentioned, he shared more details. Paganini sang the first movement of this Sonata "in a lively yet soft tone" and mentioned that Rossini incorporated the theme into one of his earlier operas. It would be intriguing to know which opera it was, but searching through Rossini's early works would be fruitless without the clue provided by the Sonata, which seems to have completely disappeared.

"Sonata Maestosa Sentimentale," with variations on a theme by Haydn, for the fourth string. It is probable that the theme for these variations was the well-known Emperor's Hymn, and that this Sonata was performed by Paganini before the Austrian Court in 1828.

"Sonata Maestosa Sentimentale," featuring variations on a theme by Haydn, for the fourth string. It's likely that the theme for these variations was the famous Emperor's Hymn, and that this Sonata was played by Paganini before the Austrian Court in 1828.

Sonata with variations on a theme from the opera "L'Amor Marinaro." Nothing is now known of this Sonata, nor of the particular theme chosen from the opera. "L'Amor Marinaro" (the Corsair in Love) was one of the early productions of Joseph Weigl, being written in 1798. An opera buffa, it was distinguished by natural charm, freshness of colouring and beauty of melody, and to the latter quality Paganini's choice of it must doubtless be attributed.

Sonata with variations on a theme from the opera "Sea Love." There's currently no information available about this Sonata or the specific theme selected from the opera. "The Fisherman's Love" (the Corsair in Love) was one of the early works by Joseph Weigl, written in 1798. As an opera buffa, it was known for its natural charm, vibrant colors, and beautiful melodies, which likely influenced Paganini's choice.

"Chant of the Monks of the Monastery of St. Bernard." This was the title given to a piece in the programme of a concert at Covent Garden Theatre. It was performed on a darkened stage and the solemn character of its music was emphasized by a beautiful scene representing a monastery with stained glass windows. The introduction,[189] a movement of some length of the basses in unison, was followed by a chant "of lovely harmonies, performed in harmonics (I believe, on the fourth strings) in combination with the wood instruments." Minasi, who gives this account of the piece, states that he believes it to be merely the second movement of the Concerto in B minor, Op. 7.

"Chant of the Monks of the Monastery of St. Bernard." This was the title given to a piece in the program of a concert at Covent Garden Theatre. It was performed on a dimly lit stage, and the serious nature of the music was highlighted by a stunning scene depicting a monastery with stained glass windows. The introduction,[189] a lengthy unison movement by the basses, was followed by a chant "of beautiful harmonies, played in harmonics (I think, on the fourth strings) along with the woodwind instruments." Minasi, who describes this piece, believes it to be just the second movement of the Concerto in B minor, Op. 7.

Cantabile for two strings. This piece was performed at the King's Theatre, on June 13th, 1831. Possibly it was the same as the musical fantasia already referred to as played at Lucca under the title of "A Love Scene." Of the remaining pieces, except the one mentioned below, nothing seems now to be known save the names.

Cantabile for two strings. This piece was performed at the King's Theatre on June 13, 1831. It's possible that it was the same as the musical fantasia previously mentioned that was played in Lucca under the title "A Love Scene." Of the other pieces, aside from the one noted below, nothing seems to be known except for their names.

The one exception is the piece entitled "The Vagaries of a Farmyard," which contained a wonderful series of imitations of farmyard sounds. In this connection the following anecdote, illustrating Paganini's extraordinary power of portraying curious sounds on his violin, may be worth repeating. One fine night, when staying at a little inn just outside Frankfort, he was sitting at his window lost in the contemplation of the glorious heavens. The striking of a clock broke through his reverie and called back to his mind an occurrence of which he had but recently been an ear-witness. He seized his violin, and there arose on the stillness of the night the moans and cries of a mother and her new-born babe. The landlord of the inn, awakened by the unusual sounds and wondering how such visitors had found their way into his house without his knowledge, called his son and hastened to the[190] room whence the plaintive cries proceeded; and he found Paganini, too deep in thought to perceive his entrance, making his violin bring forth these human sounds. It is stated of Paganini that he was wont to produce his animal cries under the stress of special excitement or during an access of fever, and that with his farmyard piece he electrified the audience at one of the last of his concerts in London.

The one exception is the piece called "The Vagaries of a Farmyard," which featured a fantastic series of imitations of farmyard sounds. In this context, the following story, which demonstrates Paganini's incredible ability to recreate unusual sounds on his violin, might be worth sharing. One lovely night, while staying at a small inn just outside Frankfurt, he was sitting by his window, captivated by the beautiful night sky. The sound of a clock interrupted his thoughts and reminded him of an event he had recently witnessed. He grabbed his violin, and the stillness of the night was filled with the moans and cries of a mother and her newborn baby. The innkeeper, awakened by the strange sounds and puzzled about how such visitors had entered his house without his knowledge, called his son and hurried to the[190] room where the sorrowful cries were coming from. He found Paganini so lost in thought that he didn’t notice him enter, making his violin produce these human sounds. It is said that Paganini would often create animal cries when he was particularly excited or during a fever, and that his farmyard piece amazed the audience at one of his last concerts in London.


CHAPTER XII.

Plate 27.—See Appendix.
Medal created to honor Paganini in 1831.

This may have been the concert at which, according to a lithograph,[58] Paganini received "the homage of five thousand persons after having pocketed £2,000 for two hours' performance." While the great world showed their appreciation of his playing in this way, and Royal patrons delighted to invest him with noble orders, the more humble admirers of Paganini caused medals to be struck in his honour. One of these, a tribute from the city of Vienna, has already been referred to; another very fine medal, struck in Paris during Paganini's first visit there in 1831 is reproduced here. The inscription round Paganini's head fills one with a strangely ironical feeling, when one remembers that the fame of Paganini did but survive to lead to the homage of exhumation.

This might have been the concert where, according to a lithograph,[58] Paganini received "the tribute of five thousand people after earning £2,000 for two hours of performance." While the elite expressed their admiration for his playing in this way, and royal patrons delighted in bestowing noble honors upon him, his more humble fans had medals created in his honor. One of these, a tribute from the city of Vienna, has already been mentioned; another beautiful medal, minted in Paris during Paganini's first visit there in 1831, is shown here. The inscription around Paganini's head evokes a strangely ironic feeling when one considers that his fame ultimately led to the spectacle of his remains being exhumed.

True, the world has remembered him sufficiently to place memorial tablets on the houses where he was born and died. Fifty years after his death a tablet was affixed to the house wherein he breathed his last, and at the centenary celebration of his birth the following inscription was placed on the house wherein he first saw the light: "A great honour fell to the lot of this modest house, in which, on the 27th October, 1782, Nicolo Paganini, unsurpassed in the divine art of tone, was born, to the glory of Genoa and to the delight of the[192] world." At present one may enquire in vain of most Genoese people as to the position of Paganini's birthplace, and chance alone will direct one, who trusts to them for the information, to the slum quarter and the narrow street where the building stands. Difficult though it may be, however, to find this spot, it is an easy task to find the Palazzo Municipale where reposes the famous Guarnerius violin of Paganini.

Sure, the world has remembered him enough to put up memorial plaques on the houses where he was born and died. Fifty years after he passed away, a plaque was placed on the house where he took his last breath, and during the centenary celebration of his birth, the following inscription was added to the house where he first opened his eyes: "A great honor has been bestowed upon this modest house, where, on October 27, 1782, Nicolo Paganini, unmatched in the divine art of music, was born, to the glory of Genoa and the delight of the[192] world." Nowadays, most people in Genoa wouldn't be able to tell you where Paganini's birthplace is, and luck is the only thing that might help someone relying on them for information to find the rundown area and the narrow street where the building stands. While it may be hard to locate this spot, it's quite easy to find the Palazzo Municipale, where Paganini's famous Guarnerius violin rests.

This superb instrument, bequeathed to the city of Genoa by Paganini himself, has been most carefully preserved by the civic authorities. It has only twice been heard in public—once at the 1882 celebrations—since Paganini's death, and on both occasions it was played by his favourite pupil Sivori. It was carefully examined and photographed by Mr. Edward Heron-Allen in 1885, and a very interesting account was given by him[59] of the manner in which the violin was worn away by Paganini's peculiar method of playing. After describing its general condition he says, "The patch by the side of the tailpiece and the large wear on the back tell of the force with which he held the instrument in those high and pizzicato passages, which account for the long groove down the side of the fingerboard and the broad patch at the side of the neck, on the table of the instrument. The wearing away of the edges in the curves of the instrument bear a striking testimony to the force with which he sawed the gut in his bravura passages on the first and fourth strings." In the same glass case as the violin is placed the medal presented to[193] Paganini by the Decurional Council of Genoa in 1834. On the reverse it bears this inscription:—

This amazing violin, given to the city of Genoa by Paganini himself, has been meticulously cared for by the city authorities. It has only been played in public twice—once during the 1882 celebrations—since Paganini's death, and both times it was performed by his favorite student, Sivori. In 1885, Mr. Edward Heron-Allen carefully examined and photographed it, providing an intriguing account[59] of how the violin was worn down by Paganini's unique playing style. After detailing its overall condition, he notes, "The patch beside the tailpiece and the significant wear on the back indicate the intensity with which he held the instrument during those high and pizzicato passages, which explain the long groove along the fingerboard and the wide patch at the neck on the top of the instrument. The deterioration of the edges in the curves of the instrument strikingly shows the force he used while sawing the strings during his brilliant passages on the first and fourth strings." Next to the violin is the medal awarded to[193] Paganini by the Decurional Council of Genoa in 1834. The reverse side has this inscription:—

Nic. Paganino, Fidicini, cui nemo par fuit civique bene mecrenti A.D. MDCCCXXXIIII.

Nic. Paganino, Fidicini, unmatched by anyone, a highly regarded citizen A.D. 1834.

Such outward honours as the world gives to its dead have indeed been offered to the memory of Paganini; but it is doubtful whether the higher honour of a frank recognition by the musical world of the work that he did for it, has ever been his. Unlike the great composer the instrumentalist leaves behind him no visible proof of the part he has played in the development of his art. And the world has easily forgotten that from the day of Paganini not only was the violin transformed into a new instrument, not only were its capabilities, previously undreamt of, newly revealed, but also in other branches of musical art, in orchestral music especially, a fresh field was opened up before the composer. It is scarcely too much to say that the scores of Tchaikovsky and Richard Strauss could not have been written, had Paganini never lived. We do not desire to see another Paganini, so complete a slave to his instrument, albeit its master; we do not desire to see another such life, with bodily health and moral vigour sacrificed to so absorbing a devotion to one single end. We would fain believe that Nicolo Paganini did not live in vain, that like a real artist he had and fulfilled his mission, that the evil he did died with him and that the good lives on to benefit the world.

Such outward honors that the world gives to its deceased have indeed been offered to the memory of Paganini; however, it's questionable whether the greater honor of genuine recognition from the musical world for his contributions has ever been his. Unlike great composers, instrumentalists leave behind no tangible evidence of their role in the evolution of their art. The world has easily forgotten that since Paganini's time, the violin was transformed into a new instrument, its previously unimaginable capabilities revealed, and new possibilities opened up in other musical areas, especially orchestral music, for composers. It's hardly an exaggeration to say that the scores of Tchaikovsky and Richard Strauss could not have been created without Paganini's influence. We don't wish to see another Paganini, so completely devoted to his instrument, even as its master; we don't want to witness another life where physical health and moral strength are sacrificed to such an all-consuming dedication to a single purpose. We would like to believe that Nicolo Paganini did not live in vain, that like a true artist, he had and fulfilled his mission, that the wrongs he committed died with him and that the good he did continues to benefit the world.

The End.

The End.


APPENDIX.

NOTES ON THE ILLUSTRATIONS IN THIS VOLUME.

NOTES ON THE ILLUSTRATIONS IN THIS VOLUME.

Portrait of Nicolò Paganini, by Maurin, a French Artist. Free from caricature, it is probably the most authentic picture of the great virtuoso. It appeared in the seventh volume of the "Revue Musicale."

Portrait of Nicolò Paganini, by Maurin, a French artist. Free from caricature, it’s likely the most genuine depiction of the great virtuoso. It was published in the seventh volume of the "Music Review."

The Birthplace of the Celebrated Paganini in the Passo di Gatto Moro, Genoa, Italy. The house is in a squalid neighbourhood—a dirty, narrow alley now occupied by the poorest of the city. Probably no worse than at the time of Paganini's birth. There is a tablet which reads as follows:—

The Birthplace of the Famous Paganini in the Passo di Gatto Moro, Genoa, Italy. The house is in a rundown neighborhood—a filthy, narrow alley now home to the city's poorest residents. Likely no different than when Paganini was born. There is a plaque that reads as follows:—

Alta ventura sortita ad umile luogo
in questa casa
il giorno XXVII di Ottobre dell' anno
MDCCLXXXII
Nacque
a decoro di Genova a delizia del mondo
Nicolò Paganini
nella divina arte dei suoni insuperato maestro.

After an amazing adventure, she arrived at a modest place
in this house
on the 27th day of October in the year
1782
Was born
to honor Genoa and inspire the world
Niccolò Paganini
a master of the sublime art of sound, unmatched.

The date 1782 given here confirms the latest research that Paganini was born in that year and not in 1784 so usually quoted.

The date 1782 mentioned here supports the latest research that Paganini was born in that year, not in 1784 as is often cited.

Paganini's Violin, Bow, Case, etc., in the Municipal Museum at Genoa. This is the celebrated Joseph Guarnerius on which the great virtuoso invariably performed. The instrument is under a glass shade, and with other relics of Paganini, preserved in a strong safe. It is stated that £5,000 has, in vain, been offered for the violin.

Paganini's Violin, Bow, Case, etc., in the Municipal Museum at Genoa. This is the famous Joseph Guarnerius that the great virtuoso always used to perform. The instrument is displayed under a glass case, along with other artifacts of Paganini, kept in a secure safe. It's reported that a bid of £5,000 has been made for the violin, but it was refused.

This is another Caricature—Paganini performing on a tight rope—under which is printed "Exercices sur une seule corde,"—in reference to his one string solos. This was published by Mori and Lavenu, London, circa 1831.

This is another caricature.—Paganini performing on a tightrope—under which is printed "Exercises on a single string,"—referring to his one-string solos. This was published by Mori and Lavenu, London, around 1831.

This is, we believe, from a contemporary German picture.

This is, we think, from a modern German image.

This humorous picture is on the title-page of a comic song, "The wonderful Paganini, or London fiddling mad." The poetry by W. T. Moncrieff, Esq., and the melody by one of the first composers of the day! London, published by Leoni Lee, circa 1831. The "poetry" is not of a classical standard.

This funny illustration is on the title page of a comic song, "The Amazing Paganini, or London Fiddling Madness." The lyrics are by W. T. Moncrieff, Esq., and the music is by one of the top composers of the time! London, published by Leoni Lee, around 1831. The "lyrics" aren't really of a classical quality.

"What a commotion! What a stir! Everyone in London is definitely in a frenzy, sir," The Prince of Fiddlers has arrived, the great Paganini is here. So amazing, overwhelming, so terrifying, so romantic, gentlemen, the world of Music is rendered speechless in his powerful presence. His grip is strong, his pause is precise, everyone has to acknowledge his influence,
Great King King of Catgut! Agitato! Presto! Who else but he, Sirs, Mori, Spagnoletti, now has to play second fiddle, gentlemen—
Glory to Tweedle Dum! Success to Tweedle Dee! Gentlemen[197] He can produce such beautiful sounds from just one string that no amount of money can compensate him, gentlemen. Germany, France, and Italy joined forces to enhance his reputation. The prices need to be doubled, and everyone in the world gathers to see him, gentlemen,
Paying him four thousand pounds a night is not nearly enough,
No one should ever call fiddlers' money "Sirs" again after this.
Thousands, tens of thousands, the amazing man must reward,"
etc., etc.,
and so on for five verses!

Sigr. Paganini. During one of his performances at the King's Theatre, June, 1831. From a contemporary lithograph of the celebrated sketch by D. Maclise, R.A., now in the Foster Collection, South Kensington Museum. In the background are J. B. Cramer, Lindley, Dragonetti, Mori, etc. This is, perhaps, the most interesting print of the great violinist. It was published on July 12th, 1831, by W. Spooner, 259, Regent Street, London.

Mr. Paganini. During one of his performances at the King's Theatre in June 1831. This is based on a contemporary lithograph of the famous sketch by D. Maclise, R.A., now housed in the Foster Collection at the South Kensington Museum. In the background, you can see J. B. Cramer, Lindley, Dragonetti, Mori, and others. This is probably the most interesting print of the great violinist. It was published on July 12, 1831, by W. Spooner, 259 Regent Street, London.

Reproduction of the celebrated Statuette (caricature), by Dainton.

Reproduction of the famous Statuette (caricature), by Dainton.

Paganini with the Violin, Rossini at the pianoforte and the celebrated prima-donna Pasta. (Jos. McGuire, delt., printed by Englemann & Co.), circa 1832.

Paganini and the Violin, Rossini at the piano, and the famous prima donna Pasta. (Jos. McGuire, delt., printed by Englemann & Co.), around 1832.

A Copy of the Original Oil Painting of Paganini in the Municipal Museum at Genoa. The face full of intellect, shows the ravages of the disease which was so soon to terminate his existence.

A Copy of the Original Oil Painting of Paganini in the Municipal Museum at Genoa. The face brimming with intelligence reveals the effects of the illness that would soon end his life.

The House at Nice in which Paganini died on the 27th May, 1840. It was formerly the residence of the Count de Sessol. The lower part has been converted into shops.

The House in Nice where Paganini passed away on May 27, 1840. It used to be the home of Count de Sessol. The lower level has been turned into shops.

The Tablet, with inscription, fixed on the front of the house, Rue de la Prefecture, Nice, France.

The Tablet, with the inscription, attached to the front of the house, Rue de la Prefecture, Nice, France.

The Tomb of Paganini at Parma. Neither religious nor political martyr ever had so many objections made to his obsequies. To the cemetery, near Parma, in November, 1876, the embalmed remains of Paganini were transposed from the family villa at Gaione, by order of his son, the Baron Achille (who died in December, 1895). The funeral was held at night by torchlight. A nephew, the Baron Attila Paganini, followed, and crowds of curious sightseers joined the procession. In 1893 there was erected the beautiful mausoleum which is now depicted from the only known photograph, taken expressly for The Strad. It bears this inscription:—

The Tomb of Paganini in Parma. No religious or political martyr has ever faced as many objections to their burial as Paganini did. In November 1876, his embalmed remains were moved from the family villa at Gaione to a cemetery near Parma, as ordered by his son, Baron Achille (who passed away in December 1895). The funeral took place at night, illuminated by torches. His nephew, Baron Attila Paganini, followed the procession, which was joined by large crowds of onlookers. In 1893, the stunning mausoleum was built, which is now shown in the only known photograph taken specifically for The Stradivari. It features this inscription:—

Qui riposano le ceneri
di Nicolò Paganini
Che traendo dal violino armonie divine
Scosse genio insuperabile tutta Europa
e cinse all'Italia,
Nuova sfolgorante corona.

Here lie the ashes
of Nicolò Paganini
Who, drawing divine harmonies from the violin
Shook the unmatched genius of all Europe
and crowned Italy,
With a new dazzling crown.

Mente elettissima
Compose stupendamente in musica
Ammirato dai piu illustri maestri.

An exceptionally brilliant mind
Composed masterfully in music
Admired by the most distinguished masters.

Cuore oltremodo generoso
donò largamente
ai parenti, agli artisti ai poveri.

An incredibly generous heart
gave freely
to family, artists, and the less fortunate.

Beneath this cupola of white marble, with its granite columns, may the ashes of Paganini rest in peace. His true remains—his reputation, his influence, his music, are with us for ever.

Beneath this white marble dome, with its granite columns, may Paganini's ashes rest in peace. His true legacy—his reputation, his influence, his music—will be with us forever.

Paganini in Prison. One of the many scandals which is contradicted in the text. (See page 90.) There is another prison story that during Paganini's incarceration, he was reduced to the G, in consequence of the other strings having broken—hence his wonderful development of the fourth. This is again apocryphal. Paganini has greater claim to a scientific knowledge of the acoustical property of strings.

Paganini in Jail. One of the many scandals that is contradicted in the text. (See page 90.) There's another prison story that during Paganini's time in jail, he was limited to the G string because the other strings had broken—this led to his amazing skill on the fourth string. This story is also not true. Paganini has a stronger claim to a scientific understanding of the acoustic properties of strings.

Plates 15, 16, and 17, see pages 101, 102, and 103,

Plates 15, 16, and 17, see pages 101, 102, and 103,

are reproductions of Paganini's MSS. in the British Museum. No. 15, a letter (dated April 16th, 1832, and in French) thanking the person addressed, for kindness shown to his "cher fils Achille," Nos. 16 (dated February 19th, 1835) and 17 (dated May 5th, 1838); short notes (in Italian) are interesting autographs. Paganini was proverbially a "silent man"—his epistles are very rare.

are reproductions of Paganini's manuscripts in the British Museum. No. 15, a letter (dated April 16th, 1832, and in French) thanking the recipient for the kindness shown to his "dear son Achille," Nos. 16 (dated February 19th, 1835) and 17 (dated May 5th, 1838); short notes (in Italian) are interesting autographs. Paganini was famously a "silent man"—his letters are very rare.

Plates 18, 19, 20, 21, and 22—Pages 129-133.

Plates __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_3__, and __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_4__—Pages 129-133.

These reproductions of rare programmes tell their own tales—they are interesting, because there are seen the items and the arrangement of concerts, also the prices, for admission, etc.—in those years.

These reproductions of rare programs tell their own stories—they're fascinating because you can see the items and the setup of concerts, as well as the admission prices, etc.—from those years.

Facsimile of a Letter by Paganini, dated 1829. It was formerly in the possession of the late Mr. Carrodus, the great English violinist.

Copy of a Letter by Paganini, dated 1829. It used to belong to the late Mr. Carrodus, the famous English violinist.

A Semi-Caricature of Paganini with the inscription.

A Semi-Caricature of Paganini with the inscription.

The Modern Apollo (not Belvedere)
Receiving the homage of 5,000 persons, after having pocketed
£2,000 for two hours' performance.

The Modern Apollo (not Belvedere)
Getting the applause of 5,000 people, after earning
£2,000 for a 2-hour show.

Sketched at his last Concert at the King's Theatre. Published by G. Madeley, Wellington Street, Strand, 1831.

Sketched at his final concert at the King's Theatre. Published by G. Madeley, Wellington Street, Strand, 1831.

Plates 25 and 26, see pages 176 and 177.

Plates 25 and 26, see pages 176 and 177.

Reproductions of music MS. in British Museum. A Theme, with variations for violin, with accompaniment, is a curious example of the great master's compositions.

Reproductions of music manuscripts in the British Museum. A theme with variations for violin and accompaniment is an interesting example of the great master's compositions.

Copy of a rare Copper Medal struck in Paganini's honor in 1831.

Copy of a rare copper medal minted in honor of Paganini in 1831.


BIBLIOGRAPHY.

The extraordinary career of Paganini has received more attention than the life of any other instrumentalist. Of these biographies, it is impossible to give a complete list.

The remarkable career of Paganini has gained more attention than that of any other instrumentalist. It's impossible to provide a complete list of these biographies.

The following may, however, be commended.

The following can, however, be praised.

"Paganini in seinem Reisewagen und Zimmer, in seinen redseligen Stunden, in gesellsschaftlichen Kirkeln, und seinen Concerten." Brunswick, Vieweg, 1830. Mr. George Harris, the writer of this pamphlet, was an Englishman, who in order to study Paganini, became the Violinist's secretary and interpreter.

"Paganini in his travel carriage and room, during his chatty moments, in social circles, and at his concerts." Brunswick, Vieweg, 1830. Mr. George Harris, the author of this pamphlet, was an Englishman who became Paganini's secretary and interpreter to study him.

"Leben, Charakter und Kunst N. Paganini's—Eine Skizze,"—by M. F. Shütz, a Professor at Halle. Leipzig, 1830.

"Life, Character, and Art of N. Paganini—A Sketch," by M. F. Shütz, a Professor at Halle. Leipzig, 1830.

"Paganini's Leben und Treiben als Künstler und als Mensch." Prague, 1830. Written by Professor Schottky.

"Paganini's life and activities as both an artist and an individual." Prague, 1830. Written by Professor Schottky.

"Paganini's Leben und Charakter," by M. L. Vinela. Hamburg, 1830.

"Paganini's Life and Character," by M. L. Vinela. Hamburg, 1830.

"Notice sur le célèbre violoniste Nicolò Paganini," by M. J. Imbert de Laphaléque. Paris.

"Notice on the famous violinist Nicolò Paganini," by M. J. Imbert de Laphaléque. Paris.

"Paganini et de Bériot, ou Avis aux artistes qui se destinent à l'enseignement du Violon," by F. Fayolle. Paris, 1831.

"Paganini and de Bériot, or Advice for artists aiming to teach the Violin," by F. Fayolle. Paris, 1831.

"Paganini, his life, his person, and a few words upon his secret," by J. L. Anders. Paris, 1831.

"Paganini, his life, his persona, and some insights into his secrets," by J. L. Anders. Paris, 1831.

"Vita di Nicolò Paganini di Genova, scritta ed illustrata da Giancarlo Conestabile, socio di varie Academie." Perugia, 1831.

"Life of Nicolò Paganini of Genoa, written and illustrated by Giancarlo Conestabile, member of various Academies." Perugia, 1831.

"Nicolo Paganini," by F. J. Fétis. Published by Schott and Co.

"Nicolo Paganini," by F. J. Fétis. Published by Schott and Co.

"L'Album." "Paganini." Rome, 1840.

"L'Album." "Paganini." Rome, 1840.

"Good Words." Three articles by Rev. H. R. Haweis, M.A.

"Good Words." Three articles by Rev. H. R. Haweis, M.A.

"Musical Gem." "Paganini." Portrait by R. J. Hamerton. London, 1832.

"Musical Gem." "Paganini." Portrait by R. J. Hamerton. London, 1832.

"The Violin," with some account of that leading instrument and its most eminent professors, by George Dubourg, 1836 and 1878. This interesting book contains a long account of Paganini (illustrated.)

"The Violin," with a detailed overview of the main instrument and its most notable performers, by George Dubourg, 1836 and 1878. This engaging book includes an extensive narrative about Paganini (with illustrations).

"Life of Moscheles." Two vols. 1873. In Vol. I., chapters 13 and 14, "Paganini."

"Life of Moscheles." Two volumes. 1873. In Vol. I., chapters 13 and 14, "Paganini."

"Louis Spohr's Autobiography," vide "Paganini," Vol. I., page 279, and Vol. II., page 168. Spohr says: "His (Paganini's) left hand and his constantly pure intonation were to me astonishing."

"Louis Spohr's Autobiography," see "Paganini," Vol. I., page 279, and Vol. II., page 168. Spohr says: "His (Paganini's) left hand and his consistently perfect intonation were astonishing to me."

"Dictionary of Music and Musicians," by Sir George Grove, D.C.L., vide article Paganini.

"Dictionary of Music and Musicians," by Sir George Grove, D.C.L., see article on Paganini.

"Encyclopädie der gesammten musicalischen Wissenschaften," by Dr. Gustav Schilling. Article Paganini.

"Encyclopedia of All Musical Sciences," by Dr. Gustav Schilling. Article on Paganini.

Dr. Riemann's "Dictionary of Music," article Paganini.

Dr. Riemann's "Dictionary of Music," entry on Paganini.

"The Strad," various articles and paragraphs in the series of this journal.

"The Strad," various articles and sections in the series of this journal.

"The Violin," by George Hart. Engravings of Paganini's Violin.

"The Violin," by George Hart. Illustrations of Paganini's Violin.

"Old Violins and their Makers," by James M. Fleming.

"Old Violins and their Makers," by James M. Fleming.

"Ole Bull," by Sara C. Bull. Various notices of Paganini.

"Ole Bull," by Sara C. Bull. Various notices about Paganini.

"Musical Opinion," July, August, and September, 1888. A renowned fiddler (Paganini.) Three articles by Richard Harrison.

"Musical Opinion," July, August, and September, 1888. A famous violinist (Paganini). Three articles by Richard Harrison.

"Musical News," 1903.

"Musical News," 1903.

"A Wooden Shoe" (Story of Paganini) by M. P. Audebrand.

"A Wooden Shoe" (Story of Paganini) by M. P. Audebrand.

"Paganiniana," (circa 1865.)

"Paganiniana," (circa 1865).

"Troubadour," August, 1899. Paganini, by Richard Harrison.

"Troubadour," August, 1899. Paganini, by Richard Harrison.

"The Athenæum," 1831. Critiques on Paganini.

"The Athenæum," 1831. Reviews of Paganini.

"The Tatler," 1831.

"The Tatler," 1831.

"An account of Paganini's début in London," June 3rd, 1831, by Mr. Gardner of Leicester, appears in Dubourg's "Violin."

"An account of Paganini's debut in London," June 3rd, 1831, by Mr. Gardner of Leicester, appears in Dubourg's "Violin."

"Paganini's Concerts in Paris." A clever description was published in "Le Globe."

"Paganini's Concerts in Paris." An insightful review was published in "Le Globe."

"Foreign Quarterly Review" (circa 1832).

"Foreign Quarterly Review" (circa 1832).

"Catalogue of Paganini's compositions," by M. Conestabile.

"Catalogue of Paganini's compositions," by M. Conestabile.

Paganini's works are published by Ricordi and Co., of Milan, and Schott and Co., of Mayence and London.

Paganini's works are published by Ricordi & Co. in Milan, and Schott & Co. in Mainz and London.

"Revue et Gazette Musicale de Paris," December 23rd, 1840. Article Paganini.

"Revue et Gazette Musicale de Paris," December 23rd, 1840. Article on Paganini.

"Story of the Violin," by Paul Stoeving.

"Story of the Violin," by Paul Stoeving.

"The Quarterly Musical Magazine and Review," Vol. X.

"The Quarterly Musical Magazine and Review," Vol. X.

"Ueber Paganini's Kunst, die Violine zu spielen," by Carl F. W. Guhr, original edition 1831. Modern. Schott and Co.

"On Paganini's Art of Playing the Violin," by Carl F. W. Guhr, original edition 1831. Modern. Schott and Co.

"Biographical Sketches of Celebrated Violinists." London: Bentley, publisher.

"Biographical Sketches of Celebrated Violinists." London: Bentley, publisher.

"Celebrated Violinists, Past and Present." Translated from the German of A. Ehrlich, and edited with notes and additions by Robin H. Legge (eighteen pages devoted to Paganini). Portraits. Strad Office, London.

"Celebrated Violinists, Past and Present." Translated from the German of A. Ehrlich and edited with notes and additions by Robin H. Legge (eighteen pages devoted to Paganini). Portraits. Strad Office, London.

"Notice of Antony Stradivari," by F. J. Fétis. Translated by John Bishop. London, 1864.

"Notice of Antony Stradivari," by F. J. Fétis. Translated by John Bishop. London, 1864.

"The Harmonicon." An excellent musical journal. Published in London (contemporary with Paganini).

"The Harmonicon." An excellent music magazine. Published in London (at the same time as Paganini).

"The Life of Rossini," by Sutherland Edwards.

"The Life of Rossini," by Sutherland Edwards.

"History of Music," by Emil Naumann. 2 vols. Cassell and Co., London, 1886.

"History of Music," by Emil Naumann. 2 vols. Cassell and Co., London, 1886.

"Life and Letters of Sir Charles Hallé." Paganini is mentioned by a musical amateur (Count de Stendhal), 1814 and 1817.

"Life and Letters of Sir Charles Hallé." Paganini is mentioned by a music enthusiast (Count de Stendhal), 1814 and 1817.

"Diary of an Invalid," by Mathews, 1818.

"Diary of an Invalid," by Mathews, 1818.

"History of the Violin," by William Sandys and S. A. Forster, 1864.

"History of the Violin," by William Sandys and S. A. Forster, 1864.

"Old Violins," by Rev. H. R. Haweis, M.A. 1898.

"Old Violins," by Rev. H. R. Haweis, M.A. 1898.

"Researches into the History of the Violin Family," by Carl Engel. 1883.

"Researches into the History of the Violin Family," by Carl Engel. 1883.

"Musical World." 1836.

"Musical World." 1836.

"Musical and Personal Recollections," by Henry Phillips, 1864.

"Musical and Personal Recollections," by Henry Phillips, 1864.

"Music and Manners in France and Germany," by Henry F. Chorley. 1841.

"Music and Manners in France and Germany," by Henry F. Chorley. 1841.

"The Student's History of Music," by F. L. Ritter. 1880.

"The Student's History of Music," by F. L. Ritter. 1880.

Collectors will be interested in the Medals and Busts of Paganini.

Collectors will be interested in the medals and busts of Paganini.

The English and Continental contemporary Press notices, etc., would alone make a Paganini volume.

The English and Continental contemporary press notices, etc., would be enough to fill a volume on Paganini.

Of Paganini, there are many portraits, though too generally caricatures. M. Fétis, in his Life of Paganini, gives a short but incomplete catalogue. Those included in this volume have been carefully selected from contemporary prints, etc.

Of Paganini, there are many portraits, although most are just caricatures. M. Fétis, in his Life of Paganini, provides a brief but incomplete list. The ones included in this volume have been carefully chosen from contemporary prints, etc.


Advertisements

"THE STRAD" LIBRARY No. I.

"THE STRAD" LIBRARY No. I.

Crown 8vo., Cloth, 2/6, Post Free, 2/9.

Crown 8vo., Cloth, £2.50, Free Shipping, £2.60.

"THE STRAD" LIBRARY EDITION is the only Authorised Edition of

"THE STRAD" LIBRARY EDITION is the only Authorized Edition of

Violin Playing Techniques

ON
JOACHIM'S METHOD

ON
JOACHIM’S APPROACH

BY
CARL COURVOISIER,

BY
CARL COURVOISIER,

With Folding Plates, containing Fifteen Illustrations.

With Folding Plates, featuring Fifteen Illustrations.

LETTER FROM DR. JOACHIM.
[COPY.]

LETTER FROM DR. JOACHIM.
[COPY.]

My Dear Mr. Courvoisier: I have read the book on Violin Playing you have sent me, and have to congratulate you sincerely on the manner in which you have performed a most difficult task, i.e., to describe the best way of arriving at a correct manner of playing the violin.

Dear Mr. Courvoisier: I’ve read the book on playing the violin that you sent me, and I want to sincerely congratulate you on how you tackled a really challenging task, i.e., explaining the best way to achieve proper violin playing technique.

It cannot but be welcome to thoughtful teachers, who reflect on the method of our art, and I hope that your work will prove useful to many students.

It can only be a positive thing for thoughtful teachers who consider the methods of our craft, and I hope your work will be helpful to many students.

Believe me, my dear Mr. Courvoisier, to be most faithfully yours,

Believe me, dear Mr. Courvoisier, I am truly yours,

JOSEPH JOACHIM.

JOSEPH JOACHIM.

Berlin, November 3rd, 1894.

Berlin, November 3, 1894.

The New and Revised Edition of "Technics of Violin Playing," issued by The Strad, is the only authorised edition of my work. The several English Editions which have all appeared without my knowledge are incomplete and faulty.

The New and Revised Edition of "Technics of Violin Playing," published by The Stradivari, is the only official edition of my work. The various English Editions that have been released without my awareness are incomplete and incorrect.

CARL COURVOISIER.

CARL COURVOISIER.

"THE STRAD" LIBRARY, No. II.

"The Strad" Library, No. II.

Crown 8vo., Cloth, 2/6, Post Free, 2/9.

Crown 8vo., Cloth, £2.50, Free Shipping, £2.60.

How to Learn the Violin

By J. T. CARRODUS.

By J.T. Carrodus.

CONTENTS.

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

Strings and Tuning. The Bow and Bowing. Faults and their Correction. Scales and their Importance. Course of Study. Advice on Elementary Matters. Concerning Harmonics, Octaves, etc. Orchestral Playing. Some Experiences as a Soloist. With full page portraits of Carrodus, Molique, Paganini, Spohr, Sivori, De Beriot, Blagrove and Sainton, and a photo-reproduction of Dr. Spohr's testimonial to Carrodus.

Strings and Tuning. The Bow and Bowing. Mistakes and How to Fix Them. Scales and Their Importance. Study Plan. Tips on Basic Topics. About Harmonics, Octaves, etc. Playing in an Orchestra. Personal Experiences as a Soloist. Featuring full-page portraits of Carrodus, Molique, Paganini, Spohr, Sivori, De Beriot, Blagrove, and Sainton, along with a photo-reproduction of Dr. Spohr's endorsement of Carrodus.

"An interesting series of articles 'How to Study the Violin,' which Carrodus contributed to The Strad, and completed only a week or two before his death, have now been collected in cheap book form. The technical hints to violin students, which are practical, plainly worded, and from such a pen most valuable."—Daily News.

"An interesting series of articles 'How to Study the Violin,' which Carrodus contributed to The Stradivarius, and completed only a week or two before he passed away, have now been gathered in an affordable book format. The practical advice for violin students is clearly written and, coming from such a knowledgeable source, is incredibly valuable."—Daily News.

"But a few weeks before his sudden death the most distinguished of native violinists completed in The Strad a series of chats to students of the instrument associated with his name. These chats are now re-issued, with a sympathetic preface and instructive annotations. All who care to listen to what were virtually the last words of such a conscientious teacher will recognise the pains taken by Carrodus to render every detail as clear to the novice as to the advanced pupil. Pleasant gossip concerning provincial festivals at which Carrodus was for many years 'leader' of the orchestra, ends a little volume worthy a place in musical libraries both for its practical value and as a memento of the life-work of an artist universally esteemed."—Daily Chronicle.

"But just a few weeks before his sudden death, the most distinguished native violinist completed a series of discussions in The Stradivarius aimed at students of the instrument that is linked to his name. These discussions are now being re-released with a thoughtful preface and helpful notes. Anyone who wants to hear what were essentially the last words of such a dedicated teacher will appreciate the effort Carrodus put into making every detail clear for both beginners and advanced students. Some enjoyable stories about regional festivals where Carrodus was the 'leader' of the orchestra for many years conclude this small volume, which deserves a place in music libraries for its practical value and as a remembrance of the artist's life work, which is held in high regard by all." —Daily Chronicle.

"It is surely, hardly necessary to direct the attention of students to the unique value of the hints and advice given by so experienced and accomplished a virtuoso as the late Mr. Carrodus, so that it only remains to state that the 'Recollections' make delightful reading, and that the book, as a whole, is as entertaining as it is instructive. The value of the brochure is enhanced by an excellent portrait of Mr. Carrodus, as well as of a number of other violin worthies, and the printing, paper, and get up generally are good as could possibly be."—Musical Answers.

"It’s definitely not necessary to remind students about the unique value of the hints and advice from such an experienced and talented musician like the late Mr. Carrodus. All that's left to say is that the 'Recollections' are a pleasure to read, and the book overall is as entertaining as it is educational. The value of the brochure is boosted by an excellent portrait of Mr. Carrodus and several other notable violinists, and the printing, paper, and overall presentation are as good as they can be."—Musical Answers.

"THE STRAD" LIBRARY, No. III.

"THE STRAD" LIBRARY, No. 3.

Crown 8vo, Cloth, 2/6, Post Free, 2/9.

Crown 8vo, Cloth, £2.50, Post Free, £2.60.

THE BOW
Its History, Manufacture and Use

BY
HENRY SAINT-GEORGE.

BY
HENRY SAINT-GEORGE.

With Full Page Illustrations (exact size) by Photo Process.

With full-page illustrations (exact size) produced by photo process.

MONS. EMILE SAURET writes—"I have read it with great interest, and think that it supplies a real want in giving musicians such an excellent description of all matters referring to this important instrument."

MONS. EMILE SAURET writes—"I've read it with great interest and believe it really meets a need by providing musicians with such an excellent description of everything related to this important instrument."

SIGNOR GUIDO PAPINI writes—"Thanks so much for your splendid and interesting book. You are quite successful and all the artists and amateurs are indebted to you for so exact and correct a 'Texte' on the subject."

SIGNOR GUIDO PAPINI writes—"Thank you so much for your amazing and engaging book. You’ve done a great job, and all the artists and enthusiasts appreciate you for such an accurate and precise 'Texte' on the topic."

ADOLF BRODSKY writes—"I am delighted with the book and find it very instructive, even for those who think to know everything about the bow. It is very original and at times very amusing. No violinist should miss the opportunity to buy it."

ADOLF BRODSKY writes—"I’m really happy with the book and find it super informative, even for those who think they know everything about the bow. It’s very original and at times really entertaining. No violinist should miss the chance to get it."

THE TIMES—"A useful treatise on the Bow, in which the history, manufacture and use of the bow are discussed with considerable technical knowledge."

THE TIMES—"A helpful guide on the Bow, discussing its history, production, and usage with significant technical expertise."

DAILY TELEGRAPH—"To the student there is much of interest in the work, which has the advantage of being copiously illustrated."

DAILY TELEGRAPH—"Students will find a lot of interesting content in this work, which is richly illustrated."

DAILY NEWS—"This book seems practically to exhaust its subject."

DAILY NEWS—"This book appears to cover its topic in great detail."

"THE STRAD" LIBRARY, No. IV.

"THE STRAD" LIBRARY, No. 4.

Crown 8vo., Cloth, 5/-, Post Free, 5/4.

Crown 8vo., Cloth, £5, Post Free, £5.4.

CELEBRATED VIOLINISTS:
PAST AND PRESENT,

Translated from the German of
A. EHRLICH,

And Edited with Notes and Additions by
ROBIN H. LEGGE.

Translated from the German of
A. EHRLICH,

And Edited with Notes and Additions by
ROBIN H. LEGGE.

WITH EIGHTY-NINE PORTRAITS.

WITH 89 PORTRAITS.

PRESS NOTICES.

Press Releases.

"Those who love their fiddles better than their fellows, and who treasure up every detail that can be found and recorded about their favourite and cherished players, will not fail to provide themselves with a copy of this book."—Musical Opinion.

"People who love their instruments more than their friends and who collect every detail about their favorite and beloved musicians will definitely want to get a copy of this book."—Musical Opinion.

"This book of 280 pages is a most interesting and valuable addition to the violinist's library. It contains 89 biographical sketches of well-known artists, ancient and modern, of all nations. This is not intended to be a perfect dictionary of violinists; the aim of the Editor of the present volume being merely to give a few more up-to-date details concerning some of the greatest of stringed instrument players, and we must concede that no name of the first importance has been omitted. Germany is represented by 21 names, Italy by 13, France by 10, England by 4, Bohemia by 8, Belgium by 7, and the fair sex by seven well-known ladies, such as Teresina Tua, Therése and Marie Milanollo, Lady Hallé, Marie Soldat, Gabrielle Wietrowetz, and Arma Senkrah. Altogether this is most agreeable reading to the numerous army of violinists, both professionals and amateurs, and after careful examination we can find nothing but praise for this translation into English of a book well known on the Continent."—The Piano, Organ and Music Trades Journal.

"This 280-page book is a fascinating and valuable addition to any violinist's library. It includes 89 biographical sketches of famous artists, both past and present, from all over the world. It’s not meant to be a comprehensive dictionary of violinists; the Editor's goal is simply to provide some updated information about some of the greatest string instrument players, and we must acknowledge that no important names have been left out. Germany is represented by 21 names, Italy by 13, France by 10, England by 4, Bohemia by 8, Belgium by 7, and there are seven notable women, including Teresina Tua, Therése and Marie Milanollo, Lady Hallé, Marie Soldat, Gabrielle Wietrowetz, and Arma Senkrah. Overall, this is an enjoyable read for the many violinists, both professional and amateur, and after a thorough review, we have nothing but praise for this English translation of a book that is well-known in Europe."—The Piano, Organ and Music Trades Journal.

"THE STRAD" LIBRARY, No. V.

"THE STRAD" LIBRARY, No. 5.

Crown 8vo., Cloth, 2/6, Post Free, 2/9.

Crown 8vo., Cloth, £2.50, Post Free, £2.60.

Cello Playing Techniques

BY
E. VAN DER STRAETEN.

BY
E. VAN DER STRAETEN.

COPIOUSLY ILLUSTRATED.

Fully Illustrated.

Copy of Letter received by the Author from the great 'cellist, SIGNOR ALFRED PIATTI.

Copy of a letter received by the author from the great cellist, Signor Alfred Piatti.

Cadenabbia, Lake of Como, March 9th, 1898.

Cadenabbia, Lake Como, March 9, 1898.

Dear Sir,—I received the book you kindly sent me on "The Technics of Violoncello Playing," which I found excellent, particularly for beginners, which naturally was your scope. With many thanks for kindly remembering an old ex-violoncello player.

Dear Sir/Madam,—I received the book you generously sent me on "The Technics of Violoncello Playing," which I found excellent, especially for beginners, which was obviously your intention. Thank you so much for thinking of an old former violoncello player.

Believe me, yours sincerely,

Trust me, yours sincerely,

ALFRED PIATTI.

ALFRED PIATTI.

Copy of Letter received by the Author from the eminent 'cellist, HERR DAVID POPPER.

Copy of Letter received by the Author from the renowned cellist, HERR DAVID POPPER.

Budapest, February 22nd, 1898.

Budapest, February 22, 1898.

Dear Sir,—In sending me your book on "The Technics of Violoncello Playing" you have given me a real and true pleasure. I know of no work, tutors and studies not excepted, which presents so much valuable material, so much that is absolutely to the point, avoiding—I might say, on principle—all that is superfluous and dispensable. Every earnest thinking violoncello student will in future make your book his own and thereby receive hints which will further and complete the instructions of his master.

Dear [Recipient's Name],—Sending me your book on "The Technics of Violoncello Playing" has truly delighted me. I don’t know of any other work, including tutors and studies, that offers such valuable content that is so directly relevant, deliberately avoiding anything unnecessary or unimportant. Every serious violoncello student will definitely adopt your book, gaining insights that will enhance and complement the teachings of their instructor.

I congratulate you and ourselves most heartily on the new violoncello book. With kind regards, Yours most sincerely,

I sincerely congratulate you and ourselves on the new cello book. Best regards, Yours truly,

DAVID POPPER.

David Popper.

"THE STRAD" LIBRARY, No. VI.

"THE STRAD" LIBRARY, No. 6.

Crown 8vo., Cloth, 2/6, Post Free, 2/9.

Crown 8vo., Cloth, £2.50, Delivered, £2.60.

Violin playing

BY
JOHN DUNN.

BY
JOHN DUNN.

CONTENTS

CONTENTS

Introductory—Qualities indispensable to the ideal Violinist—Hints on the Choice of a Teacher—Some Tricks of pretending professors exposed.

Introduction—Essential qualities for the perfect violinist—Tips for choosing a teacher—Some tricks of fake professors revealed.

On the Choice of a Violin and Bow—Advice regarding general adjustment and repairs.

Picking a Violin and Bow—Tips on general setup and maintenance.

On the Choice of Strings—Stringing the Instrument and keeping the Pegs in Order.

On Choosing Strings—Tuning the Instrument and keeping the Pegs Organized.

On the General Posture—The manner of holding the Violin and Bow as accepted by the leading artists of the day.

On the General Posture—The way to hold the Violin and Bow as recognized by the top artists of today.

On Fingering Generally—The various positions—Scales recommended—The Modern Orchestral "Principal" or (so-called) Leader.

On Fingering in General—The different positions—Recommended scales—The Modern Orchestral "Principal" or (so-called) Leader.

On Gliding—Special Characteristics of some of the most Eminent Players.

On Soaring—Unique Traits of some of the most Notable Players.

Double Stopping—The main difficulty in Double Stopping—How to gain Independence of Finger.

Double Stopping—The biggest challenge in Double Stopping—How to achieve Finger Independence.

Bowings—Smooth Bowings—Solid Staccato—Spiccato—Spring Bow—Mixed Bowings.

Bowings—Smooth Bowings—Solid Staccato—Spiccato—Spring Bow—Mixed Bowings.

Tone Production—Character of Tone—Rules and Conditions necessary to produce a good tone—Style and Expression.

Sound Creation—Nature of Tone—Guidelines and Conditions needed to create a good tone—Style and Expression.

"THE STRAD" LIBRARY, No. VII.

"THE STRAD" LIBRARY, No. 7.

Crown 8vo., Cloth, 2/6, Post Free, 2/9.

Crown 8vo., Cloth, £2.50, Post Free, £2.60.

Messages to 'Cello Students

BY
ARTHUR BROADLEY.

BY
ARTHUR BROADLEY.

"Musicians, devotees of the 'cello in particular, will welcome the latest volume of The 'Strad Library,' 'Chats to 'Cello Students,' by Arthur Broadley.... Mr. Broadley not only knows what he is talking about, but has practised what he says. From the choice of an instrument to finished delivery and orchestral playing, 'Chats to 'Cello Students' leaves nothing undiscussed. The treatment is simple and practical. The exhaustive chapter on 'bowing' should be an invaluable aid to students. In the last chapter of his book, 'On Delivery and Style' Mr. Broadley has given a lucid expression to a subject which has sadly needed voicing."—The Tribune, Nuneaton.

"Musicians, especially those who love the cello, will be excited about the latest volume of The 'Stradivarius' Library, 'Chats to 'Cello Students,' by Arthur Broadley.... Mr. Broadley not only knows his stuff, but he’s also practiced what he preaches. From choosing an instrument to perfecting delivery and playing in an orchestra, 'Chats to 'Cello Students' covers everything. The approach is straightforward and practical. The detailed chapter on 'bowing' will be an invaluable resource for students. In the final chapter of his book, 'On Delivery and Style,' Mr. Broadley has clearly addressed a topic that really needed to be discussed."—The Tribune, Nuneaton.

"Is a brightly written little volume filled with practical information for those who seek to bring out the wealth of expression of which the violoncello is capable. The instruction is presented in homely, common-sense fashion, and there are upwards of fifty examples in music type to illustrate the author's meaning."—Lloyd's Weekly.

"Is a brightly written little book packed with practical information for those looking to unlock the full expressive potential of the violoncello. The instructions are given in a straightforward, common-sense manner, and there are over fifty musical examples to illustrate the author's points."—Lloyd's Weekly.

"Every kind of bowing and fingering, the portamento, harmonic effects, arpeggios and their evolution from various chords, are all ably treated, and the work concludes with a few remarks on orchestral playing which are of especial interest."—Musical News.

"Every type of bowing and finger placement, the sliding notes, harmonic effects, arpeggios and their development from different chords are all skillfully covered, and the work ends with a few insights on orchestral playing that are particularly interesting."—Musical News.

"As a writer on the technique of his instrument Mr. Broadley is known all over the world, perhaps his most successful work being a little book published by The Strad, 'Chats to 'Cello Students.'"—The Violinist.

"As a writer on the technique of his instrument, Mr. Broadley is known worldwide, with perhaps his most successful work being a small book published by The Stradivari, 'Chats to 'Cello Students.'"—The Violinist.

"THE STRAD" LIBRARY, No. VIII.

"THE STRAD" LIBRARY, No. 8.

Crown 8vo., Cloth, 2/6, Post Free, 2/9.

Crown 8vo., Cloth, £2.50, Free Shipping, £2.60.

ANTONIO STRADIVARI

BY
HORACE PETHERICK.

BY
HORACE PETHERICK.

Of the Music Jury, International Inventions Exhibition, South Kensington, 1885; International Exhibition, Edinburgh, 1890; Expert in Law Courts, 1891; President of the Cremona Society.

Of the Music Jury, International Inventions Exhibition, South Kensington, 1885; International Exhibition, Edinburgh, 1890; Expert in Law Courts, 1891; President of the Cremona Society.

ILLUSTRATED BY THE AUTHOR.

ILLUSTRATED BY THE AUTHOR.

"This is the history of the life-work of the great Italian stringed musical instrument maker.... There is a most interesting analysis of Stradivari's method of mechanical construction which again is illustrated by original drawings from the many Strads which it has been Mr. Petherick's privilege to examine. All lovers of the king of instruments will read this delightful little volume."—Reynolds.

"This is the story of the life and work of the great Italian string instrument maker.... There’s a fascinating analysis of Stradivari's construction techniques, illustrated by original drawings from the numerous Strads that Mr. Petherick has had the privilege to examine. All enthusiasts of this magnificent instrument will enjoy this delightful little book."—Reynolds.

"Among makers of violins Stradivari perhaps occupies the premier position, and this account of his work, designs, and variations in finish of details will afford pleasure to many readers."—Morning Post.

"Among violin makers, Stradivari likely holds the top spot, and this account of his work, designs, and variations in detail will delight many readers."—Morning Post.

"This is a monograph which all students of the violin will be happy to possess. The author is a connoisseur and expert, and his account of the great Cremonese master and his life-work, is singularly well and clearly told, whilst the technical descriptions and diagrams cannot fail to interest everyone who has fallen under the spell of the violin.... Mr. Petherick traces the career of Stradivari from his earliest insight into the mysteries of the craft to his highest achievements. Numerous illustrations lend attraction to the volume, not the least being a view of Stradivari's atelier, from a painting by Rinaldi, the sketch of which was made on the premises."—Music.

"This is a book that all violin students will be glad to have. The author is a knowledgeable expert, and his narrative about the great Cremonese master and his life's work is engaging and clear. The technical descriptions and diagrams are sure to captivate anyone enchanted by the violin. Mr. Petherick details Stradivari's journey from his early understanding of the craft to his greatest successes. Many illustrations enhance the volume, including a view of Stradivari's workshop, based on a painting by Rinaldi, whose sketch was made on-site."—Music.

"Mr. Petherick is well known in the musical world as a violin expert with a special knowledge of the instruments made by the Cremonese master, whose biography he has here given us. He tells us how the master worked, what his pupils did, and where their work differs from that of their preceptor. In fact, the volume is as much a dissertation on the violins of Stradivari as a biography of the master, and is full of deeply interesting matter."—Lloyds.

"Mr. Petherick is well-known in the music scene as a violin expert, particularly knowledgeable about the instruments made by the Cremonese master, whose biography he has provided for us here. He explains how the master worked, what his students accomplished, and where their work differs from that of their teacher. In fact, the book serves as both a discussion of Stradivari’s violins and a biography of the master, filled with fascinating content."—Lloyds.

"THE STRAD" LIBRARY, No. IX.

"THE STRAD" LIBRARY, No. IX.

Crown 8vo., Cloth, 5/-, Post Free, 5/4.

Crown 8vo., Cloth, £5.00, Shipping Included, £5.40.

Violin crafting

BY
WALTER H. MAYSON,

BY
WALTER H. MAYSON,

With Thirty-one Full-page PHOTO ETCHINGS,
Illustrating the process of Violin-making in every stage—from the rough slab of wood to the finished Instrument.

With thirty-one full-page photo etchings,
illustrating the process of violin making at every stage—from the rough slab of wood to the finished instrument.

The text is written by an Actual Violin Maker, in a very clear and lucid style.

The text is written by an Actual Violin Maker, in a very clear and straightforward style.

"'Popular lecture' style, with photographic illustrations."—The Times.

"'Popular lecture' style, featuring photographic illustrations."—The Times.

"A feature of the book is the clearness of the illustrations."—Morning Post.

"A standout aspect of the book is the clarity of the illustrations."—Morning Post.

"Describes a very fascinating art from start to finish."—Morning Leader.

"Describes a really captivating piece of art from beginning to end."—Morning Leader.

"This new booklet, on how to make a violin, is an admirable exposition of methods. Mr. Mayson avoids learned terminology. He uses the simplest English, and goes straight to the point. He begins by showing the young learner how to choose the best wood for the violin that is to be. Throughout a whole chatty, perfectly simple chapter, he discourses on the back. A separate chapter is devoted to the modelling of the back, and a third to its 'working out.' The art of sound-holes, ribs, neck, fingerboard, the scroll, the belly. Among the illustrations is one showing the tools which the author himself uses in the making of his instruments. To learners of the well-known Manchester maker's delicate art we commend this little volume."—Daily News.

"This new booklet on how to make a violin is an excellent guide to the techniques involved. Mr. Mayson avoids complex terminology. He uses straightforward English and gets right to the point. He starts by showing young learners how to select the best wood for their future violins. In a completely simple and chatty chapter, he discusses the back of the violin. There’s a separate chapter dedicated to shaping the back and another one on how to finish it. The topics include sound holes, ribs, neck, fingerboard, scroll, and belly. Among the illustrations is one that shows the tools the author uses to make his instruments. We recommend this little volume to those interested in the delicate art of the well-known Manchester maker."—Daily News.

"THE STRAD" LIBRARY, No. X.

"THE STRAD" LIBRARY, No. X.

Crown 8vo., Cloth, 2/6, Post Free, 2/9.

Crown 8vo., Cloth, £2.50, Shipping Included, £2.60.

(Dedicated, by permission, to Dr. JOSEPH JOACHIM)

(Dedicated, with permission, to Dr. JOSEPH JOACHIM)

Beethoven's violin music

Critically discussed, and Illustrated with over
FIFTY MUSICAL EXAMPLES,

Critically discussed and illustrated with over
FIFTY MUSICAL EXAMPLES,

BY
J. MATTHEWS.

BY
J. MATTHEWS.

⁂ The book contains analytical and historical notes upon the Chamber Music of Beethoven, in which the violin takes part as a solo instrument, with some account of the various editions of the principal works; Beethoven's method of working, as shown by his Sketch Books, etc. It is dedicated to Dr. Joachim, who has furnished some notes respecting the stringed instruments possessed by Beethoven.

⁂ The book includes analytical and historical notes on Beethoven's Chamber Music, where the violin features as a solo instrument, along with details about the different editions of the major works; it also discusses Beethoven's working methods as evidenced by his Sketch Books, etc. It is dedicated to Dr. Joachim, who has provided some notes about the string instruments that Beethoven owned.

Extract from Author's Preface:—

Excerpt from Author's Preface:—

"Young students often suppose that they ought to admire every work which proceeds from a great genius; an attempt therefore has been made to convey some idea of the relative art-value and importance of the various compositions discussed in these pages. For between the best work of any man and his least inspired, there is a wide difference. Certainly nothing annoyed the great master more than to hear his least mature works praised, especially at a time when many of his greatest creations were too little studied to be understood save by a few."

"Young students often think they should admire every work by a great genius; therefore, an effort has been made to give some idea of the relative artistic value and significance of the various compositions discussed in these pages. There is a big difference between a person's best work and their least inspired. Nothing frustrated the great master more than hearing his least mature works praised, especially when many of his greatest creations were not studied enough to be understood by all but a few."

"Mr. John Matthews—dealing with Beethoven's music in pleasant fashion, and at not too great length—gives an historical account, and in many instances short analyses, with illustrations in music type of Beethoven's works for this instrument, and particularly the sonatas (to which considerable space is devoted), the trios, the quartets, and other compositions in which the master employed the violin. The book will be found by amateurs both interesting and instructive."—Daily News.

"Mr. John Matthews—discussing Beethoven's music in an enjoyable way and without going into too much detail—provides a historical overview, along with brief analyses, accompanied by musical examples of Beethoven's works for this instrument, especially the sonatas (which receive considerable attention), the trios, the quartets, and other pieces where the master used the violin. Amateurs will find the book both engaging and informative."—Daily News.

London:
"STRAD" OFFICE, 3, Green Terrace, Rosebery Avenue, E.C.

London:
"STRAD" OFFICE, 3, Green Terrace, Rosebery Ave, E.C.


"THE STRAD" LIBRARY, No. I.

"THE STRAD" LIBRARY, No. 1.

12mo., Cloth, 1.00.

12 months, Cloth, 1.00.

"THE STRAD" LIBRARY EDITION is the only Authorised Edition of

"THE STRAD" LIBRARY EDITION is the only Authorized Edition of

Violin Playing Techniques

ON
JOACHIM'S METHOD

ON
JOACHIM'S APPROACH

BY
CARL COURVOISIER,

BY
CARL COURVOISIER,

With Folding Plates, containing Fifteen Illustrations.

With Folding Plates, featuring Fifteen Illustrations.

LETTER FROM DR. JOACHIM.
[COPY.]

LETTER FROM DR. JOACHIM.
[COPY.]

My Dear Mr. Courvoisier: I have read the book on Violin Playing you have sent me, and have to congratulate you sincerely on the manner in which you have performed a most difficult task, i.e., to describe the best way of arriving at a correct manner of playing the violin.

Dear Mr. Courvoisier: I’ve read the book on violin playing that you sent me, and I want to sincerely congratulate you on how well you tackled a very challenging task, i.e. explaining the best way to play the violin correctly.

It cannot but be welcome to thoughtful teachers, who reflect on the method of our art, and I hope that your work will prove useful to many students.

It’s definitely a welcome idea for thoughtful teachers who consider the approach we take in our field, and I hope your work will be beneficial for many students.

Believe me, my dear Mr. Courvoisier, to be most faithfully yours,

Believe me, my dear Mr. Courvoisier, to be truly yours,

JOSEPH JOACHIM.

JOSEPH JOACHIM.

Berlin, November 3rd, 1894.

Berlin, November 3, 1894.

The New and Revised Edition of "Technics of Violin Playing," issued by The Strad, is the only authorised edition of my work. The several English Editions which have all appeared without my knowledge are incomplete and faulty.

The New and Revised Edition of "Technics of Violin Playing," published by The Stradivarius, is the only authorized edition of my work. The various English editions that have been released without my knowledge are incomplete and faulty.

CARL COURVOISIER.

CARL COURVOISIER.

"THE STRAD" LIBRARY, No. II.

"THE STRAD" LIBRARY, No. II.

12mo., Cloth, 1.00.

12 months, Cloth, 1.00.

How to practice the violin

By J. T. CARRODUS.

By J.T. Carrodus.

CONTENTS.

Table of Contents.

Strings and Tuning. The Bow and Bowing. Faults and their Correction. Scales and their Importance. Course of Study. Advice on Elementary Matters. Concerning Harmonics, Octaves, etc. Orchestral Playing. Some Experiences as a Soloist. With full page portraits of Carrodus, Molique, Paganini, Spohr, Sivori, De Beriot, Blagrove and Sainton, and a photo-reproduction of Dr. Spohr's testimonial to Carrodus.

Strings and Tuning. The Bow and Bowing. Mistakes and How to Fix Them. Scales and Their Importance. Study Plan. Tips on Basic Topics. About Harmonics, Octaves, etc. Playing in an Orchestra. Some Experiences as a Solo Performer. With full-page portraits of Carrodus, Molique, Paganini, Spohr, Sivori, De Beriot, Blagrove, and Sainton, as well as a photo-reproduction of Dr. Spohr's recommendation for Carrodus.

"An interesting series of articles 'How to Study the Violin,' which Carrodus contributed to The Strad, and completed only a week or two before his death, have now been collected in cheap book form. The technical hints to violin students, which are practical, plainly worded, and from such a pen most valuable."—Daily News.

"An interesting series of articles titled 'How to Study the Violin,' which Carrodus contributed to The Stradivarius and finished just a week or two before his passing, have now been compiled into an affordable book. The technical tips for violin students are practical, clearly written, and incredibly valuable coming from such an expert."—Daily News.

"But a few weeks before his sudden death the most distinguished of native violinists completed in The Strad a series of chats to students of the instrument associated with his name. These chats are now re-issued, with a sympathetic preface and instructive annotations. All who care to listen to what were virtually the last words of such a conscientious teacher will recognise the pains taken by Carrodus to render every detail as clear to the novice as to the advanced pupil. Pleasant gossip concerning provincial festivals at which Carrodus was for many years 'leader' of the orchestra, ends a little volume worthy a place in musical libraries both for its practical value and as a memento of the life-work of an artist universally esteemed."—Daily Chronicle.

"But a few weeks before his sudden death, the most renowned native violinists completed a series of discussions in The Strad for students of the instrument linked to his name. These discussions are now republished, with a thoughtful introduction and helpful notes. Anyone who wants to listen to what were essentially the last words of such a dedicated teacher will appreciate the effort Carrodus put into making every detail clear for both beginners and advanced students. Enjoyable anecdotes about local festivals where Carrodus served for many years as the 'leader' of the orchestra conclude this small volume, which deserves a spot in music libraries for its practical insights and as a tribute to the life’s work of an artist who was widely respected."—Daily Chronicle.

"It is surely, hardly necessary to direct the attention of students to the unique value of the hints and advice given by so experienced and accomplished a virtuoso as the late Mr. Carrodus, so that it only remains to state that the 'Recollections' make delightful reading, and that the book, as a whole, is as entertaining as it is instructive. The value of the brochure is enhanced by an excellent portrait of Mr. Carrodus, as well as of a number of other violin worthies, and the printing, paper, and get up generally are good as could possibly be."—Musical Answers.

"It’s definitely important to highlight the unique insights and advice from such an experienced and talented virtuoso as the late Mr. Carrodus. It’s worth mentioning that the 'Recollections' are a pleasure to read, and the book overall is just as entertaining as it is educational. The value of the brochure is further enhanced by a great portrait of Mr. Carrodus and several other violin greats, and the printing, paper, and overall presentation are as good as they can be."—Musical Answers.

"THE STRAD" LIBRARY, No. III.

"THE STRAD" LIBRARY, No. III.

12mo., Cloth, 1.00.

12mo., Cloth, $1.00.

THE BOW
Its History, Manufacture and Use

BY
HENRY SAINT-GEORGE.

BY
HENRY SAINT-GEORGE.

With Full Page Illustrations (exact size) by Photo Process.

With full-page illustrations (exact size) created through photo processing.

MONS. EMILE SAURET writes—"I have read it with great interest, and think that it supplies a real want in giving musicians such an excellent description of all matters referring to this important instrument."

MONS. EMILE SAURET writes—"I read it with great interest and believe it fills a genuine need by providing musicians with such an excellent description of everything related to this important instrument."

SIGNOR GUIDO PAPINI writes—"Thanks so much for your splendid and interesting book. You are quite successful and all the artists and amateurs are indebted to you for so exact and correct a 'Texte' on the subject."

SIGNOR GUIDO PAPINI writes—"Thank you so much for your amazing and engaging book. You're doing really well, and all the artists and enthusiasts owe you for such a precise and accurate 'Texte' on the topic."

ADOLF BRODSKY writes—"I am delighted with the book and find it very instructive, even for those who think to know everything about the bow. It is very original and at times very amusing. No violinist should miss the opportunity to buy it."

ADOLF BRODSKY writes—"I'm thrilled with the book and find it really informative, even for those who think they know everything about the bow. It's quite original and at times really entertaining. No violinist should pass up the chance to buy it."

THE TIMES—"A useful treatise on the Bow, in which the history, manufacture and use of the bow are discussed with considerable technical knowledge."

THE TIMES—"A helpful guide on the bow, where the history, making, and use of the bow are explored with a lot of technical know-how."

DAILY TELEGRAPH—"To the student there is much of interest in the work, which has the advantage of being copiously illustrated."

DAILY TELEGRAPH—"Students will find a lot of interesting content in this work, which is also filled with plenty of illustrations."

DAILY NEWS—"This book seems practically to exhaust its subject."

DAILY NEWS—"This book seems to cover its subject completely."

"THE STRAD" LIBRARY, No. IV.

"THE STRAD" LIBRARY, No. 4.

12mo., Cloth, 2.00.

12mo., Hardcover, 2.00.

CELEBRATED VIOLINISTS:
PAST AND PRESENT,

Translated from the German of
A. EHRLICH,

And Edited with Notes and Additions by
ROBIN H. LEGGE.

Translated from the German of
A. Ehrlich,

And Edited with Notes and Additions by
ROBIN H. LEGGE.

WITH EIGHTY-NINE PORTRAITS.

WITH 89 PORTRAITS.

PRESS NOTICES.

Press Releases.

"Those who love their fiddles better than their fellows, and who treasure up every detail that can be found and recorded about their favourite and cherished players, will not fail to provide themselves with a copy of this book."—Musical Opinion.

"Those who love their fiddles more than their friends, and who keep every detail they can find about their favorite and beloved players, won’t miss out on getting a copy of this book."—Musical Opinion.

"This book of 280 pages is a most interesting and valuable addition to the violinist's library. It contains 89 biographical sketches of well-known artists, ancient and modern, of all nations. This is not intended to be a perfect dictionary of violinists; the aim of the Editor of the present volume being merely to give a few more up-to-date details concerning some of the greatest of stringed instrument players, and we must concede that no name of the first importance has been omitted. Germany is represented by 21 names, Italy by 13, France by 10, England by 4, Bohemia by 8, Belgium by 7, and the fair sex by seven well-known ladies, such as Teresina Tua, Therése and Marie Milanollo, Lady Hallé, Marie Soldat, Gabrielle Wietrowetz, and Arma Senkrah. Altogether this is most agreeable reading to the numerous army of violinists, both professionals and amateurs, and after careful examination we can find nothing but praise for this translation into English of a book well known on the Continent."—The Piano, Organ and Music Trades Journal.

"This 280-page book is a fascinating and valuable addition to any violinist's library. It features 89 biographical sketches of renowned artists, both historical and contemporary, from around the world. It's not meant to be a definitive dictionary of violinists; the goal of the Editor of this volume is simply to provide some updated information about some of the greatest string instrument players, and we can confidently say that no major name has been left out. Germany is represented by 21 names, Italy by 13, France by 10, England by 4, Bohemia by 8, Belgium by 7, and there are seven notable women, including Teresina Tua, Therése and Marie Milanollo, Lady Hallé, Marie Soldat, Gabrielle Wietrowetz, and Arma Senkrah. Overall, this is very enjoyable reading for the many violinists, both professional and amateur, and after careful review, we find nothing but praise for this English translation of a book that is well known in Europe."—The Piano, Organ and Music Trades Journal.

"THE STRAD" LIBRARY, No. V.

"THE STRAD" LIBRARY, No. 5.

12mo., Cloth, 1.00.

12 months, Cloth, $1.00.

TECHNIQUES OF
CELLO PLAYING

BY
E. VAN DER STRAETEN.

BY
E. VAN DER STRAETEN.

COPIOUSLY ILLUSTRATED.

Richly illustrated.

Copy of Letter received by the Author from the great 'cellist, SIGNOR ALFRED PIATTI.

Copy of a letter the author received from the famous cellist, SIGNOR ALFRED PIATTI.

Cadenabbia, Lake of Como, March 9th, 1898.

Cadenabbia, Lake Como, March 9, 1898.

Dear Sir,—I received the book you kindly sent me on "The Technics of Violoncello Playing," which I found excellent, particularly for beginners, which naturally was your scope. With many thanks for kindly remembering an old ex-violoncello player.

Dear Sir/Madam,—I received the book you generously sent me on "The Technics of Violoncello Playing," which I found to be excellent, especially for beginners, which was your intention. Thank you so much for thinking of an old former violoncello player.

Believe me, yours sincerely,

Trust me, sincerely yours,

ALFRED PIATTI.

ALFRED PIATTI.

Copy of Letter received by the Author from the eminent 'cellist, HERR DAVID POPPER.

Copy of Letter received by the Author from the renowned cellist, HERR DAVID POPPER.

Budapest, February 22nd, 1898.

Budapest, February 22, 1898.

Dear Sir,—In sending me your book on "The Technics of Violoncello Playing" you have given me a real and true pleasure. I know of no work, tutors and studies not excepted, which presents so much valuable material, so much that is absolutely to the point, avoiding—I might say, on principle—all that is superfluous and dispensable. Every earnest thinking violoncello student will in future make your book his own and thereby receive hints which will further and complete the instructions of his master.

Dear Sir/Madam,—Sending me your book on "The Technics of Violoncello Playing" has truly delighted me. I’m not aware of any other work, including tutors and studies, that offers as much valuable material, addressing everything directly and intentionally avoiding any unnecessary or unneeded content. Every serious violoncello student will adopt your book in the future and gain insights that will enhance and complete their lessons from their teacher.

I congratulate you and ourselves most heartily on the new violoncello book. With kind regards, Yours most sincerely,

I sincerely congratulate you and ourselves on the new cello book. Best regards, Yours sincerely,

DAVID POPPER.

David Popper.

"THE STRAD" LIBRARY, No. VI.

"THE STRAD" LIBRARY, No. 6.

12mo., Cloth, 1.00.

12 months, Hardcover, 1.00.

Playing the violin

BY
JOHN DUNN.

BY
JOHN DUNN.

CONTENTS

CONTENTS

Introductory—Qualities indispensable to the ideal Violinist—Hints on the Choice of a Teacher—Some Tricks of pretending professors exposed.

Intro—Essential qualities for the perfect Violinist—Tips for Choosing a Teacher—Unveiling the tricks of fake professors.

On the Choice of a Violin and Bow—Advice regarding general adjustment and repairs.

Choosing a Violin and Bow—Tips on general setup and repairs.

On the Choice of Strings—Stringing the Instrument and keeping the Pegs in Order.

Choosing Strings—Tuning the Instrument and keeping the Pegs in Line.

On the General Posture—The manner of holding the Violin and Bow as accepted by the leading artists of the day.

On the Overall Stance—The way to hold the Violin and Bow as recognized by today's top artists.

On Fingering Generally—The various positions—Scales recommended—The Modern Orchestral "Principal" or (so-called) Leader.

About Fingering Overall—The different positions—Suggested scales—The Modern Orchestral "Principal" or (what is often called) Leader.

On Gliding—Special Characteristics of some of the most Eminent Players.

On Gliding—Unique Traits of Some of the Most Notable Players.

Double Stopping—The main difficulty in Double Stopping—How to gain Independence of Finger.

Double Stopping—The main challenge in Double Stopping—How to Achieve Finger Independence.

Bowings—Smooth Bowings—Solid Staccato—Spiccato—Spring Bow—Mixed Bowings.

Bowings—Smooth Bowings—Solid Staccato—Spiccato—Spring Bow—Mixed Bowings.

Tone Production—Character of Tone—Rules and Conditions necessary to produce a good tone—Style and Expression.

Tone Creation—Nature of Tone—Guidelines and Requirements essential for creating a good tone—Style and Expression.

"THE STRAD" LIBRARY, No. VII.

"THE STRAD" LIBRARY, No. VII.

12mo., Cloth, 1.00.

12mo., Cloth, $1.00.

Messages to 'Cello Students

BY
ARTHUR BROADLEY.

BY
ARTHUR BROADLEY.

"Musicians, devotees of the 'cello in particular, will welcome the latest volume of The 'Strad Library,' 'Chats to 'Cello Students,' by Arthur Broadley.... Mr. Broadley not only knows what he is talking about, but has practised what he says. From the choice of an instrument to finished delivery and orchestral playing, 'Chats to 'Cello Students' leaves nothing undiscussed. The treatment is simple and practical. The exhaustive chapter on 'bowing' should be an invaluable aid to students. In the last chapter of his book, 'On Delivery and Style' Mr. Broadley has given a lucid expression to a subject which has sadly needed voicing."—The Tribune, Nuneaton.

"Musicians, especially those who love the cello, will be excited about the latest volume of The Strad Library, 'Chats to 'Cello Students,' by Arthur Broadley.... Mr. Broadley not only knows what he’s talking about, but he also actively practices what he teaches. From choosing an instrument to delivering a finished performance and playing in an orchestra, 'Chats to 'Cello Students' covers everything. The approach is straightforward and practical. The detailed chapter on 'bowing' will be an invaluable resource for students. In the final chapter of his book, 'On Delivery and Style,' Mr. Broadley clearly articulates a topic that has desperately needed attention."—The Tribune, Nuneaton.

"Is a brightly written little volume filled with practical information for those who seek to bring out the wealth of expression of which the violoncello is capable. The instruction is presented in homely, common-sense fashion, and there are upwards of fifty examples in music type to illustrate the author's meaning."—Lloyd's Weekly.

"Is a well-written little book packed with practical information for those who want to tap into the full expressive potential of the cello. The guidance is presented in a straightforward and sensible manner, and there are over fifty musical examples included to clarify the author's points."—Lloyd's Weekly.

"Every kind of bowing and fingering, the portamento, harmonic effects, arpeggios and their evolution from various chords, are all ably treated, and the work concludes with a few remarks on orchestral playing which are of especial interest."—Musical News.

"Every type of bowing and fingering, the sliding notes, harmonic effects, arpeggios, and their development from different chords are all skillfully addressed, and the piece wraps up with some comments on orchestral playing that are particularly interesting."—Musical News.

"As a writer on the technique of his instrument Mr. Broadley is known all over the world, perhaps his most successful work being a little book published by The Strad, 'Chats to 'Cello Students.'"—The Violinist.

"As a writer about the technique of his instrument, Mr. Broadley is recognized worldwide, with perhaps his most popular work being a small book published by The Strad Magazine, titled 'Chats to 'Cello Students.'"—The Violinist.

"THE STRAD" LIBRARY, No. VIII.

"THE STRAD" LIBRARY, No. 8.

12mo., cloth, 1.00.

12mo., hardcover, 1.00.

ANTONIO STRADIVARI

BY
HORACE PETHERICK.

BY
HORACE PETHERICK.

Of the Music Jury, International Inventions Exhibition, South Kensington, 1885; International Exhibition, Edinburgh, 1890; Expert in Law Courts, 1891; President of the Cremona Society.

Of the Music Jury, International Inventions Exhibition, South Kensington, 1885; International Exhibition, Edinburgh, 1890; Expert in Law Courts, 1891; President of the Cremona Society.

ILLUSTRATED BY THE AUTHOR.

ILLUSTRATED BY THE AUTHOR.

"This is the history of the life-work of the great Italian stringed musical instrument maker.... There is a most interesting analysis of Stradivari's method of mechanical construction which again is illustrated by original drawings from the many Strads which it has been Mr. Petherick's privilege to examine. All lovers of the king of instruments will read this delightful little volume."—Reynolds.

"This is the story of the life and work of the famous Italian string instrument maker. There's a fascinating analysis of Stradivari's mechanical construction methods, illustrated with original drawings from the many Stradivarius instruments that Mr. Petherick has had the privilege to examine. All fans of the king of instruments will enjoy this lovely little book." —Reynolds.

"Among makers of violins Stradivari perhaps occupies the premier position, and this account of his work, designs, and variations in finish of details will afford pleasure to many readers."—Morning Post.

"Among violin makers, Stradivari probably holds the top spot, and this overview of his work, designs, and variations in detail will delight many readers." —Morning Post.

"This is a monograph which all students of the violin will be happy to possess. The author is a connoisseur and expert, and his account of the great Cremonese master and his life-work, is singularly well and clearly told, whilst the technical descriptions and diagrams cannot fail to interest everyone who has fallen under the spell of the violin.... Mr. Petherick traces the career of Stradivari from his earliest insight into the mysteries of the craft to his highest achievements. Numerous illustrations lend attraction to the volume, not the least being a view of Stradivari's atelier, from a painting by Rinaldi, the sketch of which was made on the premises."—Music.

"This is a book that all violin students will be excited to have. The author is knowledgeable and skilled, and his narrative about the great Cremonese master and his life's work is exceptionally well and clearly presented. The technical descriptions and diagrams are sure to engage everyone who has been captivated by the violin. Mr. Petherick follows Stradivari's career from his first understanding of the craft's mysteries to his greatest accomplishments. The book is filled with many illustrations, including a view of Stradivari's workshop, based on a painting by Rinaldi that was sketched on-site."—Music.

"Mr. Petherick is well known in the musical world as a violin expert with a special knowledge of the instruments made by the Cremonese master, whose biography he has here given us. He tells us how the master worked, what his pupils did, and where their work differs from that of their preceptor. In fact, the volume is as much a dissertation on the violins of Stradivari as a biography of the master, and is full of deeply interesting matter."—Lloyds.

"Mr. Petherick is well known in the music world as a violin expert with special knowledge of the instruments made by the Cremonese master, whose biography he has provided here. He explains how the master worked, what his students did, and how their work differs from that of their teacher. In fact, the book is just as much a discussion about Stradivari's violins as it is a biography of the master, and is packed with fascinating information."—Lloyds.

"THE STRAD" LIBRARY, No. IX.

"THE STRAD" LIBRARY, No. IX.

12mo., Cloth, 2.00.

12 months, Cloth, 2.00.

Violin Crafting

BY
WALTER H. MAYSON,

BY
WALTER H. MAYSON,

With Thirty-one Full-page PHOTO ETCHINGS,
Illustrating the process of Violin-making in every stage—from the rough slab of wood to the finished Instrument.

With thirty-one full-page photo etchings,
showing the process of violin-making at every stage—from the raw slab of wood to the finished instrument.

The text is written by an Actual Violin Maker, in a very clear and lucid style.

The text is written by an Actual Violin Maker, in a very clear and straightforward style.

"'Popular lecture' style, with photographic illustrations."—The Times.

"'Popular lecture' style, featuring photographic illustrations."—The Times.

"A feature of the book is the clearness of the illustrations."—Morning Post.

"A standout aspect of the book is the clarity of the illustrations."—Morning Post.

"Describes a very fascinating art from start to finish."—Morning Leader.

"Describes a really interesting art from beginning to end."—Morning Leader.

"This new booklet, on how to make a violin, is an admirable exposition of methods. Mr. Mayson avoids learned terminology. He uses the simplest English, and goes straight to the point. He begins by showing the young learner how to choose the best wood for the violin that is to be. Throughout a whole chatty, perfectly simple chapter, he discourses on the back. A separate chapter is devoted to the modelling of the back, and a third to its 'working out.' The art of sound-holes, ribs, neck, fingerboard, the scroll, the belly. Among the illustrations is one showing the tools which the author himself uses in the making of his instruments. To learners of the well-known Manchester maker's delicate art we commend this little volume."—Daily News.

"This new booklet on how to make a violin is an excellent guide to the methods involved. Mr. Mayson avoids complicated terminology. He uses simple English and gets straight to the point. He starts by teaching the young learner how to choose the best wood for the future violin. In a whole chatty, completely straightforward chapter, he talks about the back. A separate chapter is dedicated to shaping the back, and another focuses on its 'finishing.' He covers the art of sound holes, ribs, neck, fingerboard, scroll, and belly. Among the illustrations is one that shows the tools the author personally uses to make his instruments. We recommend this little volume to learners of the delicate craft of the well-known Manchester maker."—Daily News.

"THE STRAD" LIBRARY, No. X.

"THE STRAD" LIBRARY, No. X.

12mo., Cloth, 1.00.

12 months, Cloth, 1.00.

(Dedicated, by permission, to Dr. JOSEPH JOACHIM)

(Dedicated, with permission, to Dr. JOSEPH JOACHIM)

BEETHOVEN'S VIOLIN MUSIC

Critically discussed, and Illustrated with over
FIFTY MUSICAL EXAMPLES,

Critically discussed and illustrated with over
FIFTY MUSICAL EXAMPLES,

BY
J. MATTHEWS.

BY
J. MATTHEWS.

⁂ The book contains analytical and historical notes upon the Chamber Music of Beethoven, in which the violin takes part as a solo instrument, with some account of the various editions of the principal works; Beethoven's method of working, as shown by his Sketch Books, etc. It is dedicated to Dr. Joachim, who has furnished some notes respecting the stringed instruments possessed by Beethoven.

⁂ The book includes analytical and historical notes on Beethoven's Chamber Music that features the violin as a solo instrument, along with an overview of the different editions of his major works; it discusses Beethoven's working methods as demonstrated in his Sketch Books, among other things. It is dedicated to Dr. Joachim, who has provided some insights regarding the stringed instruments that Beethoven owned.

Extract from Author's Preface:—

Excerpt from Author's Preface:—

"Young students often suppose that they ought to admire every work which proceeds from a great genius; an attempt therefore has been made to convey some idea of the relative art-value and importance of the various compositions discussed in these pages. For between the best work of any man and his least inspired, there is a wide difference. Certainly nothing annoyed the great master more than to hear his least mature works praised, especially at a time when many of his greatest creations were too little studied to be understood save by a few."

"Young students often believe they should admire every piece created by a genius; therefore, we've tried to convey some understanding of the relative artistic value and importance of the different compositions discussed in this text. There’s a significant difference between a person's best work and their least inspired pieces. Nothing irritated the great master more than hearing his least mature works praised, especially when many of his greatest creations were too little studied to be understood by more than a few."

"Mr. John Matthews—dealing with Beethoven's music in pleasant fashion, and at not too great length—gives an historical account, and in many instances short analyses, with illustrations in music type of Beethoven's works for this instrument, and particularly the sonatas (to which considerable space is devoted), the trios, the quartets, and other compositions in which the master employed the violin. The book will be found by amateurs both interesting and instructive."—Daily News.

"Mr. John Matthews—discussing Beethoven's music in an enjoyable way and not too lengthy—provides a historical overview and often includes brief analyses, along with musical examples of Beethoven's works for this instrument, especially the sonatas (which receive considerable attention), the trios, the quartets, and other pieces where the master used the violin. Amateurs will find the book both interesting and educational."—Daily News.

"THE STRAD" LIBRARY, NO. XI.

"THE STRAD" LIBRARY, NO. XI.

12mo., Cloth, 1.00.

12 months, Cloth, 1.00.

Advice to Pupils & Teachers
of the Violin,

BY
BASIL ALTHAUS.

BY
BASIL ALTHAUS.

Strongly recommended by AUGUST WILHELMJ & GUIDO PAPINI.

Highly recommended by AUGUST WILHELMJ & GUIDO PAPINI.

London, March 18th, 1903.

London, March 18, 1903.

Dear Mr. Althaus,

Dear Mr. Althaus,

I read your book, "Advice to Pupils and Teachers of the Violin," with great interest, and find it very useful. Hoping your book will meet with the success it deserves.

I read your book, "Advice to Pupils and Teachers of the Violin," with great interest, and I find it very helpful. I hope your book gets the success it deserves.

I am, yours sincerely,

Sincerely yours,

AUGUST WILHELMJ.

AUGUST WILHELMJ.

London, Feb. 19th, 1903.

London, Feb. 19, 1903.

Dear Mr. Althaus,

Dear Mr. Althaus,

I have read with interest your admirable book, "Advice to Pupils and Teachers of the Violin." I have no hesitation in recommending it as an indispensable work to all aspiring violinists and teachers. Your remarks on the acquirement of the various bowings, with the many musical examples, are excellent. I know of no work on this important subject so explicit and exhaustive. Wishing your book the great success it deserves,

I found your impressive book, "Advice to Pupils and Teachers of the Violin," to be very engaging. I have no doubt that it is an essential resource for all aspiring violinists and instructors. Your insights on mastering different bowings, along with the numerous musical examples, are outstanding. I’m not aware of any other work on this crucial topic that is as clear and comprehensive. I hope your book achieves the great success it deserves,

Believe me, yours sincerely,

Trust me, yours truly,

GUIDO PAPINI.

GUIDO PAPINI.

"I have read the 157 pages that go to form the book in question, and can say, without any misgiving, that Mr. Althaus has successfully achieved what he set out to do."—Musical Standard.

"I have read the 157 pages that make up the book in question, and I can confidently say that Mr. Althaus has successfully accomplished what he intended to do."—Musical Standard.

"THE STRAD" LIBRARY, No. XII.

"THE STRAD" LIBRARY, No. XII.

12mo., Cloth, 1.00.

12mo., Hardcover, 1.00.

THE
Repairing and Restoration
of Violins,

BY
HORACE PETHERICK.

BY
HORACE PETHERICK.

Of the Music Jury, International Inventions Exhibition, South Kensington, 1885; International Exhibition, Edinburgh, 1890; Expert in Law Courts, 1891; President of the Cremona Society.

Of the Music Jury, International Inventions Exhibition, South Kensington, 1885; International Exhibition, Edinburgh, 1890; Expert in Law Courts, 1891; President of the Cremona Society.

WITH FIFTY ILLUSTRATIONS BY THE AUTHOR.

WITH FIFTY ILLUSTRATIONS BY THE AUTHOR.

CONTENTS.

Table of Contents.

The proper sort of glue—Its preparation and use—Loose fingerboards—Injuries to the scroll—Insertion of fresh wood—Fracture of peg-box and shell—Worn peg-holes—Refilling or boring same—Grafting—Lengthening the neck—Treatment of worm-holes—Fixing on graft on neck—Ways of removing the upper table and the neck—Cleansing the interior—Closing of cracks in upper table—Getting parts together that apparently do not fit—Treatment of warped lower table—Repairing old end blocks by new ones—Matching wood for large cracks—Replacing lost portions—Repairs to purfling—Removal of a fixed sound-post—Fitting a fresh part of worm-eaten rib—Lining a thin back—Fixing the bar—Varnishing, etc., etc.

The right type of glue—How to prepare and use it—Loose fingerboards—Damage to the scroll—Adding new wood—Fractures in the peg-box and shell—Worn peg-holes—Refilling or reboring them—Grafting—Extending the neck—Dealing with worm-holes—Attaching a graft on the neck—Methods for removing the upper table and neck—Cleaning the interior—Sealing cracks in the upper table—Aligning parts that seem mismatched—Fixing a warped lower table—Repairing old end blocks with new ones—Matching wood for large cracks—Replacing missing sections—Repairing purfling—Removing a stuck sound post—Fitting a new piece of worm-eaten rib—Lining a thin back—Securing the bar—Varnishing, etc., etc.

"The author is a man of wide experience, and with him it is a labour of love, so that few more suitable hands could be found for the task. To him fiddles are quite human in their characteristics, needing a 'physician within beck and call,' and developing symptoms capable of temporary alleviation or permanent cure, as the case may be, and no remedial measures are left undescribed."—Musical News.

"The author has extensive experience, and for him, it’s a labor of love, so there are few people better suited for the task. He views fiddles as almost human, needing a 'doctor on standby,' with issues that can be temporarily relieved or permanently fixed, depending on the situation, and all possible solutions are detailed."—Musical News.

"Mr. Petherick is a man of wide experience in violins, so his hints about the treatment and care of the instrument are invaluable. His imaginary interviews are both clever and amusing, and, moreover, contain useful information of what to do, and avoid, in the treatment of violins."—Hereford Times.

"Mr. Petherick is a man with extensive experience in violins, so his advice on how to care for and maintain the instrument is priceless. His fictional interviews are insightful and entertaining, and they also provide valuable information on what to do and what to avoid when handling violins."—Hereford Times.

"THE STRAD" LIBRARY, No. XIII.

"THE STRAD" LIBRARY, No. XIII.

12mo., Cloth, 1.00.

12 months, Cloth, $1.00.

The Violin:
Solo Playing, Soloists and Solos,

BY
WILLIAM HENLEY.

BY
WILLIAM HENLEY.

"Mr. William Henley is an excellent performer, and his book, 'The Violin: Solo Playing, Soloists and Solos,' is the result of considerable practice in the art he discusses.... The opening advice to violin students, the insistence on tune first and then on tone, the latter depending greatly for its excellence upon the correctness of the former, is not only worth saying, but is said well, and with conviction. Mr. Henley discriminates well between violinists: Joachim, the classic; Carrodus, the plain; Sarasate, the neat and elegant; and Wilhelmj, the fiery and bold.... The list of violin concertos, given in the last chapter but one of the book, seems a very complete one, and should be useful for purposes of reference."—The London and Provincial Music Trades Review.

"Mr. William Henley is a fantastic performer, and his book, 'The Violin: Solo Playing, Soloists and Solos,' is the result of a lot of practice in the art he talks about.... The initial advice for violin students, the emphasis on tuning first and then focusing on tone—where the quality of the latter greatly depends on the accuracy of the former—is not only important but is also expressed well and with conviction. Mr. Henley makes good distinctions among violinists: Joachim, the classic; Carrodus, the straightforward; Sarasate, the neat and elegant; and Wilhelmj, the passionate and bold.... The list of violin concertos found in the second-to-last chapter of the book appears to be very comprehensive and should be useful for reference purposes."—The London and Provincial Music Trades Review.

"For the student whose intention it is to make the violin a means of livelihood—the professional soloist or orchestral player in embryo—this little work, written in a spirit of obvious sincerity, is well-nigh invaluable.... The chapters on 'Teaching and Studies,' 'The Artist,' 'Phrasing,' 'Conception,' and 'True Feeling,' are very well written, and the whole work is worth careful and diligent perusal."—The Musical World.

"For students who want to make a living playing the violin—whether as a soloist or an orchestral player—this small book, written with clear sincerity, is almost priceless.... The chapters on 'Teaching and Studies,' 'The Artist,' 'Phrasing,' 'Conception,' and 'True Feeling' are excellently written, and the entire work deserves careful and thorough reading."—The Musical World.

"The author of this book has thought much and deeply on the fascinating subject of which he treats, and is entitled to a hearing.... The author's remarks on 'Tone' are excellently conceived, and of no small interest, the subject being less hackneyed than that of ordinary technique. In his chapter on 'Style' he reminds the readers of the many factors which go to the making of a fine violinist, among which Style—which is the outcome of the imagination and the sensibility of the player—is one of the most important. The fine executant is common enough now-a-days, but the fine stylist as rare as ever."—Musical News.

"The author of this book has put a lot of thought into the captivating subject he discusses and deserves to be heard. The author's insights on 'Tone' are well thought out and quite interesting, as this topic is less common than typical techniques. In his chapter on 'Style,' he reminds readers of the many factors that contribute to becoming a great violinist, among which Style—born from the player's imagination and sensitivity—is one of the most crucial. Skilled performers are fairly common these days, but true stylists are just as rare as ever."—Musical News.

"THE STRAD" LIBRARY, No. XIV.

"THE STRAD" LIBRARY, No. 14.

12mo., Cloth, 1.00.

12mo., Hardcover, 1.00.

Chosen Violin Solos,

AND
HOW TO PLAY THEM,

BY
BASIL ALTHAUS
(Author of "Advice to Pupils and Teachers of the Violin.")

BY
Basil Althaus
(Author of "Advice to Pupils and Teachers of the Violin.")

With 283 Musical Examples.

With 283 Music Examples.

CONTENTS.

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

Introduction.

Introduction.

SECTION I.

SECTION I.

Grade A.—Elementary Pieces.

Grade B.—Easy, not exceeding First Position.

Grade C.—Easy, using First and Third Position.

Grade A.—Basic Pieces.

Grade B.—Simple, not going beyond First Position.

Grade C.—Simple, using First and Third Position.

SECTION II.

SECTION II.

Grade D.—Moderately Difficult, not exceeding the Third Position.

Grade E.—Moderately Difficult, as far as the Fifth Position.

Grade F.—Difficult, especially as regards Sentiment and
Expression.

Grade D.—Moderately Difficult, not going beyond the Third Position.

Grade E.—Moderately Difficult, up to the Fifth Position.

Grade F.—Difficult, particularly when it comes to Sentiment and
Expression.

SECTION III.

SECTION III.

Grade G.—Difficult, using all Positions.

Grade H.—Very Difficult, including Standard Concertos and
Concert Pieces.

Grade I.—For Virtuosi.

Grade G.—Challenging, using all Positions.

Grade H.—Very Challenging, including Standard Concertos and
Concert Pieces.

Grade I.—For Virtuosos.

"THE STRAD" LIBRARY, No. XV.

"THE STRAD" LIBRARY, No. 15.

12mo., Cloth, 1.00.

12mo., Cloth, $1.00.

THE
Violin and Its Story:
OR THE
HISTORY AND CONSTRUCTION
OF THE VIOLIN.

Translated and Adapted from the German of
HYACINTH ABELE

BY
GEOFFREY ALWYN.

Translated and Adapted from the German of
HYACINTH ABELE

BY
GEOFFREY ALWYN.

WITH TWENTY-EIGHT ILLUSTRATIONS.

WITH 28 ILLUSTRATIONS.

"The school of Cremona is dealt with at great length, but in the most interesting way. Short biographical sketches are given of the great exponents of this school, which was founded by Andreas Amati. To it belonged Antonio Stradivari, who is said to be the greatest of all violin makers, and Joseph Guarnerius. The pupils of the Amati and the others mentioned are duly tabulated before the schools of Milan and Venice are discussed. Following these we have the German school, etc., etc. Part III. of the book under notice deals with the constituent parts of the violin, and there is nothing that the seeker after knowledge cannot find here, even to the number of hairs which should go to the making of a bow. Strings, bridges, sound-posts, bass-bars, nuts, pegs—indeed, everything about a violin is treated in an authoritative way. Not for a very long time have we been so interested in a book, and for that reason we wish our violin players to share that pleasure by getting a copy."—The Cumnock Chronicle.

"The school of Cremona is covered in great detail, but in the most engaging way. There are brief biographies of the key figures of this school, which was founded by Andreas Amati. Notable members include Antonio Stradivari, who is considered the greatest violin maker of all time, and Joseph Guarnerius. The students of Amati and the others mentioned are listed before the schools of Milan and Venice are addressed. After these, we move on to the German school, and so on. Part III of the book in question discusses the various parts of the violin, and there’s nothing that a knowledge seeker could want that isn’t included here, even the number of hairs needed to make a bow. Strings, bridges, sound posts, bass bars, nuts, pegs—everything about a violin is covered authoritatively. It’s been a long time since we've been so captivated by a book, and because of that, we encourage our violin players to enjoy it by getting a copy."—The Cumnock Chronicle.

"THE STRAD" LIBRARY, No. XVI.

"THE STRAD" LIBRARY, No. 16.

12mo., Cloth, 2.00.

12 months, Cloth, 2.00.

JOSEPH GUARNERIUS,
HIS WORK & HIS MASTER,

BY
HORACE PETHERICK
(Of the Music Jury, International Inventions Exhibition, South Kensington, 1885; International Exhibition, Edinburgh, 1890; Expert in Law Courts, 1891; President of the Cremona Society).

BY
HORACE PETHERICK
(Member of the Music Jury, International Inventions Exhibition, South Kensington, 1885; International Exhibition, Edinburgh, 1890; Expert in Legal Cases, 1891; President of the Cremona Society).

With numerous Illustrations by the Author,
41 full-page Reproductions of Photographs,
AND
220 pages of Letterpress.

With many illustrations by the author,
41 full-page reproductions of photographs,
AND
220 pages of text.

"Mr. Petherick is well known in the musical world as a violin expert with a special knowledge of the instruments made by the Cremonese master."—Lloyds.

"Mr. Petherick is well known in the music community as a violin expert with a particular expertise in the instruments made by the Cremonese master."—Lloyds.

This is the only exhaustive work published on JOSEPH GUARNERIUS, and the Author claims to have discovered his Teacher in Andreas Gisalberti, whose name is here mentioned for the first time as a maker of renown.

This is the only comprehensive work published on JOSEPH GUARNERIUS, and the Author asserts that he has identified his Teacher as Andreas Gisalberti, whose name is mentioned here for the first time as a renowned maker.

NEW YORK:
CHARLES SCRIBNER'S SONS, 153-157, FIFTH AVENUE.

NEW YORK:
CHARLES SCRIBNER'S SONS, 153-157, FIFTH AVENUE.

FOOTNOTES:

  1. All biographical notices of Paganini, with the exception of that in Riemann's "Dictionary of Music," give February 18th, 1784, as the date of birth. The correct date seems to have been established when the centenary celebration took place, in 1882.

    All biographies of Paganini, except for the one in Riemann's "Dictionary of Music," state that he was born on February 18, 1784. The correct date appears to have been confirmed during the centenary celebration in 1882.

    [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]
  2. Anders, and others after him, give the name of the second singer as Albertinotti. No such name can be traced, and it is probable that it was the young Bertinotti, who was a juvenile prodigy, appearing in opera at the age of twelve. She sang in London about the year 1812.

    Anders and others after him refer to the second singer as Albertinotti. No record of such a name can be found, and it is likely that it was the young Bertinotti, who was a child prodigy, debuting in opera at the age of twelve. She performed in London around the year 1812.

    [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]
  3. William Gardiner many years later spoke of the transparent delicacy of Paganini's complexion, and said of his little son Achille that he was the handsomest boy he had ever seen.

    William Gardiner many years later spoke of the clear, delicate quality of Paganini's skin and said of his young son Achille that he was the most handsome boy he had ever seen.

    [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]
  4. Fétis calls it "Foudroyante exécution."

    Fétis calls it "Foudroyante execution."

    [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]
  5. Naumann, "History of Music," p. 1140 (English Edition.)

    Naumann, "History of Music," p. 1140 (English Edition.)

    [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]
  6. Professor Julius Schottky.

    Professor Julius Schottky.

    [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]
  7. Cimarosa, who died in 1801, espoused the revolutionary cause when the French army entered Italy, and was imprisoned and condemned to death when the reaction came, but was restored to liberty on condition of leaving Naples. He would, naturally, have been popular with the Bonapartists, and it was rather ungenerous vanity on the part of Paganini to have exulted over this particular success.

    Cimarosa, who passed away in 1801, supported the revolutionary cause when the French army came into Italy. He was imprisoned and sentenced to death when the backlash occurred, but he was released on the condition that he leave Naples. Naturally, he would have been popular with the Bonapartists, and it was somewhat petty of Paganini to take pride in this particular achievement.

    [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]
  8. Laphaléque.

    Laphaléque.

    [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]
  9. Son of Giuseppe Dana, of Naples?

    Son of Giuseppe Dana, from Naples?

    [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]
  10. The Life of Rossini, p. 226.

    The Life of Rossini, p. 226.

    [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]
  11. With the exception of a Literary Supplement to the "New Musical and Universal Magazine," 1774, there was no publication devoted to Music until the year 1818, when "The Quarterly Musical Magazine and Review" appeared, edited by Robert Mackenzie Bacon. This was followed in 1823 by "The Harmonicon," edited by William Ayrton.

    Aside from a Literary Supplement to the "New Musical and Universal Magazine," 1774, there wasn't any magazine focused on Music until 1818, when "The Quarterly Musical Magazine and Review" came out, edited by Robert Mackenzie Bacon. This was succeeded in 1823 by "The Harmonicon," edited by William Ayrton.

    [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]
  12. Harmonicon, Vol. III., p. 37.

    Harmonicon, Vol. 3, p. 37.

    [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]
  13. Where Beethoven gave his concerts in 1814.

    Where Beethoven performed his concerts in 1814.

    [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]
  14. The writer's memory played him false. The meeting with Lafont took place in 1816; or, according to some, in 1812!

    The writer’s memory betrayed him. The meeting with Lafont happened in 1816; or, according to some, in 1812!

    [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]
  15. This letter was reproduced in the "Harmonicon."

    This letter was published in the "Harmonicon."

    [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]
  16. Lady Morgan, in her book, "France in 1829-30," gives an account of the Giraffe just then arrived in Paris. The animal was added to the collection in the London Zoological Gardens in 1836.

    Lady Morgan, in her book, "France in 1829-30," shares a story about the Giraffe that had just arrived in Paris. The animal was later added to the collection at the London Zoo in 1836.

    [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]
  17. Litterateur, of Vienna: writer of comedies, etc.

    Writer from Vienna: creator of comedies, etc.

    [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]
  18. This letter was published in The Quarterly Musical Magazine and Review.

    This letter was published in The Quarterly Musical Magazine and Review.

    [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]
  19. Addressed to Le Corsaire, and reproduced (in English) in The Globe.

    Directed to Le Corsaire, and published (in English) in The Globe.

    [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]
  20. An allusion to Michael Boai, whose performances in London, in 1830, were of a curious description,—producing tones by merely striking his chin!

    A reference to Michael Boai, whose performances in London in 1830 were quite unusual—he created sounds just by hitting his chin!

    [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]
  21. The Dilettante, in The Harmonicon, VIII, 479.

    The Dilettante, in The Harmonicon, VIII, 479.

    [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]
  22. Now played in D.

    Now in D.

    [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]
  23. Harmonicon, IX. p. 190.

    Harmonicon, Vol. IX, p. 190.

    [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]
  24. At that time concert givers always engaged an orchestra, but the gigantic combinations of the present day were, of course, unknown, and unnecessary.

    Back then, concert organizers always hired an orchestra, but the massive ensembles we have today were, of course, unheard of and not needed.

    [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]
  25. Chorley, then living in Liverpool, had previously sent some short pieces in verse to that paper, but did not become a member of its staff until 1833.

    Chorley, who was living in Liverpool at the time, had earlier submitted some short poems to that newspaper, but he didn’t join its staff until 1833.

    [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]
  26. "Reminiscences," by Thomas Carlyle, I., 311.

    "Reminiscences," by Thomas Carlyle, I., 311.

    [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]
  27. Which resulted in the Symphony, "Harold in Italy," with a solo part for the viola.

    Which led to the symphony, "Harold in Italy," featuring a solo part for the viola.

    [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]
  28. The spelling betrays an ignorance of the instrument, though the writer must have been Chorley himself. Interest in those antique instruments had not then been revived, nor were there artists to play upon them.

    The spelling shows a lack of knowledge about the instrument, although it must have been written by Chorley himself. At that time, interest in those old instruments hadn't been revived, and there weren't any artists to play them.

    [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]
  29. Pergolesi.

    Pergolesi.

    [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]
  30. The Athenæum puts the amount at 52,000 francs.

    The Athenæum states the amount is 52,000 francs.

    [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]
  31. In the Musical World of February 16th, 1843, there is a paragraph stating that Paganini's remains were still unsepulchred, the corpse lying in an uninhabited house.

    In the Musical World of February 16th, 1843, there is a paragraph stating that Paganini's remains were still unburied, the body lying in an abandoned house.

    [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]
  32. Life of Moscheles (English Edition), I., p. 252-7.

    Life of Moscheles (English Edition), I., p. 252-7.

    [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]
  33. Duranowski, a talented Polish violinist. He entered the French army and was aide-de-camp to a General. He lost his rank when released; returned to his violin, and was living at Strassburg up to 1834.

    Duranowski, a gifted Polish violinist. He joined the French army and served as an aide-de-camp to a General. He lost his rank when he was released; returned to playing his violin, and was living in Strassburg until 1834.

    [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]
  34. An engraving of it is in Naumann's "History of Music" (English Edition), p. 255.

    There's an engraving of it in Naumann's "History of Music" (English Edition), p. 255.

    [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]
  35. Norwich.

    Norwich.

    [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]
  36. In the "Bow Bell's Annual" for 1878 (?)

    In the "Bow Bell's Annual" for 1878 (?)

    [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]
  37. Little is now known of this artist. He married Veronica, sister of the pianist and composer J. L. Dussek, and was the father of Pio Cianchettini, composer, who died at Cheltenham in 1851.

    Not much is known about this artist today. He married Veronica, the sister of pianist and composer J. L. Dussek, and was the father of Pio Cianchettini, a composer who passed away in Cheltenham in 1851.

    [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]
  38. Berlioz was then thirty-five, Paganini, fifty-six years of age.

    Berlioz was thirty-five, and Paganini was fifty-six.

    [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]
  39. Aus dem Tonleben unserer Zeit, Vol. II., p. 55.

    From the sound life of our time, Vol. II., p. 55.

    [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]
  40. Künstlerleben, p. 88.

    Künstlerleben, p. 88.

    [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]
  41. Life and Letters of Sir Charles Hallé, p. 69.

    Life and Letters of Sir Charles Hallé, p. 69.

    [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]
  42. The last words of Liszt's article "Sur Paganini, A Propos de Sa Mort," published in the "Revue et Gazette Musicale de Paris," December 23, 1840.

    The final words of Liszt's article "On Paganini, Regarding His Death," published in the "Revue et Gazette Musicale de Paris," Decemberr 23, 1840.

    [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]
  43. Franz Liszt, Artist and Man, Vol. I., pp. 258-65.

    Franz Liszt, Artist and Man, Vol. I., pp. 258-65.

    [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]
  44. Karl Michael Esser, born about 1736, date of death unknown.

    Karl Michael Esser, born around 1736, date of death unknown.

    [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]
  45. In the Tonic Sol-fa method great stress is laid upon the mental effect of each note of the scale, altogether apart from pitch.

    In the Tonic Sol-fa method, a strong emphasis is placed on the mental impact of each note in the scale, separate from its pitch.

    [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]
  46. Life of Mozart, Otto Jhan, English Edition, I., 319.

    Life of Mozart, Otto Jhan, English Edition, I., 319.

    [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]
  47. In 1883, several musical papers stated that a certain amateur collector of violins, during a tour in Italy, visited the little Sardinian village, Ameglia, and purchased a collection of instruments used by Paganini, which were at that time in the possession of the widow of L. M. Germi, the intimate friend of Paganini. The said amateur also became possessed of "the secret," but what he did with it has never transpired.

    In 1883, various music magazines reported that an amateur violin collector, while traveling in Italy, stopped by the small Sardinian village of Ameglia and bought a set of instruments that belonged to Paganini, which were then owned by the widow of L. M. Germi, a close friend of Paganini. This collector also acquired "the secret," but what he did with it has never been revealed.

    [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]
  48. Born at Mantua, 1798; died at Paris, 1834.

    Born in Mantua, 1798; died in Paris, 1834.

    [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]
  49. "The Violin," by George Hart. Popular Edition, 1880, p. 202.

    "The Violin," by George Hart. Popular Edition, 1880, p. 202.

    [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]
  50. It is strange that the Biographical Dictionaries are silent concerning Oury, who must have been a man of some note. He is merely named as the husband of Anna Caroline de Belleville, the once famous pianist (1806-1880), who made her début in London at a Paganini concert in 1831.

    It's odd that the Biographical Dictionaries don't mention Oury, who clearly must have been someone significant. He's only referred to as the husband of Anna Caroline de Belleville, the once-famous pianist (1806-1880), who made her debut in London at a Paganini concert in 1831.

    [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]
  51. The Story of the Violin by Paul Stoeving, p. 208.

    The Story of the Violin by Paul Stoeving, p. 208.

    [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]
  52. Lapheléque, p. 45.

    Lapheléque, p. 45.

    [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]
  53. Carl F. W. Guhr, born at Militsch, Silesia, October 30th, 1787, violinist, pianist and composer, became Director of the Museum Concerts and Conductor of the Opera at Frankfort-on-the-Main, in which city he died July 22nd, 1848.

    Carl F. W. Guhr, born in Militsch, Silesia, on October 30, 1787, was a violinist, pianist, and composer. He served as the Director of the Museum Concerts and Conductor of the Opera in Frankfurt am Main, where he passed away on July 22, 1848.

    [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]
  54. Mrs. Tom Taylor (née Laura Wilson Barker) was a fine musician, a composer, and almost phenomenal performer on the pianoforte and the violin. She played with both Spohr and Paganini, and took down this set of variations after hearing Paganini play them twice. She died at Coleshill, Bucks, May 22nd, 1905, at the advanced age of eighty-six.

    Mrs. Tom Taylor (formerly Laura Wilson Barker) was an exceptional musician, a composer, and an almost extraordinary performer on the piano and the violin. She performed with both Spohr and Paganini and transcribed this set of variations after hearing Paganini play them twice. She passed away in Coleshill, Bucks, on May 22, 1905, at the age of eighty-six.

    [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]
  55. Gustavo Carulli was the son of the celebrated guitarrist, Ferdinando Carulli, and was born at Leghorn in 1801.

    Gustavo Carulli was the son of the famous guitarist, Ferdinando Carulli, and was born in Leghorn in 1801.

    [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]
  56. They were performed at the private quartet concerts given by Mr. Burnett in the Art Club, Blackheath, from about the year 1893 onward.

    They were played at the private quartet concerts hosted by Mr. Burnett at the Art Club in Blackheath, starting around 1893.

    [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]
  57. The Quarterly Musical Magazine and Review, Vol. X., p. 205.

    The Quarterly Musical Magazine and Review, Vol. X., p. 205.

    [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]
  58. Reproduced on page 144.

    Reproduced on __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

    [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]
  59. The Musical Times, May 1st, 1886.

    The Musical Times, May 1, 1886.

    [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Transcriber's Notes

"Nicolò" and "Nicolo" were both used in the text. Many other variant and alternative spellings have been preserved, except where obviously misspelled in the original. Obvious punctuation errors have also been corrected.

"Nicolò" and "Nicolo" were both used in the text. Many other variant and alternative spellings have been preserved, except where clearly misspelled in the original. Clear punctuation errors have also been fixed.

The illustrations have been moved so that they do not break up paragraphs and so that they are next the text they illustrate. Thus the location of an illustration may not match the references to it in the text.

The illustrations have been repositioned so they don't interrupt the paragraphs and so they're placed next to the text they illustrate. Therefore, the location of an illustration might not align with the references to it in the text.

The printed text was followed by two series of advertisements. The first series was reproduced in the second, except with American rather than British pricing. The first series bore a header "Advertisements." on each page; this has been replaced by a heading preceding the advertisements. Only the second series had page numbers.

The printed text was followed by two sets of ads. The first set was included in the second, but with American pricing instead of British. The first set had a header "Advertisements." on each page; this has been changed to a heading before the ads. Only the second set had page numbers.




        
        
    
Download ePUB

If you like this ebook, consider a donation!